summaryrefslogtreecommitdiffstats
path: root/documentation/dev-manual
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'documentation/dev-manual')
-rw-r--r--documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks.xml6603
-rw-r--r--documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual-customization.xsl10
-rw-r--r--documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual-eclipse-customization.xsl27
-rw-r--r--documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual-intro.xml210
-rw-r--r--documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual-model.xml2060
-rw-r--r--documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual-newbie.xml1590
-rw-r--r--documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual-start.xml445
-rw-r--r--documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual.xml102
-rw-r--r--documentation/dev-manual/dev-style.css979
-rw-r--r--documentation/dev-manual/figures/app-dev-flow.pngbin0 -> 53301 bytes
-rw-r--r--documentation/dev-manual/figures/bsp-dev-flow.pngbin0 -> 56047 bytes
-rw-r--r--documentation/dev-manual/figures/dev-title.pngbin0 -> 11813 bytes
-rw-r--r--documentation/dev-manual/figures/git-workflow.pngbin0 -> 26610 bytes
-rw-r--r--documentation/dev-manual/figures/index-downloads.pngbin0 -> 100374 bytes
-rw-r--r--documentation/dev-manual/figures/kernel-dev-flow.pngbin0 -> 45225 bytes
-rw-r--r--documentation/dev-manual/figures/kernel-overview-1.pngbin0 -> 35839 bytes
-rw-r--r--documentation/dev-manual/figures/kernel-overview-2-generic.pngbin0 -> 39931 bytes
-rw-r--r--documentation/dev-manual/figures/source-repos.pngbin0 -> 188986 bytes
-rw-r--r--documentation/dev-manual/figures/yp-download.pngbin0 -> 193275 bytes
19 files changed, 12026 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks.xml b/documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..305dc31
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,6603 @@
1<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN"
2"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd"
3[<!ENTITY % poky SYSTEM "../poky.ent"> %poky; ] >
4
5<chapter id='extendpoky'>
6
7<title>Common Tasks</title>
8 <para>
9 This chapter describes fundamental procedures such as creating layers,
10 adding new software packages, extending or customizing images,
11 porting work to new hardware (adding a new machine), and so forth.
12 You will find the procedures documented here occur often in the
13 development cycle using the Yocto Project.
14 </para>
15
16 <section id="understanding-and-creating-layers">
17 <title>Understanding and Creating Layers</title>
18
19 <para>
20 The OpenEmbedded build system supports organizing
21 <link linkend='metadata'>Metadata</link> into multiple layers.
22 Layers allow you to isolate different types of customizations from
23 each other.
24 You might find it tempting to keep everything in one layer when
25 working on a single project.
26 However, the more modular you organize your Metadata, the easier
27 it is to cope with future changes.
28 </para>
29
30 <para>
31 To illustrate how layers are used to keep things modular, consider
32 machine customizations.
33 These types of customizations typically reside in a special layer,
34 rather than a general layer, called a Board Support Package (BSP)
35 Layer.
36 Furthermore, the machine customizations should be isolated from
37 recipes and Metadata that support a new GUI environment,
38 for example.
39 This situation gives you a couple of layers: one for the machine
40 configurations, and one for the GUI environment.
41 It is important to understand, however, that the BSP layer can
42 still make machine-specific additions to recipes within the GUI
43 environment layer without polluting the GUI layer itself
44 with those machine-specific changes.
45 You can accomplish this through a recipe that is a BitBake append
46 (<filename>.bbappend</filename>) file, which is described later
47 in this section.
48 </para>
49
50 <para>
51 </para>
52
53 <section id='yocto-project-layers'>
54 <title>Layers</title>
55
56 <para>
57 The <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link>
58 contains both general layers and BSP
59 layers right out of the box.
60 You can easily identify layers that ship with a
61 Yocto Project release in the Source Directory by their
62 folder names.
63 Folders that represent layers typically have names that begin with
64 the string <filename>meta-</filename>.
65 <note>
66 It is not a requirement that a layer name begin with the
67 prefix <filename>meta-</filename>, but it's a commonly accepted
68 standard in the Yocto Project community.
69 </note>
70 For example, when you set up the Source Directory structure,
71 you will see several layers:
72 <filename>meta</filename>, <filename>meta-hob</filename>,
73 <filename>meta-skeleton</filename>,
74 <filename>meta-yocto</filename>, and
75 <filename>meta-yocto-bsp</filename>.
76 Each of these folders represents a distinct layer.
77 </para>
78
79 <para>
80 Furthermore, if you set up a local copy of the
81 <filename>meta-intel</filename> Git repository
82 and then explore the folder of that general layer,
83 you will discover many Intel-specific BSP layers inside.
84 For more information on BSP layers, see the
85 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_BSP_URL;#bsp-layers'>BSP Layers</ulink>"
86 section in the Yocto Project Board Support Package (BSP)
87 Developer's Guide.
88 </para>
89 </section>
90
91 <section id='creating-your-own-layer'>
92 <title>Creating Your Own Layer</title>
93
94 <para>
95 It is very easy to create your own layers to use with the
96 OpenEmbedded build system.
97 The Yocto Project ships with scripts that speed up creating
98 general layers and BSP layers.
99 This section describes the steps you perform by hand to create
100 a layer so that you can better understand them.
101 For information about the layer-creation scripts, see the
102 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_BSP_URL;#creating-a-new-bsp-layer-using-the-yocto-bsp-script'>Creating a New BSP Layer Using the yocto-bsp Script</ulink>"
103 section in the Yocto Project Board Support Package (BSP)
104 Developer's Guide and the
105 "<link linkend='creating-a-general-layer-using-the-yocto-layer-script'>Creating a General Layer Using the yocto-layer Script</link>"
106 section further down in this manual.
107 </para>
108
109 <para>
110 Follow these general steps to create your layer:
111 <orderedlist>
112 <listitem><para><emphasis>Check Existing Layers:</emphasis>
113 Before creating a new layer, you should be sure someone
114 has not already created a layer containing the Metadata
115 you need.
116 You can see the
117 <ulink url='http://layers.openembedded.org/layerindex/layers/'><filename>OpenEmbedded Metadata Index</filename></ulink>
118 for a list of layers from the OpenEmbedded community
119 that can be used in the Yocto Project.
120 </para></listitem>
121 <listitem><para><emphasis>Create a Directory:</emphasis>
122 Create the directory for your layer.
123 While not strictly required, prepend the name of the
124 folder with the string <filename>meta-</filename>.
125 For example:
126 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
127 meta-mylayer
128 meta-GUI_xyz
129 meta-mymachine
130 </literallayout>
131 </para></listitem>
132 <listitem><para><emphasis>Create a Layer Configuration
133 File:</emphasis>
134 Inside your new layer folder, you need to create a
135 <filename>conf/layer.conf</filename> file.
136 It is easiest to take an existing layer configuration
137 file and copy that to your layer's
138 <filename>conf</filename> directory and then modify the
139 file as needed.</para>
140 <para>The
141 <filename>meta-yocto-bsp/conf/layer.conf</filename> file
142 demonstrates the required syntax:
143 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
144 # We have a conf and classes directory, add to BBPATH
145 BBPATH .= ":${LAYERDIR}"
146
147 # We have recipes-* directories, add to BBFILES
148 BBFILES += "${LAYERDIR}/recipes-*/*/*.bb \
149 ${LAYERDIR}/recipes-*/*/*.bbappend"
150
151 BBFILE_COLLECTIONS += "yoctobsp"
152 BBFILE_PATTERN_yoctobsp = "^${LAYERDIR}/"
153 BBFILE_PRIORITY_yoctobsp = "5"
154 LAYERVERSION_yoctobsp = "2"
155 </literallayout></para>
156 <para>Here is an explanation of the example:
157 <itemizedlist>
158 <listitem><para>The configuration and
159 classes directory is appended to
160 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-BBPATH'><filename>BBPATH</filename></ulink>.
161 <note>
162 All non-distro layers, which include all BSP
163 layers, are expected to append the layer
164 directory to the
165 <filename>BBPATH</filename>.
166 On the other hand, distro layers, such as
167 <filename>meta-yocto</filename>, can choose
168 to enforce their own precedence over
169 <filename>BBPATH</filename>.
170 For an example of that syntax, see the
171 <filename>layer.conf</filename> file for
172 the <filename>meta-yocto</filename> layer.
173 </note></para></listitem>
174 <listitem><para>The recipes for the layers are
175 appended to
176 <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-BBFILES'>BBFILES</ulink></filename>.
177 </para></listitem>
178 <listitem><para>The
179 <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-BBFILE_COLLECTIONS'>BBFILE_COLLECTIONS</ulink></filename>
180 variable is then appended with the layer name.
181 </para></listitem>
182 <listitem><para>The
183 <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-BBFILE_PATTERN'>BBFILE_PATTERN</ulink></filename>
184 variable is set to a regular expression and is
185 used to match files from
186 <filename>BBFILES</filename> into a particular
187 layer.
188 In this case,
189 <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-LAYERDIR'>LAYERDIR</ulink></filename>
190 is used to make <filename>BBFILE_PATTERN</filename> match within the
191 layer's path.</para></listitem>
192 <listitem><para>The
193 <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-BBFILE_PRIORITY'>BBFILE_PRIORITY</ulink></filename>
194 variable then assigns a priority to the layer.
195 Applying priorities is useful in situations
196 where the same package might appear in multiple
197 layers and allows you to choose what layer
198 should take precedence.</para></listitem>
199 <listitem><para>The
200 <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-LAYERVERSION'>LAYERVERSION</ulink></filename>
201 variable optionally specifies the version of a
202 layer as a single number.</para></listitem>
203 </itemizedlist></para>
204 <para>Note the use of the
205 <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-LAYERDIR'>LAYERDIR</ulink></filename>
206 variable, which expands to the directory of the current
207 layer.</para>
208 <para>Through the use of the <filename>BBPATH</filename>
209 variable, BitBake locates <filename>.bbclass</filename>
210 files, configuration files, and files that are included
211 with <filename>include</filename> and
212 <filename>require</filename> statements.
213 For these cases, BitBake uses the first file that
214 matches the name found in <filename>BBPATH</filename>.
215 This is similar to the way the <filename>PATH</filename>
216 variable is used for binaries.
217 We recommend, therefore, that you use unique
218 <filename>.bbclass</filename> and configuration
219 filenames in your custom layer.</para></listitem>
220 <listitem><para><emphasis>Add Content:</emphasis> Depending
221 on the type of layer, add the content.
222 If the layer adds support for a machine, add the machine
223 configuration in a <filename>conf/machine/</filename>
224 file within the layer.
225 If the layer adds distro policy, add the distro
226 configuration in a <filename>conf/distro/</filename>
227 file with the layer.
228 If the layer introduces new recipes, put the recipes
229 you need in <filename>recipes-*</filename>
230 subdirectories within the layer.
231 <note>In order to be compliant with the Yocto Project,
232 a layer must contain a
233 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_BSP_URL;#bsp-filelayout-readme'>README file.</ulink>
234 </note></para></listitem>
235 </orderedlist>
236 </para>
237 </section>
238
239 <section id='best-practices-to-follow-when-creating-layers'>
240 <title>Best Practices to Follow When Creating Layers</title>
241
242 <para>
243 To create layers that are easier to maintain and that will
244 not impact builds for other machines, you should consider the
245 information in the following sections.
246 </para>
247
248 <section id='avoid-overlaying-entire-recipes'>
249 <title>Avoid "Overlaying" Entire Recipes</title>
250
251 <para>
252 Avoid "overlaying" entire recipes from other layers in your
253 configuration.
254 In other words, do not copy an entire recipe into your
255 layer and then modify it.
256 Rather, use <filename>.bbappend</filename> files to override the
257 only those parts of the original recipe you need to modify.
258 </para>
259 </section>
260
261 <section id='avoid-duplicating-include-files'>
262 <title>Avoid Duplicating Include Files</title>
263
264 <para>
265 Avoid duplicating include files.
266 Use <filename>.bbappend</filename> files for each recipe
267 that uses an include file.
268 Or, if you are introducing a new recipe that requires
269 the included file, use the path relative to the original
270 layer directory to refer to the file.
271 For example, use
272 <filename>require recipes-core/somepackage/somefile.inc</filename>
273 instead of <filename>require somefile.inc</filename>.
274 If you're finding you have to overlay the include file,
275 it could indicate a deficiency in the include file in
276 the layer to which it originally belongs.
277 If this is the case, you need to address that deficiency
278 instead of overlaying the include file.
279 </para>
280
281 <para>
282 For example, consider how support plug-ins for the Qt 4
283 database are configured.
284 The Source Directory does not have MySQL or PostgreSQL.
285 However, OpenEmbedded's layer <filename>meta-oe</filename>
286 does.
287 Consequently, <filename>meta-oe</filename> uses
288 <filename>.bbappend</filename> files to modify the
289 <filename>QT_SQL_DRIVER_FLAGS</filename> variable to
290 enable the appropriate plug-ins.
291 This variable was added to the <filename>qt4.inc</filename>
292 include file in the Source Directory specifically to allow
293 the <filename>meta-oe</filename> layer to be able to control
294 which plug-ins are built.
295 </para>
296 </section>
297
298 <section id='structure-your-layers'>
299 <title>Structure Your Layers</title>
300
301 <para>
302 Proper use of overrides within append files and placement
303 of machine-specific files within your layer can ensure that
304 a build is not using the wrong Metadata and negatively
305 impacting a build for a different machine.
306 Following are some examples:
307 <itemizedlist>
308 <listitem><para><emphasis>Modifying Variables to Support
309 a Different Machine:</emphasis>
310 Suppose you have a layer named
311 <filename>meta-one</filename> that adds support
312 for building machine "one".
313 To do so, you use an append file named
314 <filename>base-files.bbappend</filename> and
315 create a dependency on "foo" by altering the
316 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DEPENDS'><filename>DEPENDS</filename></ulink>
317 variable:
318 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
319 DEPENDS = "foo"
320 </literallayout>
321 The dependency is created during any build that
322 includes the layer
323 <filename>meta-one</filename>.
324 However, you might not want this dependency
325 for all machines.
326 For example, suppose you are building for
327 machine "two" but your
328 <filename>bblayers.conf</filename> file has the
329 <filename>meta-one</filename> layer included.
330 During the build, the
331 <filename>base-files</filename> for machine
332 "two" will also have the dependency on
333 <filename>foo</filename>.</para>
334 <para>To make sure your changes apply only when
335 building machine "one", use a machine override
336 with the <filename>DEPENDS</filename> statement:
337 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
338 DEPENDS_one = "foo"
339 </literallayout>
340 You should follow the same strategy when using
341 <filename>_append</filename> and
342 <filename>_prepend</filename> operations:
343 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
344 DEPENDS_append_one = " foo"
345 DEPENDS_prepend_one = "foo "
346 </literallayout>
347 <note>
348 Avoiding "+=" and "=+" and using
349 machine-specific
350 <filename>_append</filename>
351 and <filename>_prepend</filename> operations
352 is recommended as well.
353 </note></para></listitem>
354 <listitem><para><emphasis>Place Machine-Specific Files
355 in Machine-Specific Locations:</emphasis>
356 When you have a base recipe, such as
357 <filename>base-files.bb</filename>, that
358 contains a
359 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-SRC_URI'><filename>SRC_URI</filename></ulink>
360 statement to a file, you can use an append file
361 to cause the build to use your own version of
362 the file.
363 For example, an append file in your layer at
364 <filename>meta-one/recipes-core/base-files/base-files.bbappend</filename>
365 could extend
366 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-FILESPATH'><filename>FILESPATH</filename></ulink>
367 using
368 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-FILESEXTRAPATHS'><filename>FILESEXTRAPATHS</filename></ulink>
369 as follows:
370 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
371 FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend := "${THISDIR}/${BPN}:"
372 </literallayout>
373 The build for machine "one" will pick up your
374 machine-specific file as long as you have the
375 file in
376 <filename>meta-one/recipes-core/base-files/base-files/</filename>.
377 However, if you are building for a different
378 machine and the
379 <filename>bblayers.conf</filename> file includes
380 the <filename>meta-one</filename> layer and
381 the location of your machine-specific file is
382 the first location where that file is found
383 according to <filename>FILESPATH</filename>,
384 builds for all machines will also use that
385 machine-specific file.</para>
386 <para>You can make sure that a machine-specific
387 file is used for a particular machine by putting
388 the file in a subdirectory specific to the
389 machine.
390 For example, rather than placing the file in
391 <filename>meta-one/recipes-core/base-files/base-files/</filename>
392 as shown above, put it in
393 <filename>meta-one/recipes-core/base-files/base-files/one/</filename>.
394 Not only does this make sure the file is used
395 only when building for machine "one" but the
396 build process locates the file more quickly.</para>
397 <para>In summary, you need to place all files
398 referenced from <filename>SRC_URI</filename>
399 in a machine-specific subdirectory within the
400 layer in order to restrict those files to
401 machine-specific builds.</para></listitem>
402 </itemizedlist>
403 </para>
404 </section>
405
406 <section id='other-recommendations'>
407 <title>Other Recommendations</title>
408
409 <para>
410 We also recommend the following:
411 <itemizedlist>
412 <listitem><para>Store custom layers in a Git repository
413 that uses the
414 <filename>meta-&lt;layer_name&gt;</filename> format.
415 </para></listitem>
416 <listitem><para>Clone the repository alongside other
417 <filename>meta</filename> directories in the
418 <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link>.
419 </para></listitem>
420 </itemizedlist>
421 Following these recommendations keeps your Source Directory and
422 its configuration entirely inside the Yocto Project's core
423 base.
424 </para>
425 </section>
426 </section>
427
428 <section id='enabling-your-layer'>
429 <title>Enabling Your Layer</title>
430
431 <para>
432 Before the OpenEmbedded build system can use your new layer,
433 you need to enable it.
434 To enable your layer, simply add your layer's path to the
435 <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-BBLAYERS'>BBLAYERS</ulink></filename>
436 variable in your <filename>conf/bblayers.conf</filename> file,
437 which is found in the
438 <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link>.
439 The following example shows how to enable a layer named
440 <filename>meta-mylayer</filename>:
441 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
442 LCONF_VERSION = "6"
443
444 BBPATH = "${TOPDIR}"
445 BBFILES ?= ""
446
447 BBLAYERS ?= " \
448 $HOME/poky/meta \
449 $HOME/poky/meta-yocto \
450 $HOME/poky/meta-yocto-bsp \
451 $HOME/poky/meta-mylayer \
452 "
453
454 BBLAYERS_NON_REMOVABLE ?= " \
455 $HOME/poky/meta \
456 $HOME/poky/meta-yocto \
457 "
458 </literallayout>
459 </para>
460
461 <para>
462 BitBake parses each <filename>conf/layer.conf</filename> file
463 as specified in the <filename>BBLAYERS</filename> variable
464 within the <filename>conf/bblayers.conf</filename> file.
465 During the processing of each
466 <filename>conf/layer.conf</filename> file, BitBake adds the
467 recipes, classes and configurations contained within the
468 particular layer to the source directory.
469 </para>
470 </section>
471
472 <section id='using-bbappend-files'>
473 <title>Using .bbappend Files</title>
474
475 <para>
476 Recipes used to append Metadata to other recipes are called
477 BitBake append files.
478 BitBake append files use the <filename>.bbappend</filename> file
479 type suffix, while the corresponding recipes to which Metadata
480 is being appended use the <filename>.bb</filename> file type
481 suffix.
482 </para>
483
484 <para>
485 A <filename>.bbappend</filename> file allows your layer to make
486 additions or changes to the content of another layer's recipe
487 without having to copy the other recipe into your layer.
488 Your <filename>.bbappend</filename> file resides in your layer,
489 while the main <filename>.bb</filename> recipe file to
490 which you are appending Metadata resides in a different layer.
491 </para>
492
493 <para>
494 Append files must have the same root names as their corresponding
495 recipes.
496 For example, the append file
497 <filename>someapp_&DISTRO;.bbappend</filename> must apply to
498 <filename>someapp_&DISTRO;.bb</filename>.
499 This means the original recipe and append file names are version
500 number-specific.
501 If the corresponding recipe is renamed to update to a newer
502 version, the corresponding <filename>.bbappend</filename> file must
503 be renamed (and possibly updated) as well.
504 During the build process, BitBake displays an error on starting
505 if it detects a <filename>.bbappend</filename> file that does
506 not have a corresponding recipe with a matching name.
507 See the
508 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-BB_DANGLINGAPPENDS_WARNONLY'><filename>BB_DANGLINGAPPENDS_WARNONLY</filename></ulink>
509 variable for information on how to handle this error.
510 </para>
511
512 <para>
513 Being able to append information to an existing recipe not only
514 avoids duplication, but also automatically applies recipe
515 changes in a different layer to your layer.
516 If you were copying recipes, you would have to manually merge
517 changes as they occur.
518 </para>
519
520 <para>
521 As an example, consider the main formfactor recipe and a
522 corresponding formfactor append file both from the
523 <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link>.
524 Here is the main formfactor recipe, which is named
525 <filename>formfactor_0.0.bb</filename> and located in the
526 "meta" layer at
527 <filename>meta/recipes-bsp/formfactor</filename>:
528 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
529 DESCRIPTION = "Device formfactor information"
530 SECTION = "base"
531 LICENSE = "MIT"
532 LIC_FILES_CHKSUM = "file://${COREBASE}/LICENSE;md5=3f40d7994397109285ec7b81fdeb3b58 \
533 file://${COREBASE}/meta/COPYING.MIT;md5=3da9cfbcb788c80a0384361b4de20420"
534 PR = "r41"
535
536 SRC_URI = "file://config file://machconfig"
537 S = "${WORKDIR}"
538
539 PACKAGE_ARCH = "${MACHINE_ARCH}"
540 INHIBIT_DEFAULT_DEPS = "1"
541
542 do_install() {
543 # Only install file if it has a contents
544 install -d ${D}${sysconfdir}/formfactor/
545 install -m 0644 ${S}/config ${D}${sysconfdir}/formfactor/
546 if [ -s "${S}/machconfig" ]; then
547 install -m 0644 ${S}/machconfig ${D}${sysconfdir}/formfactor/
548 fi
549 }
550 </literallayout>
551 In the main recipe, note the
552 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-SRC_URI'><filename>SRC_URI</filename></ulink>
553 variable, which tells the OpenEmbedded build system where to
554 find files during the build.
555 </para>
556
557 <para>
558 Following is the append file, which is named
559 <filename>formfactor_0.0.bbappend</filename> and is from the
560 Crown Bay BSP Layer named
561 <filename>meta-intel/meta-crownbay</filename>.
562 The file is in <filename>recipes-bsp/formfactor</filename>:
563 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
564 FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend := "${THISDIR}/${PN}:"
565 </literallayout>
566 </para>
567
568 <para>
569 By default, the build system uses the
570 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-FILESPATH'><filename>FILESPATH</filename></ulink>
571 variable to locate files.
572 This append file extends the locations by setting the
573 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-FILESEXTRAPATHS'><filename>FILESEXTRAPATHS</filename></ulink>
574 variable.
575 Setting this variable in the <filename>.bbappend</filename>
576 file is the most reliable and recommended method for adding
577 directories to the search path used by the build system
578 to find files.
579 </para>
580
581 <para>
582 The statement in this example extends the directories to include
583 <filename>${</filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-THISDIR'><filename>THISDIR</filename></ulink><filename>}/${</filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PN'><filename>PN</filename></ulink><filename>}</filename>,
584 which resolves to a directory named
585 <filename>formfactor</filename> in the same directory
586 in which the append file resides (i.e.
587 <filename>meta-intel/meta-crownbay/recipes-bsp/formfactor/formfactor</filename>.
588 This implies that you must have the supporting directory
589 structure set up that will contain any files or patches you
590 will be including from the layer.
591 </para>
592
593 <para>
594 Using the immediate expansion assignment operator
595 <filename>:=</filename> is important because of the reference to
596 <filename>THISDIR</filename>.
597 The trailing colon character is important as it ensures that
598 items in the list remain colon-separated.
599 <note><para>BitBake automatically defines the
600 <filename>THISDIR</filename> variable.
601 You should never set this variable yourself.
602 Using <filename>_prepend</filename> ensures your path will
603 be searched prior to other paths in the final list.</para>
604 <para>Also, not all append files add extra files.
605 Many append files simply exist to add build options
606 (e.g. <filename>systemd</filename>).
607 For these cases, it is not necessary to use the
608 "_prepend" part of the statement.</para>
609 </note>
610 </para>
611 </section>
612
613 <section id='prioritizing-your-layer'>
614 <title>Prioritizing Your Layer</title>
615
616 <para>
617 Each layer is assigned a priority value.
618 Priority values control which layer takes precedence if there
619 are recipe files with the same name in multiple layers.
620 For these cases, the recipe file from the layer with a higher
621 priority number takes precedence.
622 Priority values also affect the order in which multiple
623 <filename>.bbappend</filename> files for the same recipe are
624 applied.
625 You can either specify the priority manually, or allow the
626 build system to calculate it based on the layer's dependencies.
627 </para>
628
629 <para>
630 To specify the layer's priority manually, use the
631 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-BBFILE_PRIORITY'><filename>BBFILE_PRIORITY</filename></ulink>
632 variable.
633 For example:
634 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
635 BBFILE_PRIORITY_mylayer = "1"
636 </literallayout>
637 </para>
638
639 <note>
640 <para>It is possible for a recipe with a lower version number
641 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PV'><filename>PV</filename></ulink>
642 in a layer that has a higher priority to take precedence.</para>
643 <para>Also, the layer priority does not currently affect the
644 precedence order of <filename>.conf</filename>
645 or <filename>.bbclass</filename> files.
646 Future versions of BitBake might address this.</para>
647 </note>
648 </section>
649
650 <section id='managing-layers'>
651 <title>Managing Layers</title>
652
653 <para>
654 You can use the BitBake layer management tool to provide a view
655 into the structure of recipes across a multi-layer project.
656 Being able to generate output that reports on configured layers
657 with their paths and priorities and on
658 <filename>.bbappend</filename> files and their applicable
659 recipes can help to reveal potential problems.
660 </para>
661
662 <para>
663 Use the following form when running the layer management tool.
664 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
665 $ bitbake-layers &lt;command&gt; [arguments]
666 </literallayout>
667 The following list describes the available commands:
668 <itemizedlist>
669 <listitem><para><filename><emphasis>help:</emphasis></filename>
670 Displays general help or help on a specified command.
671 </para></listitem>
672 <listitem><para><filename><emphasis>show-layers:</emphasis></filename>
673 Shows the current configured layers.
674 </para></listitem>
675 <listitem><para><filename><emphasis>show-recipes:</emphasis></filename>
676 Lists available recipes and the layers that provide them.
677 </para></listitem>
678 <listitem><para><filename><emphasis>show-overlayed:</emphasis></filename>
679 Lists overlayed recipes.
680 A recipe is overlayed when a recipe with the same name
681 exists in another layer that has a higher layer
682 priority.
683 </para></listitem>
684 <listitem><para><filename><emphasis>show-appends:</emphasis></filename>
685 Lists <filename>.bbappend</filename> files and the
686 recipe files to which they apply.
687 </para></listitem>
688 <listitem><para><filename><emphasis>show-cross-depends:</emphasis></filename>
689 Lists dependency relationships between recipes that
690 cross layer boundaries.
691 </para></listitem>
692 <listitem><para><filename><emphasis>flatten:</emphasis></filename>
693 Flattens the layer configuration into a separate output
694 directory.
695 Flattening your layer configuration builds a "flattened"
696 directory that contains the contents of all layers,
697 with any overlayed recipes removed and any
698 <filename>.bbappend</filename> files appended to the
699 corresponding recipes.
700 You might have to perform some manual cleanup of the
701 flattened layer as follows:
702 <itemizedlist>
703 <listitem><para>Non-recipe files (such as patches)
704 are overwritten.
705 The flatten command shows a warning for these
706 files.
707 </para></listitem>
708 <listitem><para>Anything beyond the normal layer
709 setup has been added to the
710 <filename>layer.conf</filename> file.
711 Only the lowest priority layer's
712 <filename>layer.conf</filename> is used.
713 </para></listitem>
714 <listitem><para>Overridden and appended items from
715 <filename>.bbappend</filename> files need to be
716 cleaned up.
717 The contents of each
718 <filename>.bbappend</filename> end up in the
719 flattened recipe.
720 However, if there are appended or changed
721 variable values, you need to tidy these up
722 yourself.
723 Consider the following example.
724 Here, the <filename>bitbake-layers</filename>
725 command adds the line
726 <filename>#### bbappended ...</filename> so that
727 you know where the following lines originate:
728 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
729 ...
730 DESCRIPTION = "A useful utility"
731 ...
732 EXTRA_OECONF = "--enable-something"
733 ...
734
735 #### bbappended from meta-anotherlayer ####
736
737 DESCRIPTION = "Customized utility"
738 EXTRA_OECONF += "--enable-somethingelse"
739 </literallayout>
740 Ideally, you would tidy up these utilities as
741 follows:
742 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
743 ...
744 DESCRIPTION = "Customized utility"
745 ...
746 EXTRA_OECONF = "--enable-something --enable-somethingelse"
747 ...
748 </literallayout></para></listitem>
749 </itemizedlist></para></listitem>
750 </itemizedlist>
751 </para>
752 </section>
753
754 <section id='creating-a-general-layer-using-the-yocto-layer-script'>
755 <title>Creating a General Layer Using the yocto-layer Script</title>
756
757 <para>
758 The <filename>yocto-layer</filename> script simplifies
759 creating a new general layer.
760 <note>
761 For information on BSP layers, see the
762 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_BSP_URL;#bsp-layers'>BSP Layers</ulink>"
763 section in the Yocto Project Board Specific (BSP)
764 Developer's Guide.
765 </note>
766 The default mode of the script's operation is to prompt you for
767 information needed to generate the layer:
768 <itemizedlist>
769 <listitem><para>The layer priority
770 </para></listitem>
771 <listitem><para>Whether or not to create a sample recipe.
772 </para></listitem>
773 <listitem><para>Whether or not to create a sample
774 append file.
775 </para></listitem>
776 </itemizedlist>
777 </para>
778
779 <para>
780 Use the <filename>yocto-layer create</filename> sub-command
781 to create a new general layer.
782 In its simplest form, you can create a layer as follows:
783 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
784 $ yocto-layer create mylayer
785 </literallayout>
786 The previous example creates a layer named
787 <filename>meta-mylayer</filename> in the current directory.
788 </para>
789
790 <para>
791 As the <filename>yocto-layer create</filename> command runs,
792 default values for the prompts appear in brackets.
793 Pressing enter without supplying anything for the prompts
794 or pressing enter and providing an invalid response causes the
795 script to accept the default value.
796 Once the script completes, the new layer
797 is created in the current working directory.
798 The script names the layer by prepending
799 <filename>meta-</filename> to the name you provide.
800 </para>
801
802 <para>
803 Minimally, the script creates the following within the layer:
804 <itemizedlist>
805 <listitem><para><emphasis>The <filename>conf</filename>
806 directory:</emphasis>
807 This directory contains the layer's configuration file.
808 The root name for the file is the same as the root name
809 your provided for the layer (e.g.
810 <filename>&lt;layer&gt;.conf</filename>).
811 </para></listitem>
812 <listitem><para><emphasis>The
813 <filename>COPYING.MIT</filename>:</emphasis>
814 The copyright and use notice for the software.
815 </para></listitem>
816 <listitem><para><emphasis>The <filename>README</filename>
817 file:</emphasis>
818 A file describing the contents of your new layer.
819 </para></listitem>
820 </itemizedlist>
821 </para>
822
823 <para>
824 If you choose to generate a sample recipe file, the script
825 prompts you for the name for the recipe and then creates it
826 in <filename>&lt;layer&gt;/recipes-example/example/</filename>.
827 The script creates a <filename>.bb</filename> file and a
828 directory, which contains a sample
829 <filename>helloworld.c</filename> source file and along with
830 a sample patch file.
831 If you do not provide a recipe name, the script uses
832 "example".
833 </para>
834
835 <para>
836 If you choose to generate a sample append file, the script
837 prompts you for the name for the file and then creates it
838 in <filename>&lt;layer&gt;/recipes-example-bbappend/example-bbappend/</filename>.
839 The script creates a <filename>.bbappend</filename> file and a
840 directory, which contains a sample patch file.
841 If you do not provide a recipe name, the script uses
842 "example".
843 The script also prompts you for the version of the append file.
844 The version should match the recipe to which the append file
845 is associated.
846 </para>
847
848 <para>
849 The easiest way to see how the <filename>yocto-layer</filename>
850 script works is to experiment with the script.
851 You can also read the usage information by entering the
852 following:
853 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
854 $ yocto-layer help
855 </literallayout>
856 </para>
857
858 <para>
859 Once you create your general layer, you must add it to your
860 <filename>bblayers.conf</filename> file.
861 Here is an example where a layer named
862 <filename>meta-mylayer</filename> is added:
863 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
864 BBLAYERS = ?" \
865 /usr/local/src/yocto/meta \
866 /usr/local/src/yocto/meta-yocto \
867 /usr/local/src/yocto/meta-yocto-bsp \
868 /usr/local/src/yocto/meta-mylayer \
869 "
870
871 BBLAYERS_NON_REMOVABLE ?= " \
872 /usr/local/src/yocto/meta \
873 /usr/local/src/yocto/meta-yocto \
874 "
875 </literallayout>
876 Adding the layer to this file enables the build system to
877 locate the layer during the build.
878 </para>
879 </section>
880 </section>
881
882 <section id='usingpoky-extend-customimage'>
883 <title>Customizing Images</title>
884
885 <para>
886 You can customize images to satisfy particular requirements.
887 This section describes several methods and provides guidelines for each.
888 </para>
889
890 <section id='usingpoky-extend-customimage-custombb'>
891 <title>Customizing Images Using Custom .bb Files</title>
892
893 <para>
894 One way to get additional software into an image is to create a custom image.
895 The following example shows the form for the two lines you need:
896 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
897 IMAGE_INSTALL = "packagegroup-core-x11-base package1 package2"
898
899 inherit core-image
900 </literallayout>
901 </para>
902
903 <para>
904 By creating a custom image, a developer has total control
905 over the contents of the image.
906 It is important to use the correct names of packages in the
907 <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-IMAGE_INSTALL'>IMAGE_INSTALL</ulink></filename>
908 variable.
909 You must use the OpenEmbedded notation and not the Debian notation for the names
910 (e.g. <filename>eglibc-dev</filename> instead of <filename>libc6-dev</filename>).
911 </para>
912
913 <para>
914 The other method for creating a custom image is to base it on an existing image.
915 For example, if you want to create an image based on <filename>core-image-sato</filename>
916 but add the additional package <filename>strace</filename> to the image,
917 copy the <filename>meta/recipes-sato/images/core-image-sato.bb</filename> to a
918 new <filename>.bb</filename> and add the following line to the end of the copy:
919 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
920 IMAGE_INSTALL += "strace"
921 </literallayout>
922 </para>
923 </section>
924
925 <section id='usingpoky-extend-customimage-customtasks'>
926 <title>Customizing Images Using Custom Package Groups</title>
927
928 <para>
929 For complex custom images, the best approach is to create a
930 custom package group recipe that is used to build the image or
931 images.
932 A good example of a package group recipe is
933 <filename>meta/recipes-core/packagegroups/packagegroup-core-boot.bb</filename>.
934 The
935 <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PACKAGES'>PACKAGES</ulink></filename>
936 variable lists the package group packages you wish to produce.
937 <filename>inherit packagegroup</filename> sets appropriate
938 default values and automatically adds <filename>-dev</filename>,
939 <filename>-dbg</filename>, and <filename>-ptest</filename>
940 complementary packages for every package specified in
941 <filename>PACKAGES</filename>.
942 Note that the inherit line should be towards
943 the top of the recipe, certainly before you set
944 <filename>PACKAGES</filename>.
945 For each package you specify in <filename>PACKAGES</filename>,
946 you can use
947 <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-RDEPENDS'>RDEPENDS</ulink></filename>
948 and
949 <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-RRECOMMENDS'>RRECOMMENDS</ulink></filename>
950 entries to provide a list of packages the parent task package
951 should contain.
952 Following is an example:
953 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
954 DESCRIPTION = "My Custom Package Groups"
955
956 inherit packagegroup
957
958 PACKAGES = "\
959 packagegroup-custom-apps \
960 packagegroup-custom-tools \
961 "
962
963 RDEPENDS_packagegroup-custom-apps = "\
964 dropbear \
965 portmap \
966 psplash"
967
968 RDEPENDS_packagegroup-custom-tools = "\
969 oprofile \
970 oprofileui-server \
971 lttng-control \
972 lttng-viewer"
973
974 RRECOMMENDS_packagegroup-custom-tools = "\
975 kernel-module-oprofile"
976 </literallayout>
977 </para>
978
979 <para>
980 In the previous example, two package group packages are created with their dependencies and their
981 recommended package dependencies listed: <filename>packagegroup-custom-apps</filename>, and
982 <filename>packagegroup-custom-tools</filename>.
983 To build an image using these package group packages, you need to add
984 <filename>packagegroup-custom-apps</filename> and/or
985 <filename>packagegroup-custom-tools</filename> to
986 <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-IMAGE_INSTALL'>IMAGE_INSTALL</ulink></filename>.
987 For other forms of image dependencies see the other areas of this section.
988 </para>
989 </section>
990
991 <section id='usingpoky-extend-customimage-imagefeatures'>
992 <title>Customizing Images Using Custom <filename>IMAGE_FEATURES</filename> and
993 <filename>EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES</filename></title>
994
995 <para>
996 You might want to customize your image by enabling or
997 disabling high-level image features by using the
998 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-IMAGE_FEATURES'><filename>IMAGE_FEATURES</filename></ulink>
999 and <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES'><filename>EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES</filename></ulink>
1000 variables.
1001 Although the functions for both variables are nearly equivalent,
1002 best practices dictate using <filename>IMAGE_FEATURES</filename>
1003 from within a recipe and using
1004 <filename>EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES</filename> from within
1005 your <filename>local.conf</filename> file, which is found in the
1006 <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link>.
1007 </para>
1008
1009 <para>
1010 To understand how these features work, the best reference is
1011 <filename>meta/classes/core-image.bbclass</filename>.
1012 In summary, the file looks at the contents of the
1013 <filename>IMAGE_FEATURES</filename> variable and then maps
1014 those contents into a set of package groups.
1015 Based on this information, the build system automatically
1016 adds the appropriate packages to the
1017 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-IMAGE_INSTALL'><filename>IMAGE_INSTALL</filename></ulink>
1018 variable.
1019 Effectively, you are enabling extra features by extending the
1020 class or creating a custom class for use with specialized image
1021 <filename>.bb</filename> files.
1022 </para>
1023
1024 <para>
1025 Use the <filename>EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES</filename> variable
1026 from within your local configuration file.
1027 Using a separate area from which to enable features with
1028 this variable helps you avoid overwriting the features in the
1029 image recipe that are enabled with
1030 <filename>IMAGE_FEATURES</filename>.
1031 The value of <filename>EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES</filename> is added
1032 to <filename>IMAGE_FEATURES</filename> within
1033 <filename>meta/conf/bitbake.conf</filename>.
1034 </para>
1035
1036 <para>
1037 To illustrate how you can use these variables to modify your
1038 image, consider an example that selects the SSH server.
1039 The Yocto Project ships with two SSH servers you can use
1040 with your images: Dropbear and OpenSSH.
1041 Dropbear is a minimal SSH server appropriate for
1042 resource-constrained environments, while OpenSSH is a
1043 well-known standard SSH server implementation.
1044 By default, the <filename>core-image-sato</filename> image
1045 is configured to use Dropbear.
1046 The <filename>core-image-basic</filename> and
1047 <filename>core-image-lsb</filename> images both
1048 include OpenSSH.
1049 The <filename>core-image-minimal</filename> image does not
1050 contain an SSH server.
1051 </para>
1052
1053 <para>
1054 You can customize your image and change these defaults.
1055 Edit the <filename>IMAGE_FEATURES</filename> variable
1056 in your recipe or use the
1057 <filename>EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES</filename> in your
1058 <filename>local.conf</filename> file so that it configures the
1059 image you are working with to include
1060 <filename>ssh-server-dropbear</filename> or
1061 <filename>ssh-server-openssh</filename>.
1062 </para>
1063
1064 <note>
1065 See the
1066 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#ref-images'>Images</ulink>"
1067 section in the Yocto Project Reference Manual for a complete
1068 list of image features that ship with the Yocto Project.
1069 </note>
1070 </section>
1071
1072 <section id='usingpoky-extend-customimage-localconf'>
1073 <title>Customizing Images Using <filename>local.conf</filename></title>
1074
1075 <para>
1076 It is possible to customize image contents by using variables from your
1077 local configuration in your <filename>conf/local.conf</filename> file.
1078 Because it is limited to local use, this method generally only allows you to
1079 add packages and is not as flexible as creating your own customized image.
1080 When you add packages using local variables this way, you need to realize that
1081 these variable changes affect all images at the same time and might not be
1082 what you require.
1083 </para>
1084
1085 <para>
1086 The simplest way to add extra packages to all images is by using the
1087 <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-IMAGE_INSTALL'>IMAGE_INSTALL</ulink></filename>
1088 variable with the <filename>_append</filename> operator:
1089 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
1090 IMAGE_INSTALL_append = " strace"
1091 </literallayout>
1092 Use of the syntax is important - specifically, the space between
1093 the quote and the package name, which is
1094 <filename>strace</filename> in this example.
1095 This space is required since the <filename>_append</filename>
1096 operator does not add the space.
1097 </para>
1098
1099 <para>
1100 Furthermore, you must use <filename>_append</filename> instead of the <filename>+=</filename>
1101 operator if you want to avoid ordering issues.
1102 The reason for this is because doing so unconditionally appends to the variable and
1103 avoids ordering problems due to the variable being set in image recipes and
1104 <filename>.bbclass</filename> files with operators like <filename>?=</filename>.
1105 Using <filename>_append</filename> ensures the operation takes affect.
1106 </para>
1107
1108 <para>
1109 As shown in its simplest use, <filename>IMAGE_INSTALL_append</filename> affects
1110 all images.
1111 It is possible to extend the syntax so that the variable applies to a specific image only.
1112 Here is an example:
1113 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
1114 IMAGE_INSTALL_append_pn-core-image-minimal = " strace"
1115 </literallayout>
1116 This example adds <filename>strace</filename> to <filename>core-image-minimal</filename>
1117 only.
1118 </para>
1119
1120 <para>
1121 You can add packages using a similar approach through the
1122 <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-CORE_IMAGE_EXTRA_INSTALL'>CORE_IMAGE_EXTRA_INSTALL</ulink></filename>
1123 variable.
1124 If you use this variable, only <filename>core-image-*</filename> images are affected.
1125 </para>
1126 </section>
1127 </section>
1128
1129 <section id='usingpoky-extend-addpkg'>
1130 <title>Writing a Recipe to Add a Package to Your Image</title>
1131
1132 <para>
1133 Recipes add packages to your image.
1134 Writing a recipe means creating a <filename>.bb</filename> file that sets some
1135 variables.
1136 For information on variables that are useful for recipes and for information about recipe naming
1137 issues, see the
1138 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#ref-varlocality-recipe-required'>Required</ulink>"
1139 section of the Yocto Project Reference Manual.
1140 </para>
1141
1142 <para>
1143 Before writing a recipe from scratch, it is often useful to check
1144 whether someone else has written one already.
1145 OpenEmbedded is a good place to look as it has a wider scope and range of packages.
1146 Because the Yocto Project aims to be compatible with OpenEmbedded, most recipes
1147 you find there should work for you.
1148 </para>
1149
1150 <para>
1151 For new packages, the simplest way to add a recipe is to base it on a similar
1152 pre-existing recipe.
1153 The sections that follow provide some examples that show how to add standard
1154 types of packages.
1155 </para>
1156
1157 <note>
1158 <para>When writing shell functions, you need to be aware of BitBake's
1159 curly brace parsing.
1160 If a recipe uses a closing curly brace within the function and
1161 the character has no leading spaces, BitBake produces a parsing
1162 error.
1163 If you use a pair of curly brace in a shell function, the
1164 closing curly brace must not be located at the start of the line
1165 without leading spaces.</para>
1166 <para>Here is an example that causes BitBake to produce a parsing
1167 error:
1168 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
1169 fakeroot create_shar() {
1170 cat &lt;&lt; "EOF" &gt; ${SDK_DEPLOY}/${TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME}.sh
1171 usage()
1172 {
1173 echo "test"
1174 ###### The following "}" at the start of the line causes a parsing error ######
1175 }
1176 EOF
1177 }
1178 </literallayout>
1179 Writing the recipe this way avoids the error:
1180 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
1181 fakeroot create_shar() {
1182 cat &lt;&lt; "EOF" &gt; ${SDK_DEPLOY}/${TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME}.sh
1183 usage()
1184 {
1185 echo "test"
1186 ######The following "}" with a leading space at the start of the line avoids the error ######
1187 }
1188 EOF
1189 }
1190 </literallayout></para>
1191 </note>
1192
1193 <section id='usingpoky-extend-addpkg-singlec'>
1194 <title>Single .c File Package (Hello World!)</title>
1195
1196 <para>
1197 Building an application from a single file that is stored locally (e.g. under
1198 <filename>files/</filename>) requires a recipe that has the file listed in
1199 the
1200 <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-SRC_URI'>SRC_URI</ulink></filename>
1201 variable.
1202 Additionally, you need to manually write the <filename>do_compile</filename> and
1203 <filename>do_install</filename> tasks.
1204 The <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-S'>S</ulink></filename>
1205 variable defines the
1206 directory containing the source code, which is set to
1207 <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-WORKDIR'>
1208 WORKDIR</ulink></filename> in this case - the directory BitBake uses for the build.
1209 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
1210 DESCRIPTION = "Simple helloworld application"
1211 SECTION = "examples"
1212 LICENSE = "MIT"
1213 LIC_FILES_CHKSUM = "file://${COMMON_LICENSE_DIR}/MIT;md5=0835ade698e0bcf8506ecda2f7b4f302"
1214 PR = "r0"
1215
1216 SRC_URI = "file://helloworld.c"
1217
1218 S = "${WORKDIR}"
1219
1220 do_compile() {
1221 ${CC} helloworld.c -o helloworld
1222 }
1223
1224 do_install() {
1225 install -d ${D}${bindir}
1226 install -m 0755 helloworld ${D}${bindir}
1227 }
1228 </literallayout>
1229 </para>
1230
1231 <para>
1232 By default, the <filename>helloworld</filename>, <filename>helloworld-dbg</filename>,
1233 and <filename>helloworld-dev</filename> packages are built.
1234 For information on how to customize the packaging process, see the
1235 "<link linkend='splitting-an-application-into-multiple-packages'>Splitting an Application
1236 into Multiple Packages</link>" section.
1237 </para>
1238 </section>
1239
1240 <section id='usingpoky-extend-addpkg-autotools'>
1241 <title>Autotooled Package</title>
1242 <para>
1243 Applications that use Autotools such as <filename>autoconf</filename> and
1244 <filename>automake</filename> require a recipe that has a source archive listed in
1245 <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-SRC_URI'>SRC_URI</ulink></filename> and
1246 also inherits Autotools, which instructs BitBake to use the
1247 <filename>autotools.bbclass</filename> file, which contains the definitions of all the steps
1248 needed to build an Autotool-based application.
1249 The result of the build is automatically packaged.
1250 And, if the application uses NLS for localization, packages with local information are
1251 generated (one package per language).
1252 Following is one example: (<filename>hello_2.3.bb</filename>)
1253 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
1254 DESCRIPTION = "GNU Helloworld application"
1255 SECTION = "examples"
1256 LICENSE = "GPLv2+"
1257 LIC_FILES_CHKSUM = "file://COPYING;md5=751419260aa954499f7abaabaa882bbe"
1258 PR = "r0"
1259
1260 SRC_URI = "${GNU_MIRROR}/hello/hello-${PV}.tar.gz"
1261
1262 inherit autotools gettext
1263 </literallayout>
1264 </para>
1265
1266 <para>
1267 The variable
1268 <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-LIC_FILES_CHKSUM'>LIC_FILES_CHKSUM</ulink></filename>
1269 is used to track source license changes as described in the
1270 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#usingpoky-configuring-LIC_FILES_CHKSUM'>Tracking License Changes</ulink>" section.
1271 You can quickly create Autotool-based recipes in a manner similar to the previous example.
1272 </para>
1273 </section>
1274
1275 <section id='usingpoky-extend-addpkg-makefile'>
1276 <title>Makefile-Based Package</title>
1277
1278 <para>
1279 Applications that use GNU <filename>make</filename> also require a recipe that has
1280 the source archive listed in
1281 <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-SRC_URI'>SRC_URI</ulink></filename>.
1282 You do not need to add a <filename>do_compile</filename> step since by default BitBake
1283 starts the <filename>make</filename> command to compile the application.
1284 If you need additional <filename>make</filename> options, you should store them in the
1285 <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-EXTRA_OEMAKE'>EXTRA_OEMAKE</ulink></filename>
1286 variable.
1287 BitBake passes these options into the <filename>make</filename> GNU invocation.
1288 Note that a <filename>do_install</filename> task is still required.
1289 Otherwise, BitBake runs an empty <filename>do_install</filename> task by default.
1290 </para>
1291
1292 <para>
1293 Some applications might require extra parameters to be passed to the compiler.
1294 For example, the application might need an additional header path.
1295 You can accomplish this by adding to the
1296 <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-CFLAGS'>CFLAGS</ulink></filename> variable.
1297 The following example shows this:
1298 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
1299 CFLAGS_prepend = "-I ${S}/include "
1300 </literallayout>
1301 </para>
1302
1303 <para>
1304 In the following example, <filename>mtd-utils</filename> is a makefile-based package:
1305 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
1306 DESCRIPTION = "Tools for managing memory technology devices."
1307 SECTION = "base"
1308 DEPENDS = "zlib lzo e2fsprogs util-linux"
1309 HOMEPAGE = "http://www.linux-mtd.infradead.org/"
1310 LICENSE = "GPLv2+"
1311 LIC_FILES_CHKSUM = "file://COPYING;md5=0636e73ff0215e8d672dc4c32c317bb3 \
1312 file://include/common.h;beginline=1;endline=17;md5=ba05b07912a44ea2bf81ce409380049c"
1313
1314 SRC_URI = "git://git.infradead.org/mtd-utils.git;protocol=git;tag=995cfe51b0a3cf32f381c140bf72b21bf91cef1b \
1315 file://add-exclusion-to-mkfs-jffs2-git-2.patch"
1316
1317 S = "${WORKDIR}/git/"
1318
1319 PR = "r1"
1320
1321 EXTRA_OEMAKE = "'CC=${CC}' 'RANLIB=${RANLIB}' 'AR=${AR}' \
1322 'CFLAGS=${CFLAGS} -I${S}/include -DWITHOUT_XATTR' 'BUILDDIR=${S}'"
1323
1324 do_install () {
1325 oe_runmake install DESTDIR=${D} SBINDIR=${sbindir} MANDIR=${mandir} \
1326 INCLUDEDIR=${includedir}
1327 install -d ${D}${includedir}/mtd/
1328 for f in ${S}/include/mtd/*.h; do
1329 install -m 0644 $f ${D}${includedir}/mtd/
1330 done
1331 }
1332
1333 PARALLEL_MAKE = ""
1334
1335 BBCLASSEXTEND = "native"
1336 </literallayout>
1337 </para>
1338
1339 <para>
1340 If your sources are available as a tarball instead of a Git repository, you
1341 will need to provide the URL to the tarball as well as an
1342 <filename>md5</filename> or <filename>sha256</filename> sum of
1343 the download.
1344 Here is an example:
1345 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
1346 SRC_URI="ftp://ftp.infradead.org/pub/mtd-utils/mtd-utils-1.4.9.tar.bz2"
1347 SRC_URI[md5sum]="82b8e714b90674896570968f70ca778b"
1348 </literallayout>
1349 You can generate the <filename>md5</filename> or <filename>sha256</filename> sums
1350 by using the <filename>md5sum</filename> or <filename>sha256sum</filename> commands
1351 with the target file as the only argument.
1352 Here is an example:
1353 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
1354 $ md5sum mtd-utils-1.4.9.tar.bz2
1355 82b8e714b90674896570968f70ca778b mtd-utils-1.4.9.tar.bz2
1356 </literallayout>
1357 </para>
1358 </section>
1359
1360 <section id='splitting-an-application-into-multiple-packages'>
1361 <title>Splitting an Application into Multiple Packages</title>
1362
1363 <para>
1364 You can use the variables
1365 <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PACKAGES'>PACKAGES</ulink></filename> and
1366 <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-FILES'>FILES</ulink></filename>
1367 to split an application into multiple packages.
1368 </para>
1369
1370 <para>
1371 Following is an example that uses the <filename>libXpm</filename> recipe.
1372 By default, this recipe generates a single package that contains the library along
1373 with a few binaries.
1374 You can modify the recipe to split the binaries into separate packages:
1375 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
1376 require xorg-lib-common.inc
1377
1378 DESCRIPTION = "X11 Pixmap library"
1379 LICENSE = "X-BSD"
1380 LIC_FILES_CHKSUM = "file://COPYING;md5=3e07763d16963c3af12db271a31abaa5"
1381 DEPENDS += "libxext libsm libxt"
1382 PR = "r3"
1383 PE = "1"
1384
1385 XORG_PN = "libXpm"
1386
1387 PACKAGES =+ "sxpm cxpm"
1388 FILES_cxpm = "${bindir}/cxpm"
1389 FILES_sxpm = "${bindir}/sxpm"
1390 </literallayout>
1391 </para>
1392
1393 <para>
1394 In the previous example, we want to ship the <filename>sxpm</filename>
1395 and <filename>cxpm</filename> binaries in separate packages.
1396 Since <filename>bindir</filename> would be packaged into the main
1397 <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PN'>PN</ulink></filename>
1398 package by default, we prepend the <filename>PACKAGES</filename>
1399 variable so additional package names are added to the start of list.
1400 This results in the extra <filename>FILES_*</filename>
1401 variables then containing information that define which files and
1402 directories go into which packages.
1403 Files included by earlier packages are skipped by latter packages.
1404 Thus, the main <filename>PN</filename> package
1405 does not include the above listed files.
1406 </para>
1407 </section>
1408
1409 <section id='usingpoky-extend-addpkg-postinstalls'>
1410 <title>Post-Installation Scripts</title>
1411
1412 <para>
1413 To add a post-installation script to a package, add a
1414 <filename>pkg_postinst_PACKAGENAME()</filename> function to the
1415 <filename>.bb</filename> file and use
1416 <filename>PACKAGENAME</filename> as the name of the package you want to attach to the
1417 <filename>postinst</filename> script.
1418 Normally,
1419 <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PN'>PN</ulink></filename>
1420 can be used, which automatically expands to <filename>PACKAGENAME</filename>.
1421 A post-installation function has the following structure:
1422 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
1423 pkg_postinst_PACKAGENAME () {
1424 #!/bin/sh -e
1425 # Commands to carry out
1426 }
1427 </literallayout>
1428 </para>
1429
1430 <para>
1431 The script defined in the post-installation function is called when the
1432 root filesystem is created.
1433 If the script succeeds, the package is marked as installed.
1434 If the script fails, the package is marked as unpacked and the script is
1435 executed when the image boots again.
1436 </para>
1437
1438 <para>
1439 Sometimes it is necessary for the execution of a post-installation
1440 script to be delayed until the first boot.
1441 For example, the script might need to be executed on the device itself.
1442 To delay script execution until boot time, use the following structure in the
1443 post-installation script:
1444 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
1445 pkg_postinst_PACKAGENAME () {
1446 #!/bin/sh -e
1447 if [ x"$D" = "x" ]; then
1448 # Actions to carry out on the device go here
1449 else
1450 exit 1
1451 fi
1452 }
1453 </literallayout>
1454 </para>
1455
1456 <para>
1457 The previous example delays execution until the image boots again because the
1458 <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-D'>D</ulink></filename>
1459 variable points
1460 to the directory containing the image when the root filesystem is created at build time but
1461 is unset when executed on the first boot.
1462 </para>
1463 </section>
1464 </section>
1465
1466 <section id="platdev-newmachine">
1467 <title>Adding a New Machine</title>
1468
1469 <para>
1470 Adding a new machine to the Yocto Project is a straightforward process.
1471 This section provides information that gives you an idea of the changes you must make.
1472 The information covers adding machines similar to those the Yocto Project already supports.
1473 Although well within the capabilities of the Yocto Project, adding a totally new architecture
1474 might require
1475 changes to <filename>gcc/eglibc</filename> and to the site information, which is
1476 beyond the scope of this manual.
1477 </para>
1478
1479 <para>
1480 For a complete example that shows how to add a new machine,
1481 see the
1482 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_BSP_URL;#creating-a-new-bsp-layer-using-the-yocto-bsp-script'>Creating a New BSP Layer Using the yocto-bsp Script</ulink>"
1483 in the Yocto Project Board Support Package (BSP) Developer's Guide.
1484 </para>
1485
1486 <section id="platdev-newmachine-conffile">
1487 <title>Adding the Machine Configuration File</title>
1488
1489 <para>
1490 To add a machine configuration, you need to add a <filename>.conf</filename> file
1491 with details of the device being added to the <filename>conf/machine/</filename> file.
1492 The name of the file determines the name the OpenEmbedded build system
1493 uses to reference the new machine.
1494 </para>
1495
1496 <para>
1497 The most important variables to set in this file are as follows:
1498 <itemizedlist>
1499 <listitem><para><filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-TARGET_ARCH'>TARGET_ARCH</ulink></filename>
1500 (e.g. "arm")</para></listitem>
1501 <listitem><para><filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PREFERRED_PROVIDER'>PREFERRED_PROVIDER</ulink>_virtual/kernel</filename>
1502 (see below)</para></listitem>
1503 <listitem><para><filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-MACHINE_FEATURES'>MACHINE_FEATURES</ulink></filename>
1504 (e.g. "apm screen wifi")</para></listitem>
1505 </itemizedlist>
1506 </para>
1507
1508 <para>
1509 You might also need these variables:
1510 <itemizedlist>
1511 <listitem><para><filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-SERIAL_CONSOLES'>SERIAL_CONSOLES</ulink></filename>
1512 (e.g. "115200 ttyS0")</para></listitem>
1513 <listitem><para><filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-KERNEL_IMAGETYPE'>KERNEL_IMAGETYPE</ulink></filename>
1514 (e.g. "zImage")</para></listitem>
1515 <listitem><para><filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-IMAGE_FSTYPES'>IMAGE_FSTYPES</ulink></filename>
1516 (e.g. "tar.gz jffs2")</para></listitem>
1517 </itemizedlist>
1518 </para>
1519
1520 <para>
1521 You can find full details on these variables in the reference section.
1522 You can leverage many existing machine <filename>.conf</filename> files from
1523 <filename>meta/conf/machine/</filename>.
1524 </para>
1525 </section>
1526
1527 <section id="platdev-newmachine-kernel">
1528 <title>Adding a Kernel for the Machine</title>
1529
1530 <para>
1531 The OpenEmbedded build system needs to be able to build a kernel for the machine.
1532 You need to either create a new kernel recipe for this machine, or extend an
1533 existing recipe.
1534 You can find several kernel examples in the
1535 Source Directory at <filename>meta/recipes-kernel/linux</filename>
1536 that you can use as references.
1537 </para>
1538
1539 <para>
1540 If you are creating a new recipe, normal recipe-writing rules apply for setting
1541 up a
1542 <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-SRC_URI'>SRC_URI</ulink></filename>.
1543 Thus, you need to specify any necessary patches and set
1544 <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-S'>S</ulink></filename> to point at the source code.
1545 You need to create a <filename>configure</filename> task that configures the
1546 unpacked kernel with a defconfig.
1547 You can do this by using a <filename>make defconfig</filename> command or,
1548 more commonly, by copying in a suitable <filename>defconfig</filename> file and and then running
1549 <filename>make oldconfig</filename>.
1550 By making use of <filename>inherit kernel</filename> and potentially some of the
1551 <filename>linux-*.inc</filename> files, most other functionality is
1552 centralized and the the defaults of the class normally work well.
1553 </para>
1554
1555 <para>
1556 If you are extending an existing kernel, it is usually a matter of adding a
1557 suitable defconfig file.
1558 The file needs to be added into a location similar to defconfig files
1559 used for other machines in a given kernel.
1560 A possible way to do this is by listing the file in the
1561 <filename>SRC_URI</filename> and adding the machine to the expression in
1562 <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-COMPATIBLE_MACHINE'>COMPATIBLE_MACHINE</ulink></filename>:
1563 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
1564 COMPATIBLE_MACHINE = '(qemux86|qemumips)'
1565 </literallayout>
1566 </para>
1567 </section>
1568
1569 <section id="platdev-newmachine-formfactor">
1570 <title>Adding a Formfactor Configuration File</title>
1571
1572 <para>
1573 A formfactor configuration file provides information about the
1574 target hardware for which the image is being built and information that
1575 the build system cannot obtain from other sources such as the kernel.
1576 Some examples of information contained in a formfactor configuration file include
1577 framebuffer orientation, whether or not the system has a keyboard,
1578 the positioning of the keyboard in relation to the screen, and
1579 the screen resolution.
1580 </para>
1581
1582 <para>
1583 The build system uses reasonable defaults in most cases.
1584 However, if customization is
1585 necessary, you need to create a <filename>machconfig</filename> file
1586 in the <filename>meta/recipes-bsp/formfactor/files</filename>
1587 directory.
1588 This directory contains directories for specific machines such as
1589 <filename>qemuarm</filename> and <filename>qemux86</filename>.
1590 For information about the settings available and the defaults, see the
1591 <filename>meta/recipes-bsp/formfactor/files/config</filename> file found in the
1592 same area.
1593 </para>
1594
1595 <para>
1596 Following is an example for qemuarm:
1597 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
1598 HAVE_TOUCHSCREEN=1
1599 HAVE_KEYBOARD=1
1600
1601 DISPLAY_CAN_ROTATE=0
1602 DISPLAY_ORIENTATION=0
1603 #DISPLAY_WIDTH_PIXELS=640
1604 #DISPLAY_HEIGHT_PIXELS=480
1605 #DISPLAY_BPP=16
1606 DISPLAY_DPI=150
1607 DISPLAY_SUBPIXEL_ORDER=vrgb
1608 </literallayout>
1609 </para>
1610 </section>
1611 </section>
1612
1613 <section id="platdev-working-with-libraries">
1614 <title>Working With Libraries</title>
1615
1616 <para>
1617 Libraries are an integral part of your system.
1618 This section describes some common practices you might find
1619 helpful when working with libraries to build your system:
1620 <itemizedlist>
1621 <listitem><para><link linkend='including-static-library-files'>How to include static library files</link>
1622 </para></listitem>
1623 <listitem><para><link linkend='combining-multiple-versions-library-files-into-one-image'>How to use the Multilib feature to combine multiple versions of library files into a single image</link>
1624 </para></listitem>
1625 <listitem><para><link linkend='installing-multiple-versions-of-the-same-library'>How to install multiple versions of the same library in parallel on the same system</link>
1626 </para></listitem>
1627 </itemizedlist>
1628 </para>
1629
1630 <section id='including-static-library-files'>
1631 <title>Including Static Library Files</title>
1632
1633 <para>
1634 If you are building a library and the library offers static linking, you can control
1635 which static library files (<filename>*.a</filename> files) get included in the
1636 built library.
1637 </para>
1638
1639 <para>
1640 The <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PACKAGES'><filename>PACKAGES</filename></ulink>
1641 and <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-FILES'><filename>FILES_*</filename></ulink>
1642 variables in the
1643 <filename>meta/conf/bitbake.conf</filename> configuration file define how files installed
1644 by the <filename>do_install</filename> task are packaged.
1645 By default, the <filename>PACKAGES</filename> variable contains
1646 <filename>${PN}-staticdev</filename>, which includes all static library files.
1647 <note>
1648 Some previously released versions of the Yocto Project
1649 defined the static library files through
1650 <filename>${PN}-dev</filename>.
1651 </note>
1652 Following, is part of the BitBake configuration file.
1653 You can see where the static library files are defined:
1654 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
1655 PACKAGES = "${PN}-dbg ${PN} ${PN}-doc ${PN}-dev ${PN}-staticdev ${PN}-locale"
1656 PACKAGES_DYNAMIC = "${PN}-locale-*"
1657 FILES = ""
1658
1659 FILES_${PN} = "${bindir}/* ${sbindir}/* ${libexecdir}/* ${libdir}/lib*${SOLIBS} \
1660 ${sysconfdir} ${sharedstatedir} ${localstatedir} \
1661 ${base_bindir}/* ${base_sbindir}/* \
1662 ${base_libdir}/*${SOLIBS} \
1663 ${datadir}/${BPN} ${libdir}/${BPN}/* \
1664 ${datadir}/pixmaps ${datadir}/applications \
1665 ${datadir}/idl ${datadir}/omf ${datadir}/sounds \
1666 ${libdir}/bonobo/servers"
1667
1668 FILES_${PN}-doc = "${docdir} ${mandir} ${infodir} ${datadir}/gtk-doc \
1669 ${datadir}/gnome/help"
1670 SECTION_${PN}-doc = "doc"
1671
1672 FILES_${PN}-dev = "${includedir} ${libdir}/lib*${SOLIBSDEV} ${libdir}/*.la \
1673 ${libdir}/*.o ${libdir}/pkgconfig ${datadir}/pkgconfig \
1674 ${datadir}/aclocal ${base_libdir}/*.o"
1675 SECTION_${PN}-dev = "devel"
1676 ALLOW_EMPTY_${PN}-dev = "1"
1677 RDEPENDS_${PN}-dev = "${PN} (= ${EXTENDPKGV})"
1678
1679 FILES_${PN}-staticdev = "${libdir}/*.a ${base_libdir}/*.a"
1680 SECTION_${PN}-staticdev = "devel"
1681 RDEPENDS_${PN}-staticdev = "${PN}-dev (= ${EXTENDPKGV})"
1682 </literallayout>
1683 </para>
1684 </section>
1685
1686 <section id="combining-multiple-versions-library-files-into-one-image">
1687 <title>Combining Multiple Versions of Library Files into One Image</title>
1688
1689 <para>
1690 The build system offers the ability to build libraries with different
1691 target optimizations or architecture formats and combine these together
1692 into one system image.
1693 You can link different binaries in the image
1694 against the different libraries as needed for specific use cases.
1695 This feature is called "Multilib."
1696 </para>
1697
1698 <para>
1699 An example would be where you have most of a system compiled in 32-bit
1700 mode using 32-bit libraries, but you have something large, like a database
1701 engine, that needs to be a 64-bit application and uses 64-bit libraries.
1702 Multilib allows you to get the best of both 32-bit and 64-bit libraries.
1703 </para>
1704
1705 <para>
1706 While the Multilib feature is most commonly used for 32 and 64-bit differences,
1707 the approach the build system uses facilitates different target optimizations.
1708 You could compile some binaries to use one set of libraries and other binaries
1709 to use other different sets of libraries.
1710 The libraries could differ in architecture, compiler options, or other
1711 optimizations.
1712 </para>
1713
1714 <para>
1715 This section overviews the Multilib process only.
1716 For more details on how to implement Multilib, see the
1717 <ulink url='&YOCTO_WIKI_URL;/wiki/Multilib'>Multilib</ulink> wiki
1718 page.
1719 </para>
1720
1721 <para>
1722 Aside from this wiki page, several examples exist in the
1723 <ulink url='&YOCTO_GIT_URL;/cgit.cgi/poky/tree/meta-skeleton'><filename>meta-skeleton</filename></ulink>
1724 layer found in the
1725 <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link>:
1726 <itemizedlist>
1727 <listitem><para><filename>conf/multilib-example.conf</filename>
1728 configuration file</para></listitem>
1729 <listitem><para><filename>conf/multilib-example2.conf</filename>
1730 configuration file</para></listitem>
1731 <listitem><para><filename>recipes-multilib/images/core-image-multilib-example.bb</filename>
1732 recipe</para></listitem>
1733 </itemizedlist>
1734 </para>
1735
1736 <section id='preparing-to-use-multilib'>
1737 <title>Preparing to Use Multilib</title>
1738
1739 <para>
1740 User-specific requirements drive the Multilib feature.
1741 Consequently, there is no one "out-of-the-box" configuration that likely
1742 exists to meet your needs.
1743 </para>
1744
1745 <para>
1746 In order to enable Multilib, you first need to ensure your recipe is
1747 extended to support multiple libraries.
1748 Many standard recipes are already extended and support multiple libraries.
1749 You can check in the <filename>meta/conf/multilib.conf</filename>
1750 configuration file in the
1751 <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link> to see how this is
1752 done using the
1753 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-BBCLASSEXTEND'><filename>BBCLASSEXTEND</filename></ulink>
1754 variable.
1755 Eventually, all recipes will be covered and this list will be unneeded.
1756 </para>
1757
1758 <para>
1759 For the most part, the Multilib class extension works automatically to
1760 extend the package name from <filename>${PN}</filename> to
1761 <filename>${MLPREFIX}${PN}</filename>, where <filename>MLPREFIX</filename>
1762 is the particular multilib (e.g. "lib32-" or "lib64-").
1763 Standard variables such as
1764 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DEPENDS'><filename>DEPENDS</filename></ulink>,
1765 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-RDEPENDS'><filename>RDEPENDS</filename></ulink>,
1766 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-RPROVIDES'><filename>RPROVIDES</filename></ulink>,
1767 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-RRECOMMENDS'><filename>RRECOMMENDS</filename></ulink>,
1768 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PACKAGES'><filename>PACKAGES</filename></ulink>,
1769 and <filename>PACKAGES_DYNAMIC</filename> are automatically extended by the system.
1770 If you are extending any manual code in the recipe, you can use the
1771 <filename>${MLPREFIX}</filename> variable to ensure those names are extended
1772 correctly.
1773 This automatic extension code resides in <filename>multilib.bbclass</filename>.
1774 </para>
1775 </section>
1776
1777 <section id='using-multilib'>
1778 <title>Using Multilib</title>
1779
1780 <para>
1781 After you have set up the recipes, you need to define the actual
1782 combination of multiple libraries you want to build.
1783 You accomplish this through your <filename>local.conf</filename>
1784 configuration file in the
1785 <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link>.
1786 An example configuration would be as follows:
1787 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
1788 MACHINE = "qemux86-64"
1789 require conf/multilib.conf
1790 MULTILIBS = "multilib:lib32"
1791 DEFAULTTUNE_virtclass-multilib-lib32 = "x86"
1792 IMAGE_INSTALL = "lib32-connman"
1793 </literallayout>
1794 This example enables an
1795 additional library named <filename>lib32</filename> alongside the
1796 normal target packages.
1797 When combining these "lib32" alternatives, the example uses "x86" for tuning.
1798 For information on this particular tuning, see
1799 <filename>meta/conf/machine/include/ia32/arch-ia32.inc</filename>.
1800 </para>
1801
1802 <para>
1803 The example then includes <filename>lib32-connman</filename>
1804 in all the images, which illustrates one method of including a
1805 multiple library dependency.
1806 You can use a normal image build to include this dependency,
1807 for example:
1808 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
1809 $ bitbake core-image-sato
1810 </literallayout>
1811 You can also build Multilib packages specifically with a command like this:
1812 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
1813 $ bitbake lib32-connman
1814 </literallayout>
1815 </para>
1816 </section>
1817
1818 <section id='additional-implementation-details'>
1819 <title>Additional Implementation Details</title>
1820
1821 <para>
1822 Different packaging systems have different levels of native Multilib
1823 support.
1824 For the RPM Package Management System, the following implementation details
1825 exist:
1826 <itemizedlist>
1827 <listitem><para>A unique architecture is defined for the Multilib packages,
1828 along with creating a unique deploy folder under
1829 <filename>tmp/deploy/rpm</filename> in the
1830 <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link>.
1831 For example, consider <filename>lib32</filename> in a
1832 <filename>qemux86-64</filename> image.
1833 The possible architectures in the system are "all", "qemux86_64",
1834 "lib32_qemux86_64", and "lib32_x86".</para></listitem>
1835 <listitem><para>The <filename>${MLPREFIX}</filename> variable is stripped from
1836 <filename>${PN}</filename> during RPM packaging.
1837 The naming for a normal RPM package and a Multilib RPM package in a
1838 <filename>qemux86-64</filename> system resolves to something similar to
1839 <filename>bash-4.1-r2.x86_64.rpm</filename> and
1840 <filename>bash-4.1.r2.lib32_x86.rpm</filename>, respectively.
1841 </para></listitem>
1842 <listitem><para>When installing a Multilib image, the RPM backend first
1843 installs the base image and then installs the Multilib libraries.
1844 </para></listitem>
1845 <listitem><para>The build system relies on RPM to resolve the identical files in the
1846 two (or more) Multilib packages.</para></listitem>
1847 </itemizedlist>
1848 </para>
1849
1850 <para>
1851 For the IPK Package Management System, the following implementation details exist:
1852 <itemizedlist>
1853 <listitem><para>The <filename>${MLPREFIX}</filename> is not stripped from
1854 <filename>${PN}</filename> during IPK packaging.
1855 The naming for a normal RPM package and a Multilib IPK package in a
1856 <filename>qemux86-64</filename> system resolves to something like
1857 <filename>bash_4.1-r2.x86_64.ipk</filename> and
1858 <filename>lib32-bash_4.1-rw_x86.ipk</filename>, respectively.
1859 </para></listitem>
1860 <listitem><para>The IPK deploy folder is not modified with
1861 <filename>${MLPREFIX}</filename> because packages with and without
1862 the Multilib feature can exist in the same folder due to the
1863 <filename>${PN}</filename> differences.</para></listitem>
1864 <listitem><para>IPK defines a sanity check for Multilib installation
1865 using certain rules for file comparison, overridden, etc.
1866 </para></listitem>
1867 </itemizedlist>
1868 </para>
1869 </section>
1870 </section>
1871
1872 <section id='installing-multiple-versions-of-the-same-library'>
1873 <title>Installing Multiple Versions of the Same Library</title>
1874
1875 <para>
1876 Situations can exist where you need to install and use
1877 multiple versions of the same library on the same system
1878 at the same time.
1879 These situations almost always exist when a library API
1880 changes and you have multiple pieces of software that
1881 depend on the separate versions of the library.
1882 To accommodate these situations, you can install multiple
1883 versions of the same library in parallel on the same system.
1884 </para>
1885
1886 <para>
1887 The process is straight forward as long as the libraries use
1888 proper versioning.
1889 With properly versioned libraries, all you need to do to
1890 individually specify the libraries is create separate,
1891 appropriately named recipes where the
1892 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PN'><filename>PN</filename></ulink> part of the
1893 name includes a portion that differentiates each library version
1894 (e.g.the major part of the version number).
1895 Thus, instead of having a single recipe that loads one version
1896 of a library (e.g. <filename>clutter</filename>), you provide
1897 multiple recipes that result in different versions
1898 of the libraries you want.
1899 As an example, the following two recipes would allow the
1900 two separate versions of the <filename>clutter</filename>
1901 library to co-exist on the same system:
1902 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
1903 clutter-1.6_1.6.20.bb
1904 clutter-1.8_1.8.4.bb
1905 </literallayout>
1906 Additionally, if you have other recipes that depend on a given
1907 library, you need to use the
1908 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DEPENDS'><filename>DEPENDS</filename></ulink>
1909 variable to create the dependency.
1910 Continuing with the same example, if you want to have a recipe
1911 depend on the 1.8 version of the <filename>clutter</filename>
1912 library, use the following in your recipe:
1913 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
1914 DEPENDS = "clutter-1.8"
1915 </literallayout>
1916 </para>
1917 </section>
1918 </section>
1919
1920 <section id='creating-partitioned-images'>
1921 <title>Creating Partitioned Images</title>
1922
1923 <para>
1924 Creating an image for a particular hardware target using the
1925 OpenEmbedded build system does not necessarily mean you can boot
1926 that image as is on your device.
1927 Physical devices accept and boot images in various ways depending
1928 on the specifics of the device.
1929 Usually, information about the hardware can tell you what image
1930 format the device requires.
1931 Should your device require multiple partitions on an SD card, flash,
1932 or an HDD, you can use the OpenEmbedded Image Creator
1933 () to create the properly partitioned image.
1934 </para>
1935
1936 <para>
1937 The <filename>wic</filename> command generates partitioned images
1938 from existing OpenEmbedded build artifacts.
1939 Image generation is driven by partitioning commands contained
1940 in an Openembedded kickstart file (<filename>.wks</filename>)
1941 specified either directly on the command-line or as one of a
1942 selection of canned <filename>.wks</filename> files
1943 (see 'wic list images').
1944 When applied to a given set of build artifacts, the result is an
1945 image or set of images that can be directly written onto media and
1946 used on a particular system.
1947 </para>
1948
1949 <para>
1950 This section provides some background information on
1951 <filename>wic</filename>, describes what you need to have in
1952 place to run the tool, provides instruction on how to use
1953 <filename>wic</filename>, and provides several examples.
1954 </para>
1955
1956 <section id='wic-background'>
1957 <title>Background</title>
1958
1959 <para>
1960 This section provides some background on the
1961 <filename>wic</filename> utility.
1962 While none of this information is required to use
1963 <filename>wic</filename>, you might find it interesting.
1964 <itemizedlist>
1965 <listitem><para>
1966 The name "wic" is derived from OpenEmbedded
1967 Image Creator (oeic).
1968 The "oe" diphthong in "oeic" was promoted to the
1969 letter "w", because "oeic" is both difficult to remember and
1970 pronounce.</para></listitem>
1971 <listitem><para>
1972 <filename>wic</filename> is loosely based on the
1973 Meego Image Creator (<filename>mic</filename>)
1974 framework.
1975 The <filename>wic</filename> implementation has been
1976 heavily modified to make direct use of OpenEmbedded
1977 build artifacts instead of package installation and
1978 configuration, which are already incorporated within
1979 the OpenEmbedded artifacts.</para></listitem>
1980 <listitem><para>
1981 <filename>wic</filename> is a completely independent
1982 standalone utility that initially provides
1983 easier-to-use and more flexible replacements for a
1984 couple bits of existing functionality in OE Core's
1985 <filename>directdisk.bbclass</filename> and
1986 <filename>mkefidisk.sh</filename> script.
1987 The replaced scripts are implemented by a
1988 general-purpose partitioning language based on Red Hat
1989 kickstart syntax.
1990 Underlying code for <filename>wic</filename> succeeded
1991 from several projects over time.</para></listitem>
1992 </itemizedlist>
1993 </para>
1994 </section>
1995
1996<!--
1997
1998 <para>
1999 This section covers the mechanics of invoking and providing help for
2000the command and sub-commands; it contains hooks for future commits to
2001connect with the actual functionality, once implemented.
2002 </para>
2003
2004 <para>
2005 Help is integrated into the 'wic' command itself - you can also see
2006that for details and reminders on usage (simply invoke 'wic' without
2007any arguments to get started).
2008 </para>
2009
2010 <note>
2011 Just because 'wic' can generate an image doesn't mean that it
2012will boot on a given machine. 'wic' tries to spot the most obvious
2013usages that are likely to cause problems but, as a relatively
2014low-level tool, it can't in general figure out whether a generated
2015image is appropriate for a given piece of hardware - it's really up to
2016you to provide intelligent inputs to the image creation process. If
2017you suspect that your image isn't working as expected due to some bug
2018or missing feature of the tool, please file a bug report describing
2019the details.
2020 </note>
2021
2022-->
2023
2024 <section id='wic-requirements'>
2025 <title>Requirements</title>
2026
2027 <para>
2028 In order to use the <filename>wic</filename> utility with the
2029 OpenEmbedded Build system, you need to meet the following
2030 requirements:
2031 <itemizedlist>
2032 <listitem><para>The Linux distribution on your
2033 development host must support the Yocto Project.
2034 See the
2035 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#detailed-supported-distros'>Supported Linux Distributions</ulink>"
2036 section in the Yocto Project Reference Manual for this
2037 list of distributions.</para></listitem>
2038 <listitem><para>
2039 The standard system utilities, such as
2040 <filename>cp</filename>, must be installed on your
2041 development host system.
2042 </para></listitem>
2043 <listitem><para>
2044 The
2045 <ulink url='http://www.gnu.org/software/parted/'>GNU Parted</ulink>
2046 package must be installed on your development host
2047 system.
2048 </para></listitem>
2049 <listitem><para>
2050 Have the build artifacts already available.
2051 You must already have created an image using the
2052 Openembedded build system (e.g.
2053 <filename>core-image-minimal</filename>.
2054 It might seem redundant to generate an image in order
2055 to create an image using <filename>wic</filename>,
2056 but the artifacts are needed and they are generated
2057 with the build system.</para></listitem>
2058 <listitem><para>
2059 You must have sourced one of the build environment
2060 setup scripts (i.e.
2061 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#structure-core-script'><filename>&OE_INIT_FILE;</filename></ulink>
2062 or
2063 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#structure-memres-core-script'><filename>oe-init-build-env-memres</filename></ulink>)
2064 found in the
2065 <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link>.
2066 </para></listitem>
2067 </itemizedlist>
2068 </para>
2069 </section>
2070
2071 <section id='wic-getting-help'>
2072 <title>Getting Help</title>
2073
2074 <para>
2075 You can get general help for the <filename>wic</filename>
2076 by entering the <filename>wic</filename> command by itself
2077 or by entering the command with a help argument as follows:
2078 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
2079 $ wic -h
2080 $ wic --help
2081 </literallayout>
2082 </para>
2083
2084 <para>
2085 Currently, <filename>wic</filename> supports two commands:
2086 <filename>create</filename> and <filename>list</filename>.
2087 You can get help for these commands as follows:
2088 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
2089 $ wic help &lt;command&gt;
2090 </literallayout>
2091 </para>
2092
2093 <para>
2094 You can find more out about the images
2095 <filename>wic</filename> creates using the provided
2096 kickstart files with the following form of the command:
2097 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
2098 $ wic list &lt;image&gt; help
2099 </literallayout>
2100 Where <filename>&lt;image&gt;</filename> is either
2101 <filename>directdisk</filename> or
2102 <filename>mkefidisk</filename>.
2103 </para>
2104 </section>
2105
2106 <section id='operational-modes'>
2107 <title>Operational Modes</title>
2108
2109 <para>
2110 You can run <filename>wic</filename> in two modes: Raw and
2111 Cooked:
2112 <itemizedlist>
2113 <listitem><para><emphasis>Raw Mode:</emphasis>
2114 You explicitly specify build artifacts through
2115 command-line arguments.</para></listitem>
2116 <listitem><para><emphasis>Cooked Mode:</emphasis>
2117 The current
2118 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;var-MACHINE'><filename>MACHINE</filename></ulink>
2119 setting and image name are used to automatically locate
2120 and provide the build artifacts.</para></listitem>
2121 </itemizedlist>
2122 </para>
2123
2124 <section id='raw-mode'>
2125 <title>Raw Mode</title>
2126
2127 <para>
2128 The general form of the 'wic' command in raw mode is:
2129 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
2130 $ wic create &lt;image_name&gt;.wks -r &lt;rootfs_dir&gt; -b &lt;bootimg_dir&gt; /
2131 -k &lt;kernel_dir&gt; -n &lt;native_sysroot&gt;
2132 </literallayout>
2133 <note>
2134 You do not need root privileges to run
2135 <filename>wic</filename>.
2136 In fact, you should not run as root when using the
2137 utility.
2138 </note>
2139 </para>
2140
2141 <para>
2142 Following is a description of the <filename>wic</filename>
2143 parameters and options:
2144 <itemizedlist>
2145 <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>&lt;image_name&gt;.wks</filename>:</emphasis>
2146 An OpenEmbedded kickstart file.
2147 You can provide your own custom file or use a
2148 file from a set of provided files as described
2149 following this list.</para></listitem>
2150 <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>-r &lt;rootfs_dir&gt;</filename>:</emphasis>
2151 Specifies the path to the root filesystem directory
2152 to be used and the <filename>.wks</filename>
2153 root filesystem source.</para></listitem>
2154 <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>-b &lt;bootimg_dir&gt;</filename>:</emphasis>
2155 Specifies the path to the directory that contains
2156 the boot artifacts (e.g. the
2157 <filename>EFI</filename> or
2158 <filename>syslinux</filename> directories) to use
2159 as the <filename>.wks</filename> boot image source.
2160 </para></listitem>
2161 <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>-k &lt;kernel_dir&gt;</filename>:</emphasis>
2162 Specifies the path to the dir containing the kernel
2163 to use in the <filename>.wks</filename> boot
2164 image.</para></listitem>
2165 <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>-n &lt;native_sysroot&gt;</filename>:</emphasis>
2166 Specifies the path to the native sysroot
2167 that contains the tools used to build the image.
2168 </para></listitem>
2169 </itemizedlist>
2170 </para>
2171 </section>
2172
2173 <section id='cooked-mode'>
2174 <title>Cooked Mode</title>
2175
2176 <para>
2177 The general form of the <filename>wic</filename> command
2178 using Cooked Mode is:
2179 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
2180 $ wic create &lt;kickstart_file&gt; -e &lt;image_name&gt;
2181 </literallayout>
2182 This form is the simplest and most user-friendly, as it
2183 does not requre specifying all individual parameters.
2184 All you need to provide is your own
2185 <filename>.wks</filename> file or one provided with the
2186 release.
2187 </para>
2188
2189 <para>
2190 Following is a description of the <filename>wic</filename>
2191 parameters and options:
2192 <itemizedlist>
2193 <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>&lt;kickstart&gt;</filename>:</emphasis>
2194 An OpenEmbedded kickstart file.
2195 You can provide your own custom file or supplied
2196 file.</para></listitem>
2197 <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>-e &lt;image_name&gt;</filename>:</emphasis>
2198 Specifies the image built using the OpenEmbedded
2199 build system.</para></listitem>
2200 </itemizedlist>
2201 </para>
2202 </section>
2203 </section>
2204
2205 <section id='using-a-provided-kickstart_file'>
2206 <title>Using a Provided Kickstart File</title>
2207
2208 <para>
2209 If you do not want to create your own
2210 <filename>.wks</filename> file, you can use a provided
2211 file.
2212 Use the following command to list the available files:
2213 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
2214 $ wic list images
2215 mkefidisk Create an EFI disk image
2216 directdisk Create a 'pcbios' direct disk image
2217 </literallayout>
2218 When you use a provided file, you do not have to use the
2219 <filename>.wks</filename> extension.
2220 Here is an example in Raw Mode that uses the
2221 <filename>directdisk</filename> file:
2222 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
2223 $ wic create directdisk -r &lt;rootfs_dir&gt; -b &lt;bootimg_dir&gt; \
2224 -k &lt;kernel_dir&gt; -n &lt;native_sysroot&gt;
2225 </literallayout>
2226 </para>
2227 </section>
2228
2229 <section id='wic-usage-examples'>
2230 <title>Examples</title>
2231
2232 <para>
2233 This section provides several examples that show how to use
2234 the <filename>wic</filename> utility.
2235 All the examples assume the list of requirements in the
2236 "<link linkend='wic-requirements'>Requirements</link>" section
2237 have been met.
2238 The examples assume the previously generated image is
2239 <filename>core-image-minimal</filename>.
2240 </para>
2241
2242 <section id='generate-an-image-using-a-provided-kickstart-file'>
2243 <title>Generate an Image using a Provided Kickstart File</title>
2244
2245 <para>
2246 This example runs in Cooked Mode and uses the
2247 <filename>mkefidisk</filename> kickstart file:
2248 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
2249 $ wic create mkefidisk -e core-image-minimal
2250 Checking basic build environment...
2251 Done.
2252
2253 Creating image(s)...
2254
2255 Info: The new image(s) can be found here:
2256 /var/tmp/wic/build/mkefidisk-201310230946-sda.direct
2257
2258 The following build artifacts were used to create the image(s):
2259 ROOTFS_DIR: /home/trz/yocto/yocto-image/build/tmp/work/minnow-poky-linux/core-image-minimal/1.0-r0/rootfs
2260 BOOTIMG_DIR: /home/trz/yocto/yocto-image/build/tmp/work/minnow-poky-linux/core-image-minimal/1.0-r0/core-image-minimal-1.0/hddimg
2261 KERNEL_DIR: /home/trz/yocto/yocto-image/build/tmp/sysroots/minnow/usr/src/kernel
2262 NATIVE_SYSROOT: /home/trz/yocto/yocto-image/build/tmp/sysroots/x86_64-linux
2263
2264
2265 The image(s) were created using OE kickstart file:
2266 /home/trz/yocto/yocto-image/scripts/lib/image/canned-wks/mkefidisk.wks
2267 </literallayout>
2268 This example shows the easiest way to create an image
2269 by running in Cooked Mode and using the
2270 <filename>&lt;-e&gt;</filename> option with a
2271 provided kickstart file.
2272 All that is necessary is to specify the image
2273 used to generate the artifacts.
2274 Your <filename>local.conf</filename> needs to have the
2275 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-MACHINE'><filename>MACHINE</filename></ulink>
2276 variable set to the machine you are using, which is
2277 "minnow" in this example.
2278 </para>
2279
2280 <para>
2281 The output specifies exactly which image were
2282 created and where the image was created.
2283 The output also names the artifacts used and the exact
2284 <filename>.wks</filename> script that was used to generate
2285 the image.
2286 <note>
2287 You should always verify the details provided in the
2288 output to make sure that the imagewas indeed created
2289 exactly as expected.
2290 </note>
2291 </para>
2292
2293 <para>
2294 Continuing with the example, you can now directly
2295 <filename>dd</filename> the image to a USB stick, or
2296 whatever media for which you built your image,
2297 and boot the resulting media:
2298 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
2299 $ sudo dd if=/var/tmp/wic/build/mkefidisk-201310230946-sda.direct of=/dev/sdb
2300 [sudo] password for trz:
2301 182274+0 records in
2302 182274+0 records out
2303 93324288 bytes (93 MB) copied, 14.4777 s, 6.4 MB/s
2304 [trz@empanada ~]$ sudo eject /dev/sdb
2305 </literallayout>
2306 </para>
2307 </section>
2308
2309 <section id='using-a-modified-kickstart-file'>
2310 <title>Using a Modified Kickstart File</title>
2311
2312 <para>
2313 Because <filename>wic</filename> image creation is driven
2314 by the kickstart file, it is easy to drive image creation
2315 by changing the parameters in the file.
2316 This next example demonstrates that through modification
2317 of the <filename>directdisk</filename> kickstart file.
2318 </para>
2319
2320 <para>
2321 As mentioned earlier, you can use the command
2322 <filename>wic list images</filename> to show the list
2323 of provided kickstart files.
2324 The directory in which these files reside is in the
2325 <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link>
2326 in <filename>scripts/lib/image/canned-wks/</filename>.
2327 Because the available files reside in this directory, you
2328 can create and add your own custom files to the directory.
2329 Subsequent use of the <filename>wic list images</filename>
2330 command would then include your kickstart files.
2331 </para>
2332
2333 <para>
2334 In this example, the existing
2335 <filename>directdisk</filename> file already does most
2336 of what is needed.
2337 However, for the hardware in this example, the image will
2338 need to boot from <filename>sdb</filename> instead of
2339 <filename>sda</filename>, which is what the
2340 <filename>directdisk</filename> kickstart file uses.
2341 </para>
2342
2343 <para>
2344 The example begins by making a copy of the
2345 <filename>directdisk.wks</filename> file in the
2346 <filename>scripts/lib/image/canned-wks</filename>
2347 directory and then changing the lines that specify the
2348 target disk from which to boot.
2349 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
2350 $ cp /home/trz/yocto/yocto-image/scripts/lib/image/canned-wks/directdisk.wks /home/trz/yocto/yocto-image/scripts/lib/image/canned-wks/directdisksdb.wks
2351 </literallayout>
2352 Next, the example modifies the
2353 <filename>directdisksdb.wks</filename> file and changes all
2354 instances of "<filename>--ondisk sda</filename>"
2355 to "<filename>--ondisk sdb</filename>".
2356 The example changes the following two lines and leaves the
2357 remaining lines untouched:
2358 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
2359 part /boot --source bootimg --ondisk sdb --fstype=msdos --label boot --active --align 1024
2360 part / --source rootfs --ondisk sdb --fstype=ext3 --label platform --align 1024
2361 </literallayout>
2362 (I AM HERE)
2363 Once the lines are changed, Once we've made that change, we generate a directdisksdb image,
2364pointing the process at the core-image-minimal artifacts for the nuc
2365(Next Unit of Computing), selected as our current MACHINE in
2366local.conf.
2367 </para>
2368
2369 <para>
2370 Once we've set the build up, we run a core-image-minimal nuc build:
2371 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
2372 $ bitbake core-image-minimal
2373 </literallayout>
2374 Once the build is finished, we can then use nuc to create our
2375directdisk image for the nuc to boot. In this case, we'll use the
2376'-e' option to have wic discover the appropriate build artifacts and
2377generate the image:
2378 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
2379 $ wic create directdisksdb -e core-image-minimal
2380 Checking basic build environment...
2381 Done.
2382
2383 Creating image(s)...
2384
2385 Info: The new image(s) can be found here:
2386 /var/tmp/wic/build/directdisksdb-201310231131-sdb.direct
2387
2388 The following build artifacts were used to create the image(s):
2389 ROOTFS_DIR: /home/trz/yocto/yocto-image/build/tmp/work/nuc-poky-linux/core-image-minimal/1.0-r0/rootfs
2390 BOOTIMG_DIR: /home/trz/yocto/yocto-image/build/tmp/sysroots/nuc/usr/share
2391 KERNEL_DIR: /home/trz/yocto/yocto-image/build/tmp/sysroots/nuc/usr/src/kernel
2392 NATIVE_SYSROOT: /home/trz/yocto/yocto-image/build/tmp/sysroots/x86_64-linux
2393
2394
2395 The image(s) were created using OE kickstart file:
2396 /home/trz/yocto/yocto-image/scripts/lib/image/canned-wks/directdisksdb.wks
2397 </literallayout>
2398 Using the path specified in the output for the image name and
2399location, you can now directly dd the image to a USB stick or whatever
2400media you built the image for, and boot the resulting media:
2401 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
2402 $ sudo dd if=/var/tmp/wic/build/directdisksdb-201310231131-sdb.direct of=/dev/sdb
2403 86018+0 records in
2404 86018+0 records out
2405 44041216 bytes (44 MB) copied, 13.0734 s, 3.4 MB/s
2406 [trz@empanada tmp]$ sudo eject /dev/sdb
2407 </literallayout>
2408 Of course, you can just use the directdisk image directly if you don't
2409have any special needs.
2410 </para>
2411
2412 <para>
2413 Here'we're creating a wic image based on core-image-minimal and
2414crownbay-noemgd, which works right out of the box.
2415 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
2416 $ wic create directdisk -e core-image-minimal
2417
2418 Checking basic build environment...
2419 Done.
2420
2421 Creating image(s)...
2422
2423 Info: The new image(s) can be found here:
2424 /var/tmp/wic/build/directdisk-201309252350-sda.direct
2425
2426 The following build artifacts were used to create the image(s):
2427
2428 ROOTFS_DIR: /home/trz/yocto/yocto-image/build/tmp/work/crownbay_noemgd-poky-linux/core-image-minimal/1.0-r0/rootfs
2429 BOOTIMG_DIR: /home/trz/yocto/yocto-image/build/tmp/sysroots/crownbay-noemgd/usr/share
2430 KERNEL_DIR: /home/trz/yocto/yocto-image/build/tmp/sysroots/crownbay-noemgd/usr/src/kernel
2431 NATIVE_SYSROOT: /home/trz/yocto/yocto-image/build/tmp/sysroots/crownbay-noemgd/usr/src/kernel
2432
2433 The image(s) were created using OE kickstart file:
2434 /home/trz/yocto/yocto-image/scripts/lib/image/canned-wks/directdisk.wks
2435 </literallayout>
2436 Finally, here's an example that doesn't take the easy way out and
2437manually specifies each build artifact, along with a non-canned .wks
2438file, and also uses the -o option to have wic create the output
2439somewhere other than the default /var/tmp/wic:
2440 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
2441 $ wic create ~/test.wks -o /home/trz/testwic --rootfs-dir /home/trz/yocto/yocto-image/build/tmp/work/crownbay_noemgd-poky-linux/core-image-minimal/1.0-r0/rootfs --bootimg-dir /home/trz/yocto/yocto-image/build/tmp/sysroots/crownbay-noemgd/usr/share --kernel-dir /home/trz/yocto/yocto-image/build/tmp/sysroots/crownbay-noemgd/usr/src/kernel --native-sysroot /home/trz/yocto/yocto-image/build/tmp/sysroots/x86_64-linux
2442
2443 Creating image(s)...
2444
2445 Info: The new image(s) can be found here:
2446 /home/trz/testwic/build/test-201309260032-sda.direct
2447
2448 The following build artifacts were used to create the image(s):
2449
2450 ROOTFS_DIR: /home/trz/yocto/yocto-image/build/tmp/work/crownbay_noemgd-poky-linux/core-image-minimal/1.0-r0/rootfs
2451 BOOTIMG_DIR: /home/trz/yocto/yocto-image/build/tmp/sysroots/crownbay-noemgd/usr/share
2452 KERNEL_DIR: /home/trz/yocto/yocto-image/build/tmp/sysroots/crownbay-noemgd/usr/src/kernel
2453 NATIVE_SYSROOT: /home/trz/yocto/yocto-image/build/tmp/sysroots/crownbay-noemgd/usr/src/kernel
2454
2455 The image(s) were created using OE kickstart file:
2456 /home/trz/test.wks
2457 </literallayout>
2458 In this case, we didn't need to have the proper machine selected in
2459local.conf - we manually specified each artifact and therefore wic
2460doesn't need further information from the build system.
2461 </para>
2462
2463 <para>
2464 Finally, here's an example of the actual partition language commands
2465used to generate the mkefidisk image i.e. these are the contents of the
2466mkefidisk.wks OE kickstart file:
2467 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
2468 # short-description: Create an EFI disk image
2469 # long-description: Creates a partitioned EFI disk image that the user
2470 # can directly dd to boot media.
2471
2472 part /boot --source bootimg --ondisk sda --fstype=efi --label msdos --active --align 1024
2473
2474 part / --source rootfs --ondisk sda --fstype=ext3 --label platform --align 1024
2475
2476 part swap --ondisk sda --size 44 --label swap1 --fstype=swap
2477
2478 bootloader --timeout=10 --append="rootwait rootfstype=ext3 console=ttyPCH0,115200 console=tty0 vmalloc=256MB snd-hda- intel.enable_msi=0"
2479 </literallayout>
2480 </para>
2481 </section>
2482 </section>
2483
2484 <section id='openembedded-kickstart-wks-reference'>
2485 <title>OpenEmbedded Kickstart (.wks) Reference</title>
2486
2487 <para>
2488 The current 'wic' implementation supports only the basic kickstart
2489partitioning commands: 'partition' (or 'part' for short) and
2490'bootloader'.
2491 </para>
2492
2493 <para>
2494 They are listed below and mostly follow the syntax and meaning of the
2495standard kickstart options for those commands. The documentation below
2496is based on the Fedora kickstart documentation of the same commands,
2497but modified to reflect wic capabilities. For reference:
2498 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
2499 http://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Anaconda/Kickstart#part_or_partition
2500 http://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Anaconda/Kickstart#bootloader
2501 </literallayout>
2502 </para>
2503
2504 <section id='command-part-or-partition'>
2505 <title>Command: part or partition</title>
2506
2507 <para>
2508 Creates a partition on the system.
2509 Use the following syntax:
2510 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
2511 part &lt;mntpoint&gt;
2512 </literallayout>
2513 The &lt;mntpoint&gt; is where the partition will be mounted and must be of
2514one of the following forms:
2515 <itemizedlist>
2516 <listitem><para><filename>/&lt;path&gt;</filename>:
2517 For example, <filename>/</filename>,
2518 <filename>/usr</filename>, and
2519 <filename>/home</filename></para></listitem>
2520 <listitem><para><filename>swap</filename>:
2521 The partition will be used as swap space.
2522 </para></listitem>
2523 </itemizedlist>
2524 </para>
2525
2526 <para>
2527 Following are the supported options:
2528 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
2529 --size
2530 The minimum partition size in megabytes. Specify an integer value
2531 here such as 500. Do not append the number with MB. Not needed if
2532 --source is used.
2533
2534 --source
2535 bootimg
2536 rootfs
2537
2538 The --source option is a wic-specific option that can currently
2539 have one of two values, 'bootimg' or 'rootfs'.
2540
2541 If '--source rootfs' is used, it tells the wic command to create a
2542 partition as large as needed to fill with the contents of /rootfs
2543 (specified by the -r 'wic' option) and to fill it with the
2544 contents of /rootfs.
2545
2546 If '--source bootimg' is used, it tells the wic command to create
2547 a partition as large as needed to fill with the contents of the
2548 boot partition (specified by the -b 'wic' option). Exactly what
2549 those contents are depend on the value of the --fstype option for
2550 that partition. If '--fstype=efi' is specified, the boot
2551 artifacts contained in HDDDIR are used, and if '--fstype=msdos' is
2552 specified, the boot artifacts found in STAGING_DATADIR are used.
2553
2554 --ondisk or --ondrive
2555 Forces the partition to be created on a particular disk.
2556
2557 --fstype
2558 Sets the file system type for the partition. Valid values are:
2559 msdos
2560 efi
2561 ext4
2562 ext3
2563 ext2
2564 btrfs
2565 swap
2566
2567 --label label
2568 Specify the label to give to the filesystem to be made on the
2569 partition. If the given label is already in use by another
2570 filesystem, a new label will be created for this partition.
2571
2572 --active
2573 Mark the partition as active.
2574
2575 --align (in kB)
2576 The '--align' option is a mic-specific option that says to start a
2577 partition on an x kB boundary.
2578 </literallayout>
2579 </para>
2580 </section>
2581
2582 <section id='command-bootloader'>
2583 <title>Command: bootloader</title>
2584
2585 <para>
2586 This command specifies how the boot loader should be installed.
2587 </para>
2588
2589 <para>
2590 Following are the supported options:
2591 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
2592 --timeout
2593 Specify the number of seconds before the bootloader times out and
2594 boots the default option.
2595
2596 --append
2597 Specifies kernel parameters. These will be added to the syslinux
2598 APPEND or grub kernel command line.
2599
2600 The boot type is determined by the fstype of the /boot mountpoint. If
2601 the fstype is 'msdos' the boot type is 'pcbios', otherwise it's the
2602 fstype, which currently be: 'efi' (more to be added later).
2603
2604 If the boot type is 'efi', the image will use grub and has one
2605 menuentry: 'boot'.
2606
2607 If the boot type is 'pcbios', the image will use syslinux and has one
2608 menu label: 'boot'.
2609
2610 Future updates will implement more options - using anything not
2611 explicitly supported can result in unpredictable results.
2612 </literallayout>
2613 </para>
2614 </section>
2615 </section>
2616 </section>
2617
2618 <section id='configuring-the-kernel'>
2619 <title>Configuring the Kernel</title>
2620
2621 <para>
2622 Configuring the Yocto Project kernel consists of making sure the <filename>.config</filename>
2623 file has all the right information in it for the image you are building.
2624 You can use the <filename>menuconfig</filename> tool and configuration fragments to
2625 make sure your <filename>.config</filename> file is just how you need it.
2626 This section describes how to use <filename>menuconfig</filename>, create and use
2627 configuration fragments, and how to interactively tweak your <filename>.config</filename>
2628 file to create the leanest kernel configuration file possible.
2629 </para>
2630
2631 <para>
2632 For more information on kernel configuration, see the
2633 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_KERNEL_DEV_URL;#changing-the-configuration'>Changing the Configuration</ulink>"
2634 section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual.
2635 </para>
2636
2637 <section id='using-menuconfig'>
2638 <title>Using&nbsp;&nbsp;<filename>menuconfig</filename></title>
2639
2640 <para>
2641 The easiest way to define kernel configurations is to set them through the
2642 <filename>menuconfig</filename> tool.
2643 This tool provides an interactive method with which
2644 to set kernel configurations.
2645 For general information on <filename>menuconfig</filename>, see
2646 <ulink url='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Menuconfig'></ulink>.
2647 </para>
2648
2649 <para>
2650 To use the <filename>menuconfig</filename> tool in the Yocto Project development
2651 environment, you must build the tool using BitBake.
2652 Thus, the environment must be set up using the
2653 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#structure-core-script'><filename>&OE_INIT_FILE;</filename></ulink>
2654 or
2655 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#structure-memres-core-script'><filename>oe-init-build-env-memres</filename></ulink>
2656 script found in the
2657 <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link>.
2658 The following commands build and invoke <filename>menuconfig</filename> assuming the
2659 <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link>
2660 top-level folder is <filename>~/poky</filename>:
2661 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
2662 $ cd poky
2663 $ source oe-init-build-env
2664 $ bitbake linux-yocto -c menuconfig
2665 </literallayout>
2666 Once <filename>menuconfig</filename> comes up, its standard interface allows you to
2667 interactively examine and configure all the kernel configuration parameters.
2668 After making your changes, simply exit the tool and save your changes to
2669 create an updated version of the <filename>.config</filename> configuration file.
2670 </para>
2671
2672 <para>
2673 Consider an example that configures the <filename>linux-yocto-3.4</filename>
2674 kernel.
2675 The OpenEmbedded build system recognizes this kernel as
2676 <filename>linux-yocto</filename>.
2677 Thus, the following commands from the shell in which you previously sourced the
2678 environment initialization script cleans the shared state cache and the
2679 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-WORKDIR'><filename>WORKDIR</filename></ulink>
2680 directory and then builds and launches <filename>menuconfig</filename>:
2681 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
2682 $ bitbake linux-yocto -c menuconfig
2683 </literallayout>
2684 </para>
2685
2686 <para>
2687 Once <filename>menuconfig</filename> launches, use the interface
2688 to navigate through the selections to find the configuration settings in
2689 which you are interested.
2690 For example, consider the <filename>CONFIG_SMP</filename> configuration setting.
2691 You can find it at <filename>Processor Type and Features</filename> under
2692 the configuration selection <filename>Symmetric Multi-processing Support</filename>.
2693 After highlighting the selection, use the arrow keys to select or deselect
2694 the setting.
2695 When you are finished with all your selections, exit out and save them.
2696 </para>
2697
2698 <para>
2699 Saving the selections updates the <filename>.config</filename> configuration file.
2700 This is the file that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to configure the
2701 kernel during the build.
2702 You can find and examine this file in the Build Directory in
2703 <filename>tmp/work/</filename>.
2704 The actual <filename>.config</filename> is located in the area where the
2705 specific kernel is built.
2706 For example, if you were building a Linux Yocto kernel based on the
2707 Linux 3.4 kernel and you were building a QEMU image targeted for
2708 <filename>x86</filename> architecture, the
2709 <filename>.config</filename> file would be located here:
2710 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
2711 poky/build/tmp/work/qemux86-poky-linux/linux-yocto-3.4.11+git1+84f...
2712 ...656ed30-r1/linux-qemux86-standard-build
2713 </literallayout>
2714 <note>
2715 The previous example directory is artificially split and many of the characters
2716 in the actual filename are omitted in order to make it more readable.
2717 Also, depending on the kernel you are using, the exact pathname
2718 for <filename>linux-yocto-3.4...</filename> might differ.
2719 </note>
2720 </para>
2721
2722 <para>
2723 Within the <filename>.config</filename> file, you can see the kernel settings.
2724 For example, the following entry shows that symmetric multi-processor support
2725 is not set:
2726 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
2727 # CONFIG_SMP is not set
2728 </literallayout>
2729 </para>
2730
2731 <para>
2732 A good method to isolate changed configurations is to use a combination of the
2733 <filename>menuconfig</filename> tool and simple shell commands.
2734 Before changing configurations with <filename>menuconfig</filename>, copy the
2735 existing <filename>.config</filename> and rename it to something else,
2736 use <filename>menuconfig</filename> to make
2737 as many changes an you want and save them, then compare the renamed configuration
2738 file against the newly created file.
2739 You can use the resulting differences as your base to create configuration fragments
2740 to permanently save in your kernel layer.
2741 <note>
2742 Be sure to make a copy of the <filename>.config</filename> and don't just
2743 rename it.
2744 The build system needs an existing <filename>.config</filename>
2745 from which to work.
2746 </note>
2747 </para>
2748 </section>
2749
2750 <section id='creating-config-fragments'>
2751 <title>Creating Configuration Fragments</title>
2752
2753 <para>
2754 Configuration fragments are simply kernel options that appear in a file
2755 placed where the OpenEmbedded build system can find and apply them.
2756 Syntactically, the configuration statement is identical to what would appear
2757 in the <filename>.config</filename> file, which is in the
2758 <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link> in
2759 <filename>tmp/work/&lt;arch&gt;-poky-linux/linux-yocto-&lt;release-specific-string&gt;/linux-&lt;arch&gt;-&lt;build-type&gt;</filename>.
2760 </para>
2761
2762 <para>
2763 It is simple to create a configuration fragment.
2764 For example, issuing the following from the shell creates a configuration fragment
2765 file named <filename>my_smp.cfg</filename> that enables multi-processor support
2766 within the kernel:
2767 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
2768 $ echo "CONFIG_SMP=y" >> my_smp.cfg
2769 </literallayout>
2770 <note>
2771 All configuration files must use the <filename>.cfg</filename> extension in order
2772 for the OpenEmbedded build system to recognize them as a configuration fragment.
2773 </note>
2774 </para>
2775
2776 <para>
2777 Where do you put your configuration files?
2778 You can place these configuration files in the same area pointed to by
2779 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-SRC_URI'><filename>SRC_URI</filename></ulink>.
2780 The OpenEmbedded build system will pick up the configuration and add it to the
2781 kernel's configuration.
2782 For example, suppose you had a set of configuration options in a file called
2783 <filename>myconfig.cfg</filename>.
2784 If you put that file inside a directory named <filename>linux-yocto</filename>
2785 that resides in the same directory as the kernel's append file and then add
2786 a <filename>SRC_URI</filename> statement such as the following to the kernel's append file,
2787 those configuration options will be picked up and applied when the kernel is built.
2788 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
2789 SRC_URI += "file://myconfig.cfg"
2790 </literallayout>
2791 </para>
2792
2793 <para>
2794 As mentioned earlier, you can group related configurations into multiple files and
2795 name them all in the <filename>SRC_URI</filename> statement as well.
2796 For example, you could group separate configurations specifically for Ethernet and graphics
2797 into their own files and add those by using a <filename>SRC_URI</filename> statement like the
2798 following in your append file:
2799 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
2800 SRC_URI += "file://myconfig.cfg \
2801 file://eth.cfg \
2802 file://gfx.cfg"
2803 </literallayout>
2804 </para>
2805 </section>
2806
2807 <section id='fine-tuning-the-kernel-configuration-file'>
2808 <title>Fine-Tuning the Kernel Configuration File</title>
2809
2810 <para>
2811 You can make sure the <filename>.config</filename> file is as lean or efficient as
2812 possible by reading the output of the kernel configuration fragment audit,
2813 noting any issues, making changes to correct the issues, and then repeating.
2814 </para>
2815
2816 <para>
2817 As part of the kernel build process, the
2818 <filename>kernel_configcheck</filename> task runs.
2819 This task validates the kernel configuration by checking the final
2820 <filename>.config</filename> file against the input files.
2821 During the check, the task produces warning messages for the following
2822 issues:
2823 <itemizedlist>
2824 <listitem><para>Requested options that did not make the final
2825 <filename>.config</filename> file.</para></listitem>
2826 <listitem><para>Configuration items that appear twice in the same
2827 configuration fragment.</para></listitem>
2828 <listitem><para>Configuration items tagged as "required" were overridden.
2829 </para></listitem>
2830 <listitem><para>A board overrides a non-board specific option.</para></listitem>
2831 <listitem><para>Listed options not valid for the kernel being processed.
2832 In other words, the option does not appear anywhere.</para></listitem>
2833 </itemizedlist>
2834 <note>
2835 The <filename>kernel_configcheck</filename> task can also optionally report
2836 if an option is overridden during processing.
2837 </note>
2838 </para>
2839
2840 <para>
2841 For each output warning, a message points to the file
2842 that contains a list of the options and a pointer to the config
2843 fragment that defines them.
2844 Collectively, the files are the key to streamlining the configuration.
2845 </para>
2846
2847 <para>
2848 To streamline the configuration, do the following:
2849 <orderedlist>
2850 <listitem><para>Start with a full configuration that you know
2851 works - it builds and boots successfully.
2852 This configuration file will be your baseline.</para></listitem>
2853 <listitem><para>Separately run the <filename>configme</filename> and
2854 <filename>kernel_configcheck</filename> tasks.</para></listitem>
2855 <listitem><para>Take the resulting list of files from the
2856 <filename>kernel_configcheck</filename> task warnings and do the following:
2857 <itemizedlist>
2858 <listitem><para>Drop values that are redefined in the fragment but do not
2859 change the final <filename>.config</filename> file.</para></listitem>
2860 <listitem><para>Analyze and potentially drop values from the
2861 <filename>.config</filename> file that override required
2862 configurations.</para></listitem>
2863 <listitem><para>Analyze and potentially remove non-board specific options.
2864 </para></listitem>
2865 <listitem><para>Remove repeated and invalid options.</para></listitem>
2866 </itemizedlist></para></listitem>
2867 <listitem><para>After you have worked through the output of the kernel configuration
2868 audit, you can re-run the <filename>configme</filename>
2869 and <filename>kernel_configcheck</filename> tasks to see the results of your
2870 changes.
2871 If you have more issues, you can deal with them as described in the
2872 previous step.</para></listitem>
2873 </orderedlist>
2874 </para>
2875
2876 <para>
2877 Iteratively working through steps two through four eventually yields
2878 a minimal, streamlined configuration file.
2879 Once you have the best <filename>.config</filename>, you can build the Linux
2880 Yocto kernel.
2881 </para>
2882 </section>
2883 </section>
2884
2885 <section id="patching-the-kernel">
2886 <title>Patching the Kernel</title>
2887
2888 <para>
2889 Patching the kernel involves changing or adding configurations to an existing kernel,
2890 changing or adding recipes to the kernel that are needed to support specific hardware features,
2891 or even altering the source code itself.
2892 <note>
2893 You can use the <filename>yocto-kernel</filename> script
2894 found in the <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link>
2895 under <filename>scripts</filename> to manage kernel patches and configuration.
2896 See the "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_BSP_URL;#managing-kernel-patches-and-config-items-with-yocto-kernel'>Managing kernel Patches and Config Items with yocto-kernel</ulink>"
2897 section in the Yocto Project Board Support Packages (BSP) Developer's Guide for
2898 more information.</note>
2899 </para>
2900
2901 <para>
2902 This example creates a simple patch by adding some QEMU emulator console
2903 output at boot time through <filename>printk</filename> statements in the kernel's
2904 <filename>calibrate.c</filename> source code file.
2905 Applying the patch and booting the modified image causes the added
2906 messages to appear on the emulator's console.
2907 </para>
2908
2909 <para>
2910 The example assumes a clean build exists for the <filename>qemux86</filename>
2911 machine in a Source Directory named <filename>poky</filename>.
2912 Furthermore, the <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link> is
2913 <filename>build</filename> and is located in <filename>poky</filename> and
2914 the kernel is based on the Linux 3.4 kernel.
2915 For general information on how to configure the most efficient build, see the
2916 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_QS_URL;#building-image'>Building an Image</ulink>" section
2917 in the Yocto Project Quick Start.
2918 </para>
2919
2920 <para>
2921 Also, for more information on patching the kernel, see the
2922 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_KERNEL_DEV_URL;#applying-patches'>Applying Patches</ulink>"
2923 section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual.
2924 </para>
2925
2926 <section id='create-a-layer-for-your-changes'>
2927 <title>Create a Layer for your Changes</title>
2928
2929 <para>
2930 The first step is to create a layer so you can isolate your changes:
2931 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
2932 $cd ~/poky
2933 $mkdir meta-mylayer
2934 </literallayout>
2935 Creating a directory that follows the Yocto Project layer naming
2936 conventions sets up the layer for your changes.
2937 The layer is where you place your configuration files, append
2938 files, and patch files.
2939 To learn more about creating a layer and filling it with the
2940 files you need, see the "<link linkend='understanding-and-creating-layers'>Understanding
2941 and Creating Layers</link>" section.
2942 </para>
2943 </section>
2944
2945 <section id='finding-the-kernel-source-code'>
2946 <title>Finding the Kernel Source Code</title>
2947
2948 <para>
2949 Each time you build a kernel image, the kernel source code is fetched
2950 and unpacked into the following directory:
2951 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
2952 ${S}/linux
2953 </literallayout>
2954 See the "<link linkend='finding-the-temporary-source-code'>Finding the Temporary Source Code</link>"
2955 section and the
2956 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-S'><filename>S</filename></ulink> variable
2957 for more information about where source is kept during a build.
2958 </para>
2959
2960 <para>
2961 For this example, we are going to patch the
2962 <filename>init/calibrate.c</filename> file
2963 by adding some simple console <filename>printk</filename> statements that we can
2964 see when we boot the image using QEMU.
2965 </para>
2966 </section>
2967
2968 <section id='creating-the-patch'>
2969 <title>Creating the Patch</title>
2970
2971 <para>
2972 Two methods exist by which you can create the patch:
2973 <link linkend='using-a-git-workflow'>Git workflow</link> and
2974 <link linkend='using-a-quilt-workflow'>Quilt workflow</link>.
2975 For kernel patches, the Git workflow is more appropriate.
2976 This section assumes the Git workflow and shows the steps specific to
2977 this example.
2978 <orderedlist>
2979 <listitem><para><emphasis>Change the working directory</emphasis>:
2980 Change to where the kernel source code is before making
2981 your edits to the <filename>calibrate.c</filename> file:
2982 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
2983 $ cd ~/poky/build/tmp/work/qemux86-poky-linux/linux-yocto-${PV}-${PR}/linux
2984 </literallayout>
2985 Because you are working in an established Git repository,
2986 you must be in this directory in order to commit your changes
2987 and create the patch file.
2988 <note>The <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PV'><filename>PV</filename></ulink> and
2989 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PR'><filename>PR</filename></ulink> variables
2990 represent the version and revision for the
2991 <filename>linux-yocto</filename> recipe.
2992 The <filename>PV</filename> variable includes the Git meta and machine
2993 hashes, which make the directory name longer than you might
2994 expect.
2995 </note></para></listitem>
2996 <listitem><para><emphasis>Edit the source file</emphasis>:
2997 Edit the <filename>init/calibrate.c</filename> file to have the
2998 following changes:
2999 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
3000 void __cpuinit calibrate_delay(void)
3001 {
3002 unsigned long lpj;
3003 static bool printed;
3004 int this_cpu = smp_processor_id();
3005
3006 printk("*************************************\n");
3007 printk("* *\n");
3008 printk("* HELLO YOCTO KERNEL *\n");
3009 printk("* *\n");
3010 printk("*************************************\n");
3011
3012 if (per_cpu(cpu_loops_per_jiffy, this_cpu)) {
3013 .
3014 .
3015 .
3016 </literallayout></para></listitem>
3017 <listitem><para><emphasis>Stage and commit your changes</emphasis>:
3018 These Git commands display the modified file, stage it, and then
3019 commit the file:
3020 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
3021 $ git status
3022 $ git add init/calibrate.c
3023 $ git commit -m "calibrate: Add printk example"
3024 </literallayout></para></listitem>
3025 <listitem><para><emphasis>Generate the patch file</emphasis>:
3026 This Git command creates the a patch file named
3027 <filename>0001-calibrate-Add-printk-example.patch</filename>
3028 in the current directory.
3029 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
3030 $ git format-patch -1
3031 </literallayout>
3032 </para></listitem>
3033 </orderedlist>
3034 </para>
3035 </section>
3036
3037 <section id='set-up-your-layer-for-the-build'>
3038 <title>Set Up Your Layer for the Build</title>
3039
3040 <para>These steps get your layer set up for the build:
3041 <orderedlist>
3042 <listitem><para><emphasis>Create additional structure</emphasis>:
3043 Create the additional layer structure:
3044 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
3045 $ cd ~/poky/meta-mylayer
3046 $ mkdir conf
3047 $ mkdir recipes-kernel
3048 $ mkdir recipes-kernel/linux
3049 $ mkdir recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto
3050 </literallayout>
3051 The <filename>conf</filename> directory holds your configuration files, while the
3052 <filename>recipes-kernel</filename> directory holds your append file and
3053 your patch file.</para></listitem>
3054 <listitem><para><emphasis>Create the layer configuration file</emphasis>:
3055 Move to the <filename>meta-mylayer/conf</filename> directory and create
3056 the <filename>layer.conf</filename> file as follows:
3057 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
3058 # We have a conf and classes directory, add to BBPATH
3059 BBPATH .= ":${LAYERDIR}"
3060
3061 # We have recipes-* directories, add to BBFILES
3062 BBFILES += "${LAYERDIR}/recipes-*/*/*.bb \
3063 ${LAYERDIR}/recipes-*/*/*.bbappend"
3064
3065 BBFILE_COLLECTIONS += "mylayer"
3066 BBFILE_PATTERN_mylayer = "^${LAYERDIR}/"
3067 BBFILE_PRIORITY_mylayer = "5"
3068 </literallayout>
3069 Notice <filename>mylayer</filename> as part of the last three
3070 statements.</para></listitem>
3071 <listitem><para><emphasis>Create the kernel recipe append file</emphasis>:
3072 Move to the <filename>meta-mylayer/recipes-kernel/linux</filename> directory and create
3073 the <filename>linux-yocto_3.4.bbappend</filename> file as follows:
3074 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
3075 FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend := "${THISDIR}/${PN}:"
3076
3077 SRC_URI += "file://0001-calibrate-Add-printk-example.patch"
3078
3079 PRINC := "${@int(PRINC) + 1}"
3080 </literallayout>
3081 The <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-FILESEXTRAPATHS'><filename>FILESEXTRAPATHS</filename></ulink>
3082 and <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-SRC_URI'><filename>SRC_URI</filename></ulink>
3083 statements enable the OpenEmbedded build system to find the patch file.
3084 For more information on using append files, see the
3085 "<link linkend='using-bbappend-files'>Using .bbappend Files</link>"
3086 section.
3087 </para></listitem>
3088 <listitem><para><emphasis>Put the patch file in your layer</emphasis>:
3089 Move the <filename>0001-calibrate-Add-printk-example.patch</filename> file to
3090 the <filename>meta-mylayer/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto</filename>
3091 directory.</para></listitem>
3092 </orderedlist>
3093 </para>
3094 </section>
3095
3096 <section id='set-up-for-the-build'>
3097 <title>Set Up for the Build</title>
3098
3099 <para>
3100 Do the following to make sure the build parameters are set up for the example.
3101 Once you set up these build parameters, they do not have to change unless you
3102 change the target architecture of the machine you are building:
3103 <itemizedlist>
3104 <listitem><para><emphasis>Build for the correct target architecture:</emphasis> Your
3105 selected <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-MACHINE'><filename>MACHINE</filename></ulink>
3106 definition within the <filename>local.conf</filename> file in the
3107 <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link>
3108 specifies the target architecture used when building the Linux kernel.
3109 By default, <filename>MACHINE</filename> is set to
3110 <filename>qemux86</filename>, which specifies a 32-bit
3111 <trademark class='registered'>Intel</trademark> Architecture
3112 target machine suitable for the QEMU emulator.</para></listitem>
3113 <listitem><para><emphasis>Identify your <filename>meta-mylayer</filename>
3114 layer:</emphasis> The
3115 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-BBLAYERS'><filename>BBLAYERS</filename></ulink>
3116 variable in the
3117 <filename>bblayers.conf</filename> file found in the
3118 <filename>poky/build/conf</filename> directory needs to have the path to your local
3119 <filename>meta-mylayer</filename> layer.
3120 By default, the <filename>BBLAYERS</filename> variable contains paths to
3121 <filename>meta</filename>, <filename>meta-yocto</filename>, and
3122 <filename>meta-yocto-bsp</filename> in the
3123 <filename>poky</filename> Git repository.
3124 Add the path to your <filename>meta-mylayer</filename> location:
3125 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
3126 BBLAYERS ?= " \
3127 $HOME/poky/meta \
3128 $HOME/poky/meta-yocto \
3129 $HOME/poky/meta-yocto-bsp \
3130 $HOME/poky/meta-mylayer \
3131 "
3132
3133 BBLAYERS_NON_REMOVABLE ?= " \
3134 $HOME/poky/meta \
3135 $HOME/poky/meta-yocto \
3136 "
3137 </literallayout></para></listitem>
3138 </itemizedlist>
3139 </para>
3140 </section>
3141
3142 <section id='build-the-modified-qemu-kernel-image'>
3143 <title>Build the Modified QEMU Kernel Image</title>
3144
3145 <para>
3146 The following steps build your modified kernel image:
3147 <orderedlist>
3148 <listitem><para><emphasis>Be sure your build environment is initialized</emphasis>:
3149 Your environment should be set up since you previously sourced
3150 the
3151 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#structure-core-script'><filename>&OE_INIT_FILE;</filename></ulink>
3152 script.
3153 If it is not, source the script again from <filename>poky</filename>.
3154 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
3155 $ cd ~/poky
3156 $ source &OE_INIT_FILE;
3157 </literallayout>
3158 </para></listitem>
3159 <listitem><para><emphasis>Clean up</emphasis>:
3160 Be sure to clean the shared state out by running the
3161 <filename>cleansstate</filename> BitBake task as follows from your Build Directory:
3162 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
3163 $ bitbake -c cleansstate linux-yocto
3164 </literallayout></para>
3165 <para><note>Never remove any files by hand from the <filename>tmp/deploy</filename>
3166 directory inside the
3167 <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link>.
3168 Always use the various BitBake clean tasks to clear out previous
3169 build artifacts.
3170 </note></para></listitem>
3171 <listitem><para><emphasis>Build the image</emphasis>:
3172 Next, build the kernel image using this command:
3173 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
3174 $ bitbake -k linux-yocto
3175 </literallayout></para></listitem>
3176 </orderedlist>
3177 </para>
3178 </section>
3179
3180 <section id='boot-the-image-and-verify-your-changes'>
3181 <title>Boot the Image and Verify Your Changes</title>
3182
3183 <para>
3184 These steps boot the image and allow you to see the changes
3185 <orderedlist>
3186 <listitem><para><emphasis>Boot the image</emphasis>:
3187 Boot the modified image in the QEMU emulator
3188 using this command:
3189 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
3190 $ runqemu qemux86
3191 </literallayout></para></listitem>
3192 <listitem><para><emphasis>Verify the changes</emphasis>:
3193 Log into the machine using <filename>root</filename> with no password and then
3194 use the following shell command to scroll through the console's boot output.
3195 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
3196 # dmesg | less
3197 </literallayout>
3198 You should see the results of your <filename>printk</filename> statements
3199 as part of the output.</para></listitem>
3200 </orderedlist>
3201 </para>
3202 </section>
3203 </section>
3204
3205 <section id='creating-your-own-distribution'>
3206 <title>Creating Your Own Distribution</title>
3207
3208 <para>
3209 When you build an image using the Yocto Project and
3210 do not alter any distribution
3211 <link linkend='metadata'>Metadata</link>, you are creating a
3212 Poky distribution.
3213 If you wish to gain more control over package alternative
3214 selections, compile-time options, and other low-level
3215 configurations, you can create your own distribution.
3216 </para>
3217
3218 <para>
3219 To create your own distribution, the basic steps consist of
3220 creating your own distribution layer, creating your own
3221 distribution configuration file, and then adding any needed
3222 code and Metadata to the layer.
3223 The following steps provide some more detail:
3224 <itemizedlist>
3225 <listitem><para><emphasis>Create a layer for your new distro:</emphasis>
3226 Create your distribution layer so that you can keep your
3227 Metadata and code for the distribution separate.
3228 It is strongly recommended that you create and use your own
3229 layer for configuration and code.
3230 Using your own layer as compared to just placing
3231 configurations in a <filename>local.conf</filename>
3232 configuration file makes it easier to reproduce the same
3233 build configuration when using multiple build machines.
3234 See the
3235 "<link linkend='creating-a-general-layer-using-the-yocto-layer-script'>Creating a General Layer Using the yocto-layer Script</link>"
3236 section for information on how to quickly set up a layer.
3237 </para></listitem>
3238 <listitem><para><emphasis>Create the distribution configuration file:</emphasis>
3239 The distribution configuration file needs to be created in
3240 the <filename>conf/distro</filename> directory of your
3241 layer.
3242 You need to name it using your distribution name
3243 (e.g. <filename>mydistro.conf</filename>).</para>
3244 <para>You can split out parts of your configuration file
3245 into include files and then "require" them from within
3246 your distribution configuration file.
3247 Be sure to place the include files in the
3248 <filename>conf/distro/include</filename> directory of
3249 your layer.
3250 A common example usage of include files would be to
3251 separate out the selection of desired version and revisions
3252 for individual recipes.
3253</para>
3254 <para>Your configuration file needs to set the following
3255 required variables:
3256 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
3257 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DISTRO_NAME'><filename>DISTRO_NAME</filename></ulink> [required]
3258 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DISTRO_VERSION'><filename>DISTRO_VERSION</filename></ulink> [required]
3259 </literallayout>
3260 These following variables are optional and you typically
3261 set them from the distribution configuration file:
3262 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
3263 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DISTRO_FEATURES'><filename>DISTRO_FEATURES</filename></ulink> [optional]
3264 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DISTRO_EXTRA_RDEPENDS'><filename>DISTRO_EXTRA_RDEPENDS</filename></ulink> [optional]
3265 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DISTRO_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS'><filename>DISTRO_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS</filename></ulink> [optional]
3266 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-TCLIBC'><filename>TCLIBC</filename></ulink> [optional]
3267 </literallayout>
3268 <tip>
3269 If you want to base your distribution configuration file
3270 on the very basic configuration from OE-Core, you
3271 can use
3272 <filename>conf/distro/defaultsetup.conf</filename> as
3273 a reference and just include variables that differ
3274 as compared to <filename>defaultsetup.conf</filename>.
3275 Alternatively, you can create a distribution
3276 configuration file from scratch using the
3277 <filename>defaultsetup.conf</filename> file
3278 or configuration files from other distributions
3279 such as Poky or Angstrom as references.
3280 </tip></para></listitem>
3281 <listitem><para><emphasis>Provide miscellaneous variables:</emphasis>
3282 Be sure to define any other variables for which you want to
3283 create a default or enforce as part of the distribution
3284 configuration.
3285 You can include nearly any variable from the
3286 <filename>local.conf</filename> file.
3287 The variables you use are not limited to the list in the
3288 previous bulleted item.</para></listitem>
3289 <listitem><para><emphasis>Point to Your distribution configuration file:</emphasis>
3290 In your <filename>local.conf</filename> file in the
3291 <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link>,
3292 set your
3293 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DISTRO'><filename>DISTRO</filename></ulink>
3294 variable to point to your distribution's configuration file.
3295 For example, if your distribution's configuration file is
3296 named <filename>mydistro.conf</filename>, then you point
3297 to it as follows:
3298 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
3299 DISTRO = "mydistro"
3300 </literallayout></para></listitem>
3301 <listitem><para><emphasis>Add more to the layer if necessary:</emphasis>
3302 Use your layer to hold other information needed for the
3303 distribution:
3304 <itemizedlist>
3305 <listitem><para>Add recipes for installing
3306 distro-specific configuration files that are not
3307 already installed by another recipe.
3308 If you have distro-specific configuration files
3309 that are included by an existing recipe, you should
3310 add a <filename>.bbappend</filename> for those.
3311 For general information and recommendations
3312 on how to add recipes to your layer, see the
3313 "<link linkend='creating-your-own-layer'>Creating Your Own Layer</link>"
3314 and
3315 "<link linkend='best-practices-to-follow-when-creating-layers'>Best Practices to Follow When Creating Layers</link>"
3316 sections.</para></listitem>
3317 <listitem><para>Add any image recipes that are specific
3318 to your distribution.</para></listitem>
3319 <listitem><para>Add a <filename>psplash</filename>
3320 append file for a branded splash screen.
3321 For information on append files, see the
3322 "<link linkend='using-bbappend-files'>Using .bbappend Files</link>"
3323 section.</para></listitem>
3324 <listitem><para>Add any other append files to make
3325 custom changes that are specific to individual
3326 recipes.</para></listitem>
3327 </itemizedlist></para></listitem>
3328 </itemizedlist>
3329 </para>
3330 </section>
3331
3332 <section id='building-a-tiny-system'>
3333 <title>Building a Tiny System</title>
3334
3335 <para>
3336 Very small distributions have some significant advantages such
3337 as requiring less on-die or in-package memory (cheaper), better
3338 performance through efficient cache usage, lower power requirements
3339 due to less memory, faster boot times, and reduced development
3340 overhead.
3341 Some real-world examples where a very small distribution gives
3342 you distinct advantages are digital cameras, medical devices,
3343 and small headless systems.
3344 </para>
3345
3346 <para>
3347 This section presents information that shows you how you can
3348 trim your distribution to even smaller sizes than the
3349 <filename>poky-tiny</filename> distribution, which is around
3350 5 Mbytes, that can be built out-of-the-box using the Yocto Project.
3351 </para>
3352
3353 <section id='tiny-system-overview'>
3354 <title>Overview</title>
3355
3356 <para>
3357 The following list presents the overall steps you need to
3358 consider and perform to create distributions with smaller
3359 root filesystems, faster boot times, maintain your critical
3360 functionality, and avoid initial RAM disks:
3361 <itemizedlist>
3362 <listitem><para>Determine your goals and guiding
3363 principles.</para></listitem>
3364 <listitem><para>Understand what gives your image size.
3365 </para></listitem>
3366 <listitem><para>Reduce the size of the root filesystem.
3367 </para></listitem>
3368 <listitem><para>Reduce the size of the kernel.
3369 </para></listitem>
3370 <listitem><para>Eliminate packaging requirements.
3371 </para></listitem>
3372 <listitem><para>Look for other ways to minimize size.
3373 </para></listitem>
3374 <listitem><para>Iterate on the process.</para></listitem>
3375 </itemizedlist>
3376 </para>
3377 </section>
3378
3379 <section id='goals-and-guiding-principles'>
3380 <title>Goals and Guiding Principles</title>
3381
3382 <para>
3383 Before you can reach your destination, you need to know
3384 where you are going.
3385 Here is an example list that you can use as a guide when
3386 creating very small distributions:
3387 <itemizedlist>
3388 <listitem><para>Determine how much space you need
3389 (e.g. a kernel that is 1 Mbyte or less and
3390 a root filesystem that is 3 Mbytes or less).
3391 </para></listitem>
3392 <listitem><para>Find the areas that are currently
3393 taking 90% of the space and concentrate on reducing
3394 those areas.
3395 </para></listitem>
3396 <listitem><para>Do not create any difficult "hacks"
3397 to achieve your goals.</para></listitem>
3398 <listitem><para>Leverage the device-specific
3399 options.</para></listitem>
3400 <listitem><para>Work in a separate layer so that you
3401 keep changes isolated.
3402 For information on how to create layers, see
3403 the "<link linkend='understanding-and-creating-layers'>Understanding and Creating Layers</link>" section.
3404 </para></listitem>
3405 </itemizedlist>
3406 </para>
3407 </section>
3408
3409 <section id='understand-what-gives-your-image-size'>
3410 <title>Understand What Gives Your Image Size</title>
3411
3412 <para>
3413 It is easiest to have something to start with when creating
3414 your own distribution.
3415 You can use the Yocto Project out-of-the-box to create the
3416 <filename>poky-tiny</filename> distribution.
3417 Ultimately, you will want to make changes in your own
3418 distribution that are likely modeled after
3419 <filename>poky-tiny</filename>.
3420 <note>
3421 To use <filename>poky-tiny</filename> in your build,
3422 set the
3423 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DISTRO'><filename>DISTRO</filename></ulink>
3424 variable in your
3425 <filename>local.conf</filename> file to "poky-tiny"
3426 as described in the
3427 "<link linkend='creating-your-own-distribution'>Creating Your Own Distribution</link>"
3428 section.
3429 </note>
3430 </para>
3431
3432 <para>
3433 Understanding some memory concepts will help you reduce the
3434 system size.
3435 Memory consists of static, dynamic, and temporary memory.
3436 Static memory is the TEXT (code), DATA (initialized data
3437 in the code), and BSS (uninitialized data) sections.
3438 Dynamic memory contains memory that is allocated at runtime,
3439 stacks, hash tables, and so forth.
3440 Temporary memory is recovered after the boot process.
3441 This memory consists of memory used for decompressing
3442 the kernel and for the <filename>__init__</filename>
3443 functions.
3444 </para>
3445
3446 <para>
3447 To help you see where you currently are with kernel and root
3448 filesystem sizes, you can use two tools found in the
3449 <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link> in
3450 the <filename>scripts</filename> directory:
3451 <itemizedlist>
3452 <listitem><para><filename>ksize.py</filename>: Reports
3453 component sizes for the kernel build objects.
3454 </para></listitem>
3455 <listitem><para><filename>dirsize.py</filename>: Reports
3456 component sizes for the root filesystem.</para></listitem>
3457 </itemizedlist>
3458 This next tool and command helps you organize configuration
3459 fragments and view file dependencies in a human-readable form:
3460 <itemizedlist>
3461 <listitem><para><filename>merge_config.sh</filename>:
3462 Helps you manage configuration files and fragments
3463 within the kernel.
3464 With this tool, you can merge individual configuration
3465 fragments together.
3466 The tool allows you to make overrides and warns you
3467 of any missing configuration options.
3468 The tool is ideal for allowing you to iterate on
3469 configurations, create minimal configurations, and
3470 create configuration files for different machines
3471 without having to duplicate your process.</para>
3472 <para>The <filename>merge_config.sh</filename> script is
3473 part of the Linux Yocto kernel Git repository in the
3474 <filename>scripts/kconfig</filename> directory.</para>
3475 <para>For more information on configuration fragments,
3476 see the
3477 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_KERNEL_DEV_URL;#generating-configuration-files'>Generating Configuration Files</ulink>"
3478 section of the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development
3479 Manual and the "<link linkend='creating-config-fragments'>Creating Configuration Fragments</link>"
3480 section, which is in this manual.</para></listitem>
3481 <listitem><para><filename>bitbake -u depexp -g &lt;bitbake_target&gt;</filename>:
3482 Using the BitBake command with these options brings up
3483 a Dependency Explorer from which you can view file
3484 dependencies.
3485 Understanding these dependencies allows you to make
3486 informed decisions when cutting out various pieces of the
3487 kernel and root filesystem.</para></listitem>
3488 </itemizedlist>
3489 </para>
3490 </section>
3491
3492 <section id='trim-the-root-filesystem'>
3493 <title>Trim the Root Filesystem</title>
3494
3495 <para>
3496 The root filesystem is made up of packages for booting,
3497 libraries, and applications.
3498 To change things, you can configure how the packaging happens,
3499 which changes the way you build them.
3500 You can also tweak the filesystem itself or select a different
3501 filesystem.
3502 </para>
3503
3504 <para>
3505 First, find out what is hogging your root filesystem by running the
3506 <filename>dirsize.py</filename> script from your root directory:
3507 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
3508 $ cd &lt;root-directory-of-image&gt;
3509 $ dirsize.py 100000 > dirsize-100k.log
3510 $ cat dirsize-100k.log
3511 </literallayout>
3512 You can apply a filter to the script to ignore files under
3513 a certain size.
3514 This example filters out anything below 100 Kbytes.
3515 The sizes reported by the tool are uncompressed and thus,
3516 will be smaller by a relatively constant factor in a
3517 compressed root filesystem.
3518 When you examine your log file, you can focus on areas of the
3519 root filesystem that take up large amounts of memory.
3520 </para>
3521
3522 <para>
3523 You need to be sure that what you eliminate does not cripple
3524 the functionality you need.
3525 One way to see how packages relate to each other is by using
3526 the Dependency Explorer UI with the BitBake command:
3527 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
3528 $ cd &lt;image-directory&gt;
3529 $ bitbake -u depexp -g &lt;image&gt;
3530 </literallayout>
3531 Use the interface to select potential packages you wish to
3532 eliminate and see their dependency relationships.
3533 </para>
3534
3535 <para>
3536 When deciding how to reduce the size, get rid of packages that
3537 result in minimal impact on the feature set.
3538 For example, you might not need a VGA display.
3539 Or, you might be able to get by with <filename>devtmpfs</filename>
3540 and <filename>mdev</filename> instead of
3541 <filename>udev</filename>.
3542 </para>
3543
3544 <para>
3545 Use the <filename>local.conf</filename> file to make changes.
3546 For example, to eliminate <filename>udev</filename> and
3547 <filename>glib</filename>, set the following in the
3548 local configuration file:
3549 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
3550 VIRTUAL-RUNTIME_dev_manager = ""
3551 </literallayout>
3552 </para>
3553
3554 <para>
3555 Finally, you should consider exactly the type of root
3556 filesystem you need to meet your needs while also reducing
3557 its size.
3558 For example, consider <filename>cramfs</filename>,
3559 <filename>squashfs</filename>, <filename>ubifs</filename>,
3560 <filename>ext2</filename>, or an <filename>initramfs</filename>
3561 using <filename>initramfs</filename>.
3562 Be aware that <filename>ext3</filename> requires a 1 Mbyte
3563 journal.
3564 If you are okay with running read-only you do not need this
3565 journal.
3566 </para>
3567
3568 <note>
3569 After each round of elimination, you need to rebuild your
3570 system and then use the tools to see the effects of your
3571 reductions.
3572 </note>
3573
3574
3575 </section>
3576
3577 <section id='trim-the-kernel'>
3578 <title>Trim the Kernel</title>
3579
3580 <para>
3581 The kernel is built by including policies for hardware-independent
3582 aspects.
3583 What subsystems do you enable?
3584 For what architecture are you building?
3585 Which drivers do you build by default.
3586 <note>You can modify the kernel source if you want to help
3587 with boot time.
3588 </note>
3589 </para>
3590
3591 <para>
3592 Run the <filename>ksize.py</filename> script from the top-level
3593 Linux build directory to get an idea of what is making up
3594 the kernel:
3595 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
3596 $ cd &lt;top-level-linux-build-directory&gt;
3597 $ ksize.py > ksize.log
3598 $ cat ksize.log
3599 </literallayout>
3600 When you examine the log, you will see how much space is
3601 taken up with the built-in <filename>.o</filename> files for
3602 drivers, networking, core kernel files, filesystem, sound,
3603 and so forth.
3604 The sizes reported by the tool are uncompressed and thus,
3605 will be smaller by a relatively constant factor in a compressed
3606 kernel image.
3607 Look to reduce the areas that are large and taking up around
3608 the "90% rule."
3609 </para>
3610
3611 <para>
3612 To examine, or drill down, into any particular area, use the
3613 <filename>-d</filename> option with the script:
3614 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
3615 $ ksize.py -d > ksize.log
3616 </literallayout>
3617 Using this option breaks out the individual file information
3618 for each area of the kernel (e.g. drivers, networking, and
3619 so forth).
3620 </para>
3621
3622 <para>
3623 Use your log file to see what you can eliminate from the kernel
3624 based on features you can let go.
3625 For example, if you are not going to need sound, you do not
3626 need any drivers that support sound.
3627 </para>
3628
3629 <para>
3630 After figuring out what to eliminate, you need to reconfigure
3631 the kernel to reflect those changes during the next build.
3632 You could run <filename>menuconfig</filename> and make all your
3633 changes at once.
3634 However, that makes it difficult to see the effects of your
3635 individual eliminations and also makes it difficult to replicate
3636 the changes for perhaps another target device.
3637 A better method is to start with no configurations using
3638 <filename>allnoconfig</filename>, create configuration
3639 fragments for individual changes, and then manage the
3640 fragments into a single configuration file using
3641 <filename>merge_config.sh</filename>.
3642 The tool makes it easy for you to iterate using the
3643 configuration change and build cycle.
3644 </para>
3645
3646 <para>
3647 Each time you make configuration changes, you need to rebuild
3648 the kernel and check to see what impact your changes had on
3649 the overall size.
3650 </para>
3651 </section>
3652
3653 <section id='remove-package-management-requirements'>
3654 <title>Remove Package Management Requirements</title>
3655
3656 <para>
3657 Packaging requirements add size to the image.
3658 One way to reduce the size of the image is to remove all the
3659 packaging requirements from the image.
3660 This reduction includes both removing the package manager
3661 and its unique dependencies as well as removing the package
3662 management data itself.
3663 </para>
3664
3665 <para>
3666 To eliminate all the packaging requirements for an image,
3667 follow these steps:
3668 <orderedlist>
3669 <listitem><para>Put the following line in your main
3670 recipe for the image to remove package management
3671 data files:
3672 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
3673 ROOTFS_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND += "remove_packaging_data_files ;
3674 </literallayout>
3675 For example, the recipe for the
3676 <filename>core-image-minimal</filename> image contains
3677 this line.
3678 You can also add the line to the
3679 <filename>local.conf</filename> configuration file.
3680 </para></listitem>
3681 <listitem><para>Be sure that "package-management" is not
3682 part of your
3683 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-IMAGE_FEATURES'><filename>IMAGE_FEATURES</filename></ulink>
3684 statement for the image.
3685 When you remove this feature, you are removing the
3686 package manager as well as its dependencies
3687 from the root filesystem.
3688 </para></listitem>
3689 </orderedlist>
3690 </para>
3691 </section>
3692
3693 <section id='look-for-other-ways-to-minimize-size'>
3694 <title>Look for Other Ways to Minimize Size</title>
3695
3696 <para>
3697 Depending on your particular circumstances, other areas that you
3698 can trim likely exist.
3699 The key to finding these areas is through tools and methods
3700 described here combined with experimentation and iteration.
3701 Here are a couple of areas to experiment with:
3702 <itemizedlist>
3703 <listitem><para><filename>eglibc</filename>:
3704 In general, follow this process:
3705 <orderedlist>
3706 <listitem><para>Remove <filename>eglibc</filename>
3707 features from
3708 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DISTRO_FEATURES'><filename>DISTRO_FEATURES</filename></ulink>
3709 that you think you do not need.</para></listitem>
3710 <listitem><para>Build your distribution.
3711 </para></listitem>
3712 <listitem><para>If the build fails due to missing
3713 symbols in a package, determine if you can
3714 reconfigure the package to not need those
3715 features.
3716 For example, change the configuration to not
3717 support wide character support as is done for
3718 <filename>ncurses</filename>.
3719 Or, if support for those characters is needed,
3720 determine what <filename>eglibc</filename>
3721 features provide the support and restore the
3722 configuration.
3723 </para></listitem>
3724 <listitem><para>Rebuild and repeat the process.
3725 </para></listitem>
3726 </orderedlist></para></listitem>
3727 <listitem><para><filename>busybox</filename>:
3728 For BusyBox, use a process similar as described for
3729 <filename>eglibc</filename>.
3730 A difference is you will need to boot the resulting
3731 system to see if you are able to do everything you
3732 expect from the running system.
3733 You need to be sure to integrate configuration fragments
3734 into Busybox because BusyBox handles its own core
3735 features and then allows you to add configuration
3736 fragments on top.
3737 </para></listitem>
3738 </itemizedlist>
3739 </para>
3740 </section>
3741
3742 <section id='iterate-on-the-process'>
3743 <title>Iterate on the Process</title>
3744
3745 <para>
3746 If you have not reached your goals on system size, you need
3747 to iterate on the process.
3748 The process is the same.
3749 Use the tools and see just what is taking up 90% of the root
3750 filesystem and the kernel.
3751 Decide what you can eliminate without limiting your device
3752 beyond what you need.
3753 </para>
3754
3755 <para>
3756 Depending on your system, a good place to look might be
3757 Busybox, which provides a stripped down
3758 version of Unix tools in a single, executable file.
3759 You might be able to drop virtual terminal services or perhaps
3760 ipv6.
3761 </para>
3762 </section>
3763 </section>
3764
3765 <section id='working-with-packages'>
3766 <title>Working with Packages</title>
3767
3768 <para>
3769 This section describes a few tasks that involve packages:
3770 <itemizedlist>
3771 <listitem><para>Excluding packages from an image
3772 </para></listitem>
3773 <listitem><para>Incrementing a package revision number
3774 </para></listitem>
3775 <listitem><para>Handling a package name alias
3776 </para></listitem>
3777 <listitem><para>Handling optional module packaging
3778 </para></listitem>
3779 <listitem><para>Using Runtime Package Management
3780 </para></listitem>
3781 <listitem><para>Setting up and running package test
3782 (ptest)
3783 </para></listitem>
3784 </itemizedlist>
3785 </para>
3786
3787 <section id='excluding-packages-from-an-image'>
3788 <title>Excluding Packages from an Image</title>
3789
3790 <para>
3791 You might find it necessary to prevent specific packages
3792 from being installed into an image.
3793 If so, you can use several variables to direct the build
3794 system to essentially ignore installing recommended packages
3795 or to not install a package at all.
3796 </para>
3797
3798 <para>
3799 The following list introduces variables you can use to
3800 prevent packages from being installed into your image.
3801 Each of these variables only works with IPK and RPM
3802 package types.
3803 Support for Debian packages does not exist.
3804 Also, you can use these variables from your
3805 <filename>local.conf</filename> file or attach them to a
3806 specific image recipe by using a recipe name override.
3807 For more detail on the variables, see the descriptions in the
3808 Yocto Project Reference Manual's glossary chapter.
3809 <itemizedlist>
3810 <listitem><para><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS'><filename>BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS</filename></ulink>:
3811 Use this variable to specify "recommended-only"
3812 packages that you do not want installed.
3813 </para></listitem>
3814 <listitem><para><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-NO_RECOMMENDATIONS'><filename>NO_RECOMMENDATIONS</filename></ulink>:
3815 Use this variable to prevent all "recommended-only"
3816 packages from being installed.
3817 </para></listitem>
3818 <listitem><para><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PACKAGE_EXCLUDE'><filename>PACKAGE_EXCLUDE</filename></ulink>:
3819 Use this variable to prevent specific packages from
3820 being installed regardless of whether they are
3821 "recommended-only" or not.
3822 You need to realize that the build process could
3823 fail with an error when you
3824 prevent the installation of a package whose presence
3825 is required by an installed package.
3826 </para></listitem>
3827 </itemizedlist>
3828 </para>
3829 </section>
3830
3831 <section id='incrementing-a-package-revision-number'>
3832 <title>Incrementing a Package Revision Number</title>
3833
3834 <para>
3835 If a committed change results in changing the package output,
3836 then the value of the
3837 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PR'><filename>PR</filename></ulink>
3838 variable needs to be increased (or "bumped").
3839 Increasing <filename>PR</filename> occurs one of two ways:
3840 <itemizedlist>
3841 <listitem><para>Automatically using a Package Revision
3842 Service (PR Service).</para></listitem>
3843 <listitem><para>Manually incrementing the
3844 <filename>PR</filename> variable.</para></listitem>
3845 </itemizedlist>
3846 </para>
3847
3848 <para>
3849 Given that one of the challenges any build system and its
3850 users face is how to maintain a package feed that is compatible
3851 with existing package manager applications such as
3852 RPM, APT, and OPKG, using an automated system is much
3853 preferred over a manual system.
3854 In either system, the main requirement is that version
3855 numbering increases in a linear fashion and that a number of
3856 version components exist that support that linear progression.
3857 </para>
3858
3859 <para>
3860 The following two sections provide information on the PR Service
3861 and on manual <filename>PR</filename> bumping.
3862 </para>
3863
3864 <section id='working-with-a-pr-service'>
3865 <title>Working With a PR Service</title>
3866
3867 <para>
3868 As mentioned, attempting to maintain revision numbers in the
3869 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_DEV_URL;#metadata'>Metadata</ulink>
3870 is error prone, inaccurate and causes problems for people
3871 submitting recipes.
3872 Conversely, the PR Service automatically generates
3873 increasing numbers, particularly the revision field,
3874 which removes the human element.
3875 <note>
3876 For additional information on using a PR Service, you
3877 can see the
3878 <ulink url='&YOCTO_WIKI_URL;/wiki/PR_Service'>PR Service</ulink>
3879 wiki page.
3880 </note>
3881 </para>
3882
3883 <para>
3884 The Yocto Project uses variables in order of
3885 decreasing priority to facilitate revision numbering (i.e.
3886 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PE'><filename>PE</filename></ulink>,
3887 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PV'><filename>PV</filename></ulink>, and
3888 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PR'><filename>PR</filename></ulink>
3889 for epoch, version and revision, respectively).
3890 The values are highly dependent on the policies and
3891 procedures of a given distribution and package feed.
3892 </para>
3893
3894 <para>
3895 Because the OpenEmbedded build system uses
3896 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#checksums'>signatures</ulink>",
3897 which are unique to a given build, the build system
3898 knows when to rebuild packages.
3899 All the inputs into a given task are represented by a
3900 signature, which can trigger a rebuild when different.
3901 Thus, the build system itself does not rely on the
3902 <filename>PR</filename> numbers to trigger a rebuild.
3903 The signatures, however, can be used to generate
3904 <filename>PR</filename> values.
3905 </para>
3906
3907 <para>
3908 The PR Service works with both
3909 <filename>OEBasic</filename> and
3910 <filename>OEBasicHash</filename> generators.
3911 The value of <filename>PR</filename> bumps when the
3912 checksum changes and the different generator mechanisms
3913 change signatures under different circumstances.
3914 </para>
3915
3916 <para>
3917 As implemented, the build system includes values from
3918 the PR Service into the <filename>PR</filename> field as
3919 an addition using the form "<filename>.x</filename>" so
3920 <filename>r0</filename> becomes <filename>r0.1</filename>,
3921 <filename>r0.2</filename> and so forth.
3922 This scheme allows existing <filename>PR</filename> values
3923 to be used for whatever reasons, which include manual
3924 <filename>PR</filename> bumps should it be necessary.
3925 </para>
3926
3927 <para>
3928 By default, the PR Service is not enabled or running.
3929 Thus, the packages generated are just "self consistent".
3930 The build system adds and removes packages and
3931 there are no guarantees about upgrade paths but images
3932 will be consistent and correct with the latest changes.
3933 </para>
3934
3935 <para>
3936 The simplest form for a PR Service is for it to exist
3937 for a single host development system that builds the
3938 package feed (building system).
3939 For this scenario, you can enable the PR Service by adding
3940 the following to your <filename>local.conf</filename>
3941 file in the
3942 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_DEV_URL;#build-directory'>Build Directory</ulink>:
3943 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
3944 PRSERV_HOST = "localhost:0"
3945 </literallayout>
3946 Once the service is started, packages will automatically
3947 get increasing <filename>PR</filename> values and
3948 BitBake will take care of starting and stopping the server.
3949 </para>
3950
3951 <para>
3952 If you have a more complex setup where multiple host
3953 development systems work against a common, shared package
3954 feed, you have a single PR Service running and it is
3955 connected to each building system.
3956 For this scenario, you need to start the PR Service using
3957 the <filename>bitbake-prserv</filename> command:
3958 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
3959 bitbake-prserv &dash;&dash;host &lt;ip&gt; &dash;&dash;port &lt;port&gt; &dash;&dash;start
3960 </literallayout>
3961 In addition to hand-starting the service, you need to
3962 update the <filename>local.conf</filename> file of each
3963 building system as described earlier so each system
3964 points to the server and port.
3965 </para>
3966
3967 <para>
3968 It is also recommended you use Build History, which adds
3969 some sanity checks to package versions, in conjunction with
3970 the server that is running the PR Service.
3971 To enable build history, add the following to each building
3972 system's <filename>local.conf</filename> file:
3973 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
3974 # It is recommended to activate "buildhistory" for testing the PR service
3975 INHERIT += "buildhistory"
3976 BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT = "1"
3977 </literallayout>
3978 For information on Build History, see the
3979 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#maintaining-build-output-quality'>Maintaining Build Output Quality</ulink>"
3980 section in the Yocto Project Reference Manual.
3981 </para>
3982
3983 <note>
3984 <para>The OpenEmbedded build system does not maintain
3985 <filename>PR</filename> information as part of the
3986 shared state (sstate) packages.
3987 If you maintain an sstate feed, its expected that either
3988 all your building systems that contribute to the sstate
3989 feed use a shared PR Service, or you do not run a PR
3990 Service on any of your building systems.
3991 Having some systems use a PR Service while others do
3992 not leads to obvious problems.</para>
3993 <para>For more information on shared state, see the
3994 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#shared-state-cache'>Shared State Cache</ulink>"
3995 section in the Yocto Project Reference Manual.</para>
3996 </note>
3997 </section>
3998
3999 <section id='manually-bumping-pr'>
4000 <title>Manually Bumping PR</title>
4001
4002 <para>
4003 The alternative to setting up a PR Service is to manually
4004 bump the
4005 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PR'><filename>PR</filename></ulink>
4006 variable.
4007 </para>
4008
4009 <para>
4010 If a committed change results in changing the package output,
4011 then the value of the PR variable needs to be increased
4012 (or "bumped") as part of that commit.
4013 For new recipes you should add the <filename>PR</filename>
4014 variable and set its initial value equal to "r0", which is the default.
4015 Even though the default value is "r0", the practice of adding it to a new recipe makes
4016 it harder to forget to bump the variable when you make changes
4017 to the recipe in future.
4018 </para>
4019
4020 <para>
4021 If you are sharing a common <filename>.inc</filename> file with multiple recipes,
4022 you can also use the
4023 <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-INC_PR'>INC_PR</ulink></filename>
4024 variable to ensure that
4025 the recipes sharing the <filename>.inc</filename> file are rebuilt when the
4026 <filename>.inc</filename> file itself is changed.
4027 The <filename>.inc</filename> file must set <filename>INC_PR</filename>
4028 (initially to "r0"), and all recipes referring to it should set <filename>PR</filename>
4029 to "$(INC_PR).0" initially, incrementing the last number when the recipe is changed.
4030 If the <filename>.inc</filename> file is changed then its
4031 <filename>INC_PR</filename> should be incremented.
4032 </para>
4033
4034 <para>
4035 When upgrading the version of a package, assuming the
4036 <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PV'>PV</ulink></filename>
4037 changes, the <filename>PR</filename> variable should be
4038 reset to "r0" (or "$(INC_PR).0" if you are using
4039 <filename>INC_PR</filename>).
4040 </para>
4041
4042 <para>
4043 Usually, version increases occur only to packages.
4044 However, if for some reason <filename>PV</filename> changes but does not
4045 increase, you can increase the
4046 <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PE'>PE</ulink></filename>
4047 variable (Package Epoch).
4048 The <filename>PE</filename> variable defaults to "0".
4049 </para>
4050
4051 <para>
4052 Version numbering strives to follow the
4053 <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ch-controlfields.html'>
4054 Debian Version Field Policy Guidelines</ulink>.
4055 These guidelines define how versions are compared and what "increasing" a version means.
4056 </para>
4057 </section>
4058 </section>
4059
4060 <section id="usingpoky-configuring-DISTRO_PN_ALIAS">
4061 <title>Handling a Package Name Alias</title>
4062 <para>
4063 Sometimes a package name you are using might exist under an alias or as a similarly named
4064 package in a different distribution.
4065 The OpenEmbedded build system implements a <filename>distro_check</filename>
4066 task that automatically connects to major distributions
4067 and checks for these situations.
4068 If the package exists under a different name in a different distribution, you get a
4069 <filename>distro_check</filename> mismatch.
4070 You can resolve this problem by defining a per-distro recipe name alias using the
4071 <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DISTRO_PN_ALIAS'>DISTRO_PN_ALIAS</ulink></filename>
4072 variable.
4073 </para>
4074
4075 <para>
4076 Following is an example that shows how you specify the <filename>DISTRO_PN_ALIAS</filename>
4077 variable:
4078 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
4079 DISTRO_PN_ALIAS_pn-PACKAGENAME = "distro1=package_name_alias1 \
4080 distro2=package_name_alias2 \
4081 distro3=package_name_alias3 \
4082 ..."
4083 </literallayout>
4084 </para>
4085
4086 <para>
4087 If you have more than one distribution alias, separate them with a space.
4088 Note that the build system currently automatically checks the
4089 Fedora, OpenSUSE, Debian, Ubuntu,
4090 and Mandriva distributions for source package recipes without having to specify them
4091 using the <filename>DISTRO_PN_ALIAS</filename> variable.
4092 For example, the following command generates a report that lists the Linux distributions
4093 that include the sources for each of the recipes.
4094 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
4095 $ bitbake world -f -c distro_check
4096 </literallayout>
4097 The results are stored in the <filename>build/tmp/log/distro_check-${DATETIME}.results</filename>
4098 file found in the
4099 <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link>.
4100 </para>
4101 </section>
4102
4103 <section id='handling-optional-module-packaging'>
4104 <title>Handling Optional Module Packaging</title>
4105
4106 <para>
4107 Many pieces of software split functionality into optional
4108 modules (or plug-ins) and the plug-ins that are built
4109 might depend on configuration options.
4110 To avoid having to duplicate the logic that determines what
4111 modules are available in your recipe or to avoid having
4112 to package each module by hand, the OpenEmbedded build system
4113 provides functionality to handle module packaging dynamically.
4114 </para>
4115
4116 <para>
4117 To handle optional module packaging, you need to do two things:
4118 <itemizedlist>
4119 <listitem><para>Ensure the module packaging is actually
4120 done</para></listitem>
4121 <listitem><para>Ensure that any dependencies on optional
4122 modules from other recipes are satisfied by your recipe
4123 </para></listitem>
4124 </itemizedlist>
4125 </para>
4126
4127 <section id='making-sure-the-packaging-is-done'>
4128 <title>Making Sure the Packaging is Done</title>
4129
4130 <para>
4131 To ensure the module packaging actually gets done, you use
4132 the <filename>do_split_packages</filename> function within
4133 the <filename>populate_packages</filename> Python function
4134 in your recipe.
4135 The <filename>do_split_packages</filename> function
4136 searches for a pattern of files or directories under a
4137 specified path and creates a package for each one it finds
4138 by appending to the
4139 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PACKAGES'><filename>PACKAGES</filename></ulink>
4140 variable and setting the appropriate values for
4141 <filename>FILES_packagename</filename>,
4142 <filename>RDEPENDS_packagename</filename>,
4143 <filename>DESCRIPTION_packagename</filename>, and so forth.
4144 Here is an example from the <filename>lighttpd</filename>
4145 recipe:
4146 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
4147 python populate_packages_prepend () {
4148 lighttpd_libdir = d.expand('${libdir}')
4149 do_split_packages(d, lighttpd_libdir, '^mod_(.*)\.so$',
4150 'lighttpd-module-%s', 'Lighttpd module for %s',
4151 extra_depends='')
4152 }
4153 </literallayout>
4154 The previous example specifies a number of things in the
4155 call to <filename>do_split_packages</filename>.
4156 <itemizedlist>
4157 <listitem><para>A directory within the files installed
4158 by your recipe through <filename>do_install</filename>
4159 in which to search.</para></listitem>
4160 <listitem><para>A regular expression to match module
4161 files in that directory.
4162 In the example, note the parentheses () that mark
4163 the part of the expression from which the module
4164 name should be derived.</para></listitem>
4165 <listitem><para>A pattern to use for the package names.
4166 </para></listitem>
4167 <listitem><para>A description for each package.
4168 </para></listitem>
4169 <listitem><para>An empty string for
4170 <filename>extra_depends</filename>, which disables
4171 the default dependency on the main
4172 <filename>lighttpd</filename> package.
4173 Thus, if a file in <filename>${libdir}</filename>
4174 called <filename>mod_alias.so</filename> is found,
4175 a package called <filename>lighttpd-module-alias</filename>
4176 is created for it and the
4177 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DESCRIPTION'><filename>DESCRIPTION</filename></ulink>
4178 is set to "Lighttpd module for alias".</para></listitem>
4179 </itemizedlist>
4180 </para>
4181
4182 <para>
4183 Often, packaging modules is as simple as the previous
4184 example.
4185 However, more advanced options exist that you can use
4186 within <filename>do_split_packages</filename> to modify its
4187 behavior.
4188 And, if you need to, you can add more logic by specifying
4189 a hook function that is called for each package.
4190 It is also perfectly acceptable to call
4191 <filename>do_split_packages</filename> multiple times if
4192 you have more than one set of modules to package.
4193 </para>
4194
4195 <para>
4196 For more examples that show how to use
4197 <filename>do_split_packages</filename>, see the
4198 <filename>connman.inc</filename> file in the
4199 <filename>meta/recipes-connectivity/connman/</filename>
4200 directory of the <filename>poky</filename>
4201 <link linkend='yocto-project-repositories'>source repository</link>.
4202 You can also find examples in
4203 <filename>meta/classes/kernel.bbclass</filename>.
4204 </para>
4205
4206 <para>
4207 Following is a reference that shows
4208 <filename>do_split_packages</filename> mandatory and
4209 optional arguments:
4210 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
4211 Mandatory arguments
4212
4213 root
4214 The path in which to search
4215 file_regex
4216 Regular expression to match searched files.
4217 Use parentheses () to mark the part of this
4218 expression that should be used to derive the
4219 module name (to be substituted where %s is
4220 used in other function arguments as noted below)
4221 output_pattern
4222 Pattern to use for the package names. Must
4223 include %s.
4224 description
4225 Description to set for each package. Must
4226 include %s.
4227
4228 Optional arguments
4229
4230 postinst
4231 Postinstall script to use for all packages
4232 (as a string)
4233 recursive
4234 True to perform a recursive search - default
4235 False
4236 hook
4237 A hook function to be called for every match.
4238 The function will be called with the following
4239 arguments (in the order listed):
4240
4241 f
4242 Full path to the file/directory match
4243 pkg
4244 The package name
4245 file_regex
4246 As above
4247 output_pattern
4248 As above
4249 modulename
4250 The module name derived using file_regex
4251
4252 extra_depends
4253 Extra runtime dependencies (RDEPENDS) to be
4254 set for all packages. The default value of None
4255 causes a dependency on the main package
4256 (${PN}) - if you do not want this, pass empty
4257 string '' for this parameter.
4258 aux_files_pattern
4259 Extra item(s) to be added to FILES for each
4260 package. Can be a single string item or a list
4261 of strings for multiple items. Must include %s.
4262 postrm
4263 postrm script to use for all packages (as a
4264 string)
4265 allow_dirs
4266 True to allow directories to be matched -
4267 default False
4268 prepend
4269 If True, prepend created packages to PACKAGES
4270 instead of the default False which appends them
4271 match_path
4272 match file_regex on the whole relative path to
4273 the root rather than just the file name
4274 aux_files_pattern_verbatim
4275 Extra item(s) to be added to FILES for each
4276 package, using the actual derived module name
4277 rather than converting it to something legal
4278 for a package name. Can be a single string item
4279 or a list of strings for multiple items. Must
4280 include %s.
4281 allow_links
4282 True to allow symlinks to be matched - default
4283 False
4284 </literallayout>
4285 </para>
4286 </section>
4287
4288 <section id='satisfying-dependencies'>
4289 <title>Satisfying Dependencies</title>
4290
4291 <para>
4292 The second part for handling optional module packaging
4293 is to ensure that any dependencies on optional modules
4294 from other recipes are satisfied by your recipe.
4295 You can be sure these dependencies are satisfied by
4296 using the
4297 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PACKAGES_DYNAMIC'><filename>PACKAGES_DYNAMIC</filename></ulink> variable.
4298 Here is an example that continues with the
4299 <filename>lighttpd</filename> recipe shown earlier:
4300 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
4301 PACKAGES_DYNAMIC = "lighttpd-module-.*"
4302 </literallayout>
4303 The name specified in the regular expression can of
4304 course be anything.
4305 In this example, it is <filename>lighttpd-module-</filename>
4306 and is specified as the prefix to ensure that any
4307 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-RDEPENDS'><filename>RDEPENDS</filename></ulink>
4308 and <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-RRECOMMENDS'><filename>RRECOMMENDS</filename></ulink>
4309 on a package name starting with the prefix are satisfied
4310 during build time.
4311 If you are using <filename>do_split_packages</filename>
4312 as described in the previous section, the value you put in
4313 <filename>PACKAGES_DYNAMIC</filename> should correspond to
4314 the name pattern specified in the call to
4315 <filename>do_split_packages</filename>.
4316 </para>
4317 </section>
4318 </section>
4319
4320 <section id='using-runtime-package-management'>
4321 <title>Using Runtime Package Management</title>
4322
4323 <para>
4324 During a build, BitBake always transforms a recipe into one or
4325 more packages.
4326 For example, BitBake takes the <filename>bash</filename> recipe
4327 and currently produces the <filename>bash-dbg</filename>,
4328 <filename>bash-staticdev</filename>,
4329 <filename>bash-dev</filename>, <filename>bash-doc</filename>,
4330 <filename>bash-locale</filename>, and
4331 <filename>bash</filename> packages.
4332 Not all generated packages are included in an image.
4333 </para>
4334
4335 <para>
4336 In several situations, you might need to update, add, remove,
4337 or query the packages on a target device at runtime
4338 (i.e. without having to generate a new image).
4339 Examples of such situations include:
4340 <itemizedlist>
4341 <listitem><para>
4342 You want to provide in-the-field updates to deployed
4343 devices (e.g. security updates).
4344 </para></listitem>
4345 <listitem><para>
4346 You want to have a fast turn-around development cycle
4347 for one or more applications that run on your device.
4348 </para></listitem>
4349 <listitem><para>
4350 You want to temporarily install the "debug" packages
4351 of various applications on your device so that
4352 debugging can be greatly improved by allowing
4353 access to symbols and source debugging.
4354 </para></listitem>
4355 <listitem><para>
4356 You want to deploy a more minimal package selection of
4357 your device but allow in-the-field updates to add a
4358 larger selection for customization.
4359 </para></listitem>
4360 </itemizedlist>
4361 </para>
4362
4363 <para>
4364 In all these situations, you have something similar to a more
4365 traditional Linux distribution in that in-field devices
4366 are able to receive pre-compiled packages from a server for
4367 installation or update.
4368 Being able to install these packages on a running,
4369 in-field device is what is termed "runtime package
4370 management".
4371 </para>
4372
4373 <para>
4374 In order to use runtime package management, you
4375 need a host/server machine that serves up the pre-compiled
4376 packages plus the required metadata.
4377 You also need package manipulation tools on the target.
4378 The build machine is a likely candidate to act as the server.
4379 However, that machine does not necessarily have to be the
4380 package server.
4381 The build machine could push its artifacts to another machine
4382 that acts as the server (e.g. Internet-facing).
4383 </para>
4384
4385 <para>
4386 A simple build that targets just one device produces
4387 more than one package database.
4388 In other words, the packages produced by a build are separated
4389 out into a couple of different package groupings based on
4390 criteria such as the target's CPU architecture, the target
4391 board, or the C library used on the target.
4392 For example, a build targeting the <filename>qemuarm</filename>
4393 device produces the following three package databases:
4394 <filename>all</filename>, <filename>armv5te</filename>, and
4395 <filename>qemuarm</filename>.
4396 If you wanted your <filename>qemuarm</filename> device to be
4397 aware of all the packages that were available to it,
4398 you would need to point it to each of these databases
4399 individually.
4400 In a similar way, a traditional Linux distribution usually is
4401 configured to be aware of a number of software repositories
4402 from which it retrieves packages.
4403 </para>
4404
4405 <para>
4406 Using runtime package management is completely optional and
4407 not required for a successful build or deployment in any
4408 way.
4409 But if you want to make use of runtime package management,
4410 you need to do a couple things above and beyond the basics.
4411 The remainder of this section describes what you need to do.
4412 </para>
4413
4414 <section id='runtime-package-management-build'>
4415 <title>Build Considerations</title>
4416
4417 <para>
4418 This section describes build considerations that you need
4419 to be aware of in order to provide support for runtime
4420 package management.
4421 </para>
4422
4423 <para>
4424 When BitBake generates packages it needs to know
4425 what format(s) to use.
4426 In your configuration, you use the
4427 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PACKAGE_CLASSES'><filename>PACKAGE_CLASSES</filename></ulink>
4428 variable to specify the format.
4429 <note>
4430 You can choose to have more than one format but you must
4431 provide at least one.
4432 </note>
4433 </para>
4434
4435 <para>
4436 If you would like your image to start off with a basic
4437 package database of the packages in your current build
4438 as well as have the relevant tools available on the
4439 target for runtime package management, you can include
4440 "package-management" in the
4441 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-IMAGE_FEATURES'><filename>IMAGE_FEATURES</filename></ulink>
4442 variable.
4443 Including "package-management" in this
4444 configuration variable ensures that when the image
4445 is assembled for your target, the image includes
4446 the currently-known package databases as well as
4447 the target-specific tools required for runtime
4448 package management to be performed on the target.
4449 However, this is not strictly necessary.
4450 You could start your image off without any databases
4451 but only include the required on-target package
4452 tool(s).
4453 As an example, you could include "opkg" in your
4454 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-IMAGE_INSTALL'><filename>IMAGE_INSTALL</filename></ulink>
4455 variable if you are using the IPK package format.
4456 You can then initialize your target's package database(s)
4457 later once your image is up and running.
4458 </para>
4459
4460 <para>
4461 Whenever you perform any sort of build step that can
4462 potentially generate a package or modify an existing
4463 package, it is always a good idea to re-generate the
4464 package index with:
4465 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
4466 $ bitbake package-index
4467 </literallayout>
4468 Realize that it is not sufficient to simply do the
4469 following:
4470 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
4471 $ bitbake &lt;some-package&gt; package-index
4472 </literallayout>
4473 This is because BitBake does not properly schedule the
4474 <filename>package-index</filename> target fully after any
4475 other target has completed.
4476 Thus, be sure to run the package update step separately.
4477 </para>
4478
4479 <para>
4480 As described below in the
4481 "<link linkend='runtime-package-management-target-ipk'>Using IPK</link>"
4482 section, if you are using IPK as your package format, you
4483 can make use of the
4484 <filename>distro-feed-configs</filename> recipe provided
4485 by <filename>meta-oe</filename> in order to configure your
4486 target to use your IPK databases.
4487 </para>
4488
4489 <para>
4490 When your build is complete, your packages reside in the
4491 <filename>${TMPDIR}/deploy/&lt;package-format&gt;</filename>
4492 directory.
4493 For example, if <filename>${TMPDIR}</filename>
4494 is <filename>tmp</filename> and your selected package type
4495 is IPK, then your IPK packages are available in
4496 <filename>tmp/deploy/ipk</filename>.
4497 </para>
4498 </section>
4499
4500 <section id='runtime-package-management-server'>
4501 <title>Host or Server Machine Setup</title>
4502
4503 <para>
4504 Typically, packages are served from a server using
4505 HTTP.
4506 However, other protocols are possible.
4507 If you want to use HTTP, then setup and configure a
4508 web server, such as Apache 2 or lighttpd, on the machine
4509 serving the packages.
4510 </para>
4511
4512 <para>
4513 As previously mentioned, the build machine can act as the
4514 package server.
4515 In the following sections that describe server machine
4516 setups, the build machine is assumed to also be the server.
4517 </para>
4518
4519 <section id='package-server-apache'>
4520 <title>Serving Packages via Apache 2</title>
4521
4522 <para>
4523 This example assumes you are using the Apache 2
4524 server:
4525 <orderedlist>
4526 <listitem><para>
4527 Add the directory to your Apache
4528 configuration, which you can find at
4529 <filename>/etc/httpd/conf/httpd.conf</filename>.
4530 Use commands similar to these on the
4531 development system.
4532 These example commands assume a top-level
4533 <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link>
4534 named <filename>poky</filename> in your home
4535 directory.
4536 The example also assumes an RPM package type.
4537 If you are using a different package type, such
4538 as IPK, use "ipk" in the pathnames:
4539 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
4540 &lt;VirtualHost *:80&gt;
4541 ....
4542 Alias /rpm ~/poky/build/tmp/deploy/rpm
4543 &lt;Directory "~/poky/build/tmp/deploy/rpm"&gt;
4544 Options +Indexes
4545 &lt;/Directory&gt;
4546 &lt;/VirtualHost&gt;
4547 </literallayout></para></listitem>
4548 <listitem><para>
4549 Reload the Apache configuration as described
4550 in this step.
4551 For all commands, be sure you have root
4552 privileges.
4553 </para>
4554
4555 <para>
4556 If your development system is using Fedora or
4557 CentOS, use the following:
4558 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
4559 # service httpd reload
4560 </literallayout>
4561 For Ubuntu and Debian, use the following:
4562 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
4563 # /etc/init.d/apache2 reload
4564 </literallayout>
4565 For OpenSUSE, use the following:
4566 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
4567 # /etc/init.d/apache2 reload
4568 </literallayout></para></listitem>
4569 <listitem><para>
4570 If you are using Security-Enhanced Linux
4571 (SELinux), you need to label the files as
4572 being accessible through Apache.
4573 Use the following command from the development
4574 host.
4575 This example assumes RPM package types:
4576 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
4577 # chcon -R -h -t httpd_sys_content_t tmp/deploy/rpm
4578 </literallayout></para></listitem>
4579 </orderedlist>
4580 </para>
4581 </section>
4582
4583 <section id='package-server-lighttpd'>
4584 <title>Serving Packages via lighttpd</title>
4585
4586 <para>
4587 If you are using lighttpd, all you need
4588 to do is to provide a link from your
4589 <filename>${TMPDIR}/deploy/&lt;package-format&gt;</filename>
4590 directory to lighttpd's document-root.
4591 You can determine the specifics of your lighttpd
4592 installation by looking through its configuration file,
4593 which is usually found at:
4594 <filename>/etc/lighttpd/lighttpd.conf</filename>.
4595 </para>
4596
4597 <para>
4598 For example, if you are using IPK, lighttpd's
4599 document-root is set to
4600 <filename>/var/www/lighttpd</filename>, and you had
4601 packages for a target named "BOARD",
4602 then you might create a link from your build location
4603 to lighttpd's document-root as follows:
4604 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
4605 # ln -s $(PWD)/tmp/deploy/ipk /var/www/lighttpd/BOARD-dir
4606 </literallayout>
4607 </para>
4608
4609 <para>
4610 At this point, you need to start the lighttpd server.
4611 The method used to start the server varies by
4612 distribution.
4613 However, one basic method that starts it by hand is:
4614 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
4615 # lighttpd -f /etc/lighttpd/lighttpd.conf
4616 </literallayout>
4617 </para>
4618 </section>
4619 </section>
4620
4621 <section id='runtime-package-management-target'>
4622 <title>Target Setup</title>
4623
4624 <para>
4625 Setting up the target differs depending on the
4626 package management system.
4627 This section provides information for RPM and IPK.
4628 </para>
4629
4630 <section id='runtime-package-management-target-rpm'>
4631 <title>Using RPM</title>
4632
4633 <para>
4634 The application for performing runtime package
4635 management of RPM packages on the target is called
4636 <filename>smart</filename>.
4637 </para>
4638
4639 <para>
4640 On the target machine, you need to inform
4641 <filename>smart</filename> of every package database
4642 you want to use.
4643 As an example, suppose your target device can use the
4644 following three package databases from a server named
4645 <filename>server.name</filename>:
4646 <filename>all</filename>, <filename>i586</filename>,
4647 and <filename>qemux86</filename>.
4648 Given this example, issue the following commands on the
4649 target:
4650 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
4651 # smart channel --add all type=rpm-md baseurl=http://server.name/rpm/all
4652 # smart channel --add i585 type=rpm-md baseurl=http://server.name/rpm/i586
4653 # smart channel --add qemux86 type=rpm-md baseurl=http://server.name/rpm/qemux86
4654 </literallayout>
4655 Also from the target machine, fetch the repository
4656 information using this command:
4657 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
4658 # smart update
4659 </literallayout>
4660 You can now use the <filename>smart query</filename>
4661 and <filename>smart install</filename> commands to
4662 find and install packages from the repositories.
4663 </para>
4664 </section>
4665
4666 <section id='runtime-package-management-target-ipk'>
4667 <title>Using IPK</title>
4668
4669 <para>
4670 The application for performing runtime package
4671 management of IPK packages on the target is called
4672 <filename>opkg</filename>.
4673 </para>
4674
4675 <para>
4676 In order to inform <filename>opkg</filename> of the
4677 package databases you want to use, simply create one
4678 or more <filename>*.conf</filename> files in the
4679 <filename>/etc/opkg</filename> directory on the target.
4680 The <filename>opkg</filename> application uses them
4681 to find its available package databases.
4682 As an example, suppose you configured your HTTP server
4683 on your machine named
4684 <filename>www.mysite.com</filename> to serve files
4685 from a <filename>BOARD-dir</filename> directory under
4686 its document-root.
4687 In this case, you might create a configuration
4688 file on the target called
4689 <filename>/etc/opkg/base-feeds.conf</filename> that
4690 contains:
4691 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
4692 src/gz all http://www.mysite.com/BOARD-dir/all
4693 src/gz armv7a http://www.mysite.com/BOARD-dir/armv7a
4694 src/gz beagleboard http://www.mysite.com/BOARD-dir/beagleboard
4695 </literallayout>
4696 </para>
4697
4698 <para>
4699 As a way of making it easier to generate and make
4700 these IPK configuration files available on your
4701 target, simply define
4702 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-FEED_DEPLOYDIR_BASE_URI'><filename>FEED_DEPLOYDIR_BASE_URI</filename></ulink>
4703 to point to your server and the location within the
4704 document-root which contains the databases.
4705 For example: if you are serving your packages over
4706 HTTP, your server's IP address is 192.168.7.1, and
4707 your databases are located in a directory called
4708 <filename>BOARD-dir</filename> underneath your HTTP
4709 server's document-root, you need to set
4710 <filename>FEED_DEPLOYDIR_BASE_URI</filename> to
4711 <filename>http://192.168.7.1/BOARD-dir</filename> and
4712 a set of configuration files will be generated for you
4713 in your target to work with this feed.
4714 </para>
4715
4716 <para>
4717 On the target machine, fetch (or refresh) the
4718 repository information using this command:
4719 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
4720 # opkg update
4721 </literallayout>
4722 You can now use the <filename>opkg list</filename> and
4723 <filename>opkg install</filename> commands to find and
4724 install packages from the repositories.
4725 </para>
4726 </section>
4727 </section>
4728 </section>
4729
4730 <section id='testing-packages-with-ptest'>
4731 <title>Testing Packages With ptest</title>
4732
4733 <para>
4734 A Package Test (ptest) runs tests against packages built
4735 by the OpenEmbedded build system on the target machine.
4736 A ptest contains at least two items: the actual test, and
4737 a shell script (<filename>run-ptest</filename>) that starts
4738 the test.
4739 The shell script that starts the test must not contain
4740 the actual test, the script only starts it.
4741 On the other hand, the test can be anything from a simple
4742 shell script that runs a binary and checks the output to
4743 an elaborate system of test binaries and data files.
4744 </para>
4745
4746 <para>
4747 The test generates output in the format used by
4748 Automake:
4749 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
4750 &lt;result&gt;: &lt;testname&gt;
4751 </literallayout>
4752 where the result can be <filename>PASS</filename>,
4753 <filename>FAIL</filename>, or <filename>SKIP</filename>,
4754 and the testname can be any identifying string.
4755 </para>
4756
4757 <note>
4758 With this release of the Yocto Project, three recipes exist
4759 that are "ptest-enabled": <filename>bash</filename>,
4760 <filename>glib-2.0</filename>, and
4761 <filename>dbus</filename>.
4762 These three recipes are Autotool-enabled.
4763 </note>
4764
4765 <section id='adding-ptest-to-your-build'>
4766 <title>Adding ptest to Your Build</title>
4767
4768 <para>
4769 To add package testing to your build, add the
4770 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DISTRO_FEATURES'><filename>DISTRO_FEATURES</filename></ulink>
4771 and <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES'><filename>EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES</filename></ulink>
4772 variables to your <filename>local.conf</filename> file,
4773 which is found in the
4774 <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link>:
4775 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
4776 DISTRO_FEATURES_append = " ptest"
4777 EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES += "ptest-pkgs"
4778 </literallayout>
4779 Once your build is complete, the ptest files are installed
4780 into the <filename>/usr/lib/&lt;package&gt;/ptest</filename>
4781 directory within the image, where
4782 <filename>&lt;package&gt;</filename> is the name of the
4783 package.
4784 </para>
4785 </section>
4786
4787 <section id='running-ptest'>
4788 <title>Running ptest</title>
4789
4790 <para>
4791 The <filename>ptest-runner</filename> package installs a
4792 shell script that loops through all installed ptest test
4793 suites and runs them in sequence.
4794 Consequently, you might want to add this package to
4795 your image.
4796 </para>
4797 </section>
4798
4799 <section id='getting-your-package-ready'>
4800 <title>Getting Your Package Ready</title>
4801
4802 <para>
4803 In order to enable a recipe to run installed ptests
4804 on target hardware,
4805 you need to prepare the recipes that build the packages
4806 you want to test.
4807 Here is what you have to do for each recipe:
4808 <itemizedlist>
4809 <listitem><para><emphasis>Be sure the recipe
4810 inherits ptest:</emphasis>
4811 Include the following line in each recipe:
4812 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
4813 inherit ptest
4814 </literallayout>
4815 </para></listitem>
4816 <listitem><para><emphasis>Create <filename>run-ptest</filename>:</emphasis>
4817 This script starts your test.
4818 Locate the script where you will refer to it
4819 using
4820 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-SRC_URI'><filename>SRC_URI</filename></ulink>.
4821 Here is an example that starts a test for
4822 <filename>dbus</filename>:
4823 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
4824 #!/bin/sh
4825 cd test
4826 make -k runtest-TESTS
4827 </literallayout>
4828 </para></listitem>
4829 <listitem><para><emphasis>Ensure dependencies are
4830 met:</emphasis>
4831 If the test adds build or runtime dependencies
4832 that normally do not exist for the package
4833 (such as requiring "make" to run the test suite),
4834 use the
4835 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DEPENDS'><filename>DEPENDS</filename></ulink>
4836 and
4837 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-RDEPENDS'><filename>RDEPENDS</filename></ulink>
4838 variables in your recipe in order for the package
4839 to meet the dependencies.
4840 Here is an example where the package has a runtime
4841 dependency on "make":
4842 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
4843 RDEPENDS_${PN}-ptest += "make"
4844 </literallayout>
4845 </para></listitem>
4846 <listitem><para><emphasis>Add a function to build the
4847 test suite:</emphasis>
4848 Not many packages support cross-compilation of
4849 their test suites.
4850 Consequently, you usually need to add a
4851 cross-compilation function to the package.
4852 </para>
4853 <para>Many packages based on Automake compile and
4854 run the test suite by using a single command
4855 such as <filename>make check</filename>.
4856 However, the native <filename>make check</filename>
4857 builds and runs on the same computer, while
4858 cross-compiling requires that the package is built
4859 on the host but executed on the target.
4860 The built version of Automake that ships with the
4861 Yocto Project includes a patch that separates
4862 building and execution.
4863 Consequently, packages that use the unaltered,
4864 patched version of <filename>make check</filename>
4865 automatically cross-compiles.</para>
4866 <para>However, you still must add a
4867 <filename>do_compile_ptest</filename> function to
4868 build the test suite.
4869 Add a function similar to the following to your
4870 recipe:
4871 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
4872 do_compile_ptest() {
4873 oe_runmake buildtest-TESTS
4874 }
4875 </literallayout>
4876 </para></listitem>
4877 <listitem><para><emphasis>Ensure special configurations
4878 are set:</emphasis>
4879 If the package requires special configurations
4880 prior to compiling the test code, you must
4881 insert a <filename>do_configure_ptest</filename>
4882 function into the recipe.
4883 </para></listitem>
4884 <listitem><para><emphasis>Install the test
4885 suite:</emphasis>
4886 The <filename>ptest.bbclass</filename> class
4887 automatically copies the file
4888 <filename>run-ptest</filename> to the target and
4889 then runs make <filename>install-ptest</filename>
4890 to run the tests.
4891 If this is not enough, you need to create a
4892 <filename>do_install_ptest</filename> function and
4893 make sure it gets called after the
4894 "make install-ptest" completes.
4895 </para></listitem>
4896 </itemizedlist>
4897 </para>
4898 </section>
4899 </section>
4900 </section>
4901
4902 <section id="building-software-from-an-external-source">
4903 <title>Building Software from an External Source</title>
4904
4905 <para>
4906 By default, the OpenEmbedded build system uses the
4907 <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link> to
4908 build source code.
4909 The build process involves fetching the source files, unpacking
4910 them, and then patching them if necessary before the build takes
4911 place.
4912 </para>
4913
4914 <para>
4915 Situations exist where you might want to build software from source
4916 files that are external to and thus outside of the
4917 OpenEmbedded build system.
4918 For example, suppose you have a project that includes a new BSP with
4919 a heavily customized kernel.
4920 And, you want to minimize exposing the build system to the
4921 development team so that they can focus on their project and
4922 maintain everyone's workflow as much as possible.
4923 In this case, you want a kernel source directory on the development
4924 machine where the development occurs.
4925 You want the recipe's
4926 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-SRC_URI'><filename>SRC_URI</filename></ulink>
4927 variable to point to the external directory and use it as is, not
4928 copy it.
4929 </para>
4930
4931 <para>
4932 To build from software that comes from an external source, all you
4933 need to do is inherit
4934 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#ref-classes-externalsrc'><filename>externalsrc.bbclass</filename></ulink>
4935 and then set the
4936 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-EXTERNALSRC'><filename>EXTERNALSRC</filename></ulink>
4937 variable to point to your external source code.
4938 Here are the statements to put in your
4939 <filename>local.conf</filename> file:
4940 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
4941 INHERIT += "externalsrc"
4942 EXTERNALSRC_pn-myrecipe = "/some/path/to/your/source/tree"
4943 </literallayout>
4944 </para>
4945
4946 <para>
4947 By default, <filename>externalsrc.bbclass</filename> builds
4948 the source code in a directory separate from the external source
4949 directory as specified by
4950 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-EXTERNALSRC'><filename>EXTERNALSRC</filename></ulink>.
4951 If you need to have the source built in the same directory in
4952 which it resides, or some other nominated directory, you can set
4953 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-EXTERNALSRC_BUILD'><filename>EXTERNALSRC_BUILD</filename></ulink>
4954 to point to that directory:
4955 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
4956 EXTERNALSRC_BUILD_pn-myrecipe = "/path/to/my/source/tree"
4957 </literallayout>
4958 </para>
4959 </section>
4960
4961 <section id="selecting-an-initialization-manager">
4962 <title>Selecting an Initialization Manager</title>
4963
4964 <para>
4965 By default, the Yocto Project uses
4966 <filename>SysVinit</filename> as the initialization manager.
4967 However, support also exists for <filename>systemd</filename>,
4968 which is a full replacement for <filename>init</filename> with
4969 parallel starting of services, reduced shell overhead and other
4970 features that are used by many distributions.
4971 </para>
4972
4973 <para>
4974 If you want to use <filename>sysvinit</filename>, you do
4975 not have to do anything.
4976 But, if you want to use <filename>systemd</filename>, you must
4977 take some steps as described in the following sections.
4978 </para>
4979
4980<!--
4981 <note>
4982 It is recommended that you create your own distribution configuration
4983 file to hold these settings instead of using your
4984 <filename>local.conf</filename> file.
4985 For information on creating your own distribution, see the
4986 "<link linkend='creating-your-own-distribution'>Creating Your Own Distribution</link>"
4987 section.
4988 </note>
4989-->
4990
4991 <section id='using-systemd-exclusively'>
4992 <title>Using systemd Exclusively</title>
4993
4994 <para>
4995 Set the following variables in your distribution configuration
4996 file as follows:
4997 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
4998 DISTRO_FEATURES_append = " systemd"
4999 VIRTUAL-RUNTIME_init_manager = "systemd"
5000 </literallayout>
5001 You can also prevent the <filename>sysvinit</filename>
5002 distribution feature from
5003 being automatically enabled as follows:
5004 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
5005 DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED = "sysvinit"
5006 </literallayout>
5007 Doing so removes any redundant <filename>sysvinit</filename>
5008 scripts.
5009 </para>
5010
5011 <para>
5012 For information on the backfill variable, see
5013 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED'><filename>DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED</filename></ulink>
5014 in the Yocto Project Reference Manual.
5015 </para>
5016 </section>
5017
5018 <section id='using-systemd-for-the-main-image-and-using-sysvinit-for-the-rescue-image'>
5019 <title>Using systemd for the Main Image and Using SysVinit for the Rescue Image</title>
5020
5021 <para>
5022 Set the following variables in your distribution configuration
5023 file as follows:
5024 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
5025 DISTRO_FEATURES_append = " systemd"
5026 VIRTUAL-RUNTIME_init_manager = "systemd"
5027 </literallayout>
5028 Doing so causes your main image to use the
5029 <filename>packagegroup-core-boot.bb</filename> recipe and
5030 <filename>systemd</filename>.
5031 The rescue/minimal image cannot use this package group.
5032 However, it can install <filename>sysvinit</filename>
5033 and the appropriate packages will have support for both
5034 <filename>systemd</filename> and <filename>sysvinit</filename>.
5035 </para>
5036 </section>
5037 </section>
5038
5039 <section id='excluding-recipes-from-the-build'>
5040 <title>Excluding Recipes From the Build</title>
5041
5042 <para>
5043 You might find that there are groups of recipes or append files
5044 that you want to filter out of the build process.
5045 Usually, this is not necessary.
5046 However, on rare occasions where you might want to use a
5047 layer but exclude parts that are causing problems, such
5048 as introducing a different version of a recipe, you can
5049 use
5050 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-BBMASK'><filename>BBMASK</filename></ulink>
5051 to exclude the recipe.
5052 </para>
5053
5054 <para>
5055 It is possible to filter or mask out <filename>.bb</filename> and
5056 <filename>.bbappend</filename> files.
5057 You can do this by providing an expression with the
5058 <filename>BBMASK</filename> variable.
5059 Here is an example:
5060 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
5061 BBMASK = "/meta-mymachine/recipes-maybe/"
5062 </literallayout>
5063 Here, all <filename>.bb</filename> and
5064 <filename>.bbappend</filename> files in the directory that match
5065 the expression are ignored during the build process.
5066 </para>
5067
5068 <note>
5069 The value you provide is passed to Python's regular expression
5070 compiler.
5071 The expression is compared against the full paths to the files.
5072 For complete syntax information, see Python's documentation at
5073 <ulink url='http://docs.python.org/release/2.3/lib/re-syntax.html'></ulink>.
5074 </note>
5075 </section>
5076
5077 <section id="platdev-appdev-srcrev">
5078 <title>Using an External SCM</title>
5079
5080 <para>
5081 If you're working on a recipe that pulls from an external Source Code Manager (SCM), it
5082 is possible to have the OpenEmbedded build system notice new recipe changes added to the
5083 SCM and then build the resulting package that depends on the new recipes by using the latest
5084 versions.
5085 This only works for SCMs from which it is possible to get a sensible revision number for changes.
5086 Currently, you can do this with Apache Subversion (SVN), Git, and Bazaar (BZR) repositories.
5087 </para>
5088
5089 <para>
5090 To enable this behavior, simply add the following to the <filename>local.conf</filename>
5091 configuration file found in the
5092 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_DEV_URL;#build-directory'>Build Directory</ulink>:
5093 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
5094 SRCREV_pn-&lt;PN&gt; = "${AUTOREV}"
5095 </literallayout>
5096 where <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PN'><filename>PN</filename></ulink>
5097 is the name of the recipe for which you want to enable automatic source
5098 revision updating.
5099 </para>
5100 </section>
5101
5102 <section id='creating-a-read-only-root-filesystem'>
5103 <title>Creating a Read-Only Root Filesystem</title>
5104
5105 <para>
5106 Suppose, for security reasons, you need to disable
5107 your target device's root filesystem's write permissions
5108 (i.e. you need a read-only root filesystem).
5109 Or, perhaps you are running the device's operating system
5110 from a read-only storage device.
5111 For either case, you can customize your image for
5112 that behavior.
5113 </para>
5114
5115 <note>
5116 Supporting a read-only root filesystem requires that the system and
5117 applications do not try to write to the root filesystem.
5118 You must configure all parts of the target system to write
5119 elsewhere, or to gracefully fail in the event of failing to
5120 write to the root filesystem.
5121 </note>
5122
5123 <section id='creating-the-root-filesystem'>
5124 <title>Creating the Root Filesystem</title>
5125
5126 <para>
5127 To create the read-only root filesystem, simply add the
5128 <filename>read-only-rootfs</filename> feature to your image.
5129 Using either of the following statements in your
5130 image recipe or from within the
5131 <filename>local.conf</filename> file found in the
5132 <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link>
5133 causes the build system to create a read-only root filesystem:
5134 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
5135 IMAGE_FEATURES = "read-only-rootfs"
5136 </literallayout>
5137 or
5138 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
5139 EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES = "read-only-rootfs"
5140 </literallayout>
5141 </para>
5142
5143 <para>
5144 For more information on how to use these variables, see the
5145 "<link linkend='usingpoky-extend-customimage-imagefeatures'>Customizing Images Using Custom <filename>IMAGE_FEATURES</filename> and <filename>EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES</filename></link>"
5146 section.
5147 For information on the variables, see
5148 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-IMAGE_FEATURES'><filename>IMAGE_FEATURES</filename></ulink>
5149 and <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES'><filename>EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES</filename></ulink>.
5150 </para>
5151 </section>
5152
5153 <section id='post-installation-scripts'>
5154 <title>Post-Installation Scripts</title>
5155
5156 <para>
5157 It is very important that you make sure all
5158 post-Installation (<filename>pkg_postinst</filename>) scripts
5159 for packages that are installed into the image can be run
5160 at the time when the root filesystem is created during the
5161 build on the host system.
5162 These scripts cannot attempt to run during first-boot on the
5163 target device.
5164 With the <filename>read-only-rootfs</filename> feature enabled,
5165 the build system checks during root filesystem creation to make
5166 sure all post-installation scripts succeed.
5167 If any of these scripts still need to be run after the root
5168 filesystem is created, the build immediately fails.
5169 These checks during build time ensure that the build fails
5170 rather than the target device fails later during its
5171 initial boot operation.
5172 </para>
5173
5174 <para>
5175 Most of the common post-installation scripts generated by the
5176 build system for the out-of-the-box Yocto Project are engineered
5177 so that they can run during root filesystem creation
5178 (e.g. post-installation scripts for caching fonts).
5179 However, if you create and add custom scripts, you need
5180 to be sure they can be run during file system creation.
5181 </para>
5182
5183 <para>
5184 Here are some common problems that prevent
5185 post-installation scripts from running during root filesystem
5186 creation:
5187 <itemizedlist>
5188 <listitem><para><emphasis>Not using $D in front of absolute paths:</emphasis>
5189 The build system defines
5190 <filename>$</filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-D'><filename>D</filename></ulink>
5191 at root filesystem creation time, and
5192 it is blank when run on the target device.
5193 This implies two purposes for <filename>$D</filename>:
5194 ensuring paths are valid in both the host and target
5195 environments, and checking to determine which
5196 environment is being used as a method for taking
5197 appropriate actions.
5198 </para></listitem>
5199 <listitem><para><emphasis>Attempting to run processes that are
5200 specific to or dependent on the target
5201 architecture:</emphasis>
5202 You can work around these attempts by using native
5203 tools to accomplish the same tasks, or
5204 by alternatively running the processes under QEMU,
5205 which has the <filename>qemu_run_binary</filename>
5206 function.
5207 For more information, see the
5208 <filename>meta/classes/qemu.bbclass</filename>
5209 class in the
5210 <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link>.
5211 </para></listitem>
5212 </itemizedlist>
5213 </para>
5214 </section>
5215
5216 <section id='areas-with-write-access'>
5217 <title>Areas With Write Access</title>
5218
5219 <para>
5220 With the <filename>read-only-rootfs</filename> feature enabled,
5221 any attempt by the target to write to the root filesystem at
5222 runtime fails.
5223 Consequently, you must make sure that you configure processes
5224 and applications that attempt these types of writes do so
5225 to directories with write access (e.g.
5226 <filename>/tmp</filename> or <filename>/var/run</filename>).
5227 </para>
5228 </section>
5229 </section>
5230
5231 <section id="performing-automated-runtime-testing">
5232 <title>Performing Automated Runtime Testing</title>
5233
5234 <para>
5235 The OpenEmbedded build system makes available a series of automated
5236 tests for images to verify runtime functionality.
5237 <note>
5238 Currently, there is only support for running these tests
5239 under QEMU.
5240 </note>
5241 These tests are written in Python making use of the
5242 <filename>unittest</filename> module, and the majority of them
5243 run commands on the target system over
5244 <filename>ssh</filename>.
5245 This section describes how you set up the environment to use these
5246 tests, run available tests, and write and add your own tests.
5247 </para>
5248
5249 <section id="qemu-image-enabling-tests">
5250 <title>Enabling Tests</title>
5251
5252 <para>
5253 In order to run tests, you need to do the following:
5254 <itemizedlist>
5255 <listitem><para><emphasis>Set up to avoid interaction
5256 with <filename>sudo</filename> for networking:</emphasis>
5257 To accomplish this, you must do one of the
5258 following:
5259 <itemizedlist>
5260 <listitem><para>Add
5261 <filename>NOPASSWD</filename> for your user
5262 in <filename>/etc/sudoers</filename> either for
5263 ALL commands or just for
5264 <filename>runqemu-ifup</filename>.
5265 You must provide the full path as that can
5266 change if you are using multiple clones of the
5267 source repository.
5268 <note>
5269 On some distributions, you also need to
5270 comment out "Defaults requiretty" in
5271 <filename>/etc/sudoers</filename>.
5272 </note></para></listitem>
5273 <listitem><para>Manually configure a tap interface
5274 for your system.</para></listitem>
5275 <listitem><para>Run as root the script in
5276 <filename>scripts/runqemu-gen-tapdevs</filename>,
5277 which should generate a list of tap devices.
5278 This is the option typically chosen for
5279 Autobuilder-type environments.
5280 </para></listitem>
5281 </itemizedlist></para></listitem>
5282 <listitem><para><emphasis>Set the
5283 <filename>DISPLAY</filename> variable:</emphasis>
5284 You need to set this variable so that you have an X
5285 server available (e.g. start
5286 <filename>vncserver</filename> for a headless machine).
5287 </para></listitem>
5288 <listitem><para><emphasis>Be sure your host's firewall
5289 accepts incoming connections from
5290 192.168.7.0/24:</emphasis>
5291 Some of the tests (in particular smart tests) start a
5292 HTTP server on a random high number port, which is
5293 used to serve files to the target.
5294 The smart module serves
5295 <filename>${DEPLOY_DIR}/rpm</filename> so it can run
5296 smart channel commands. That means your host's firewall
5297 must accept incoming connections from 192.168.7.0/24,
5298 which is the default IP range used for tap devices
5299 by <filename>runqemu</filename>.</para></listitem>
5300 </itemizedlist>
5301 </para>
5302
5303 <note>
5304 Regardless of how you initiate the tests, if you built your
5305 image using <filename>rm_work</filename>,
5306 most of the tests will fail with errors because they rely on
5307 <filename>${WORKDIR}/installed_pkgs.txt</filename>.
5308 </note>
5309 </section>
5310
5311 <section id="qemu-image-running-tests">
5312 <title>Running Tests</title>
5313
5314 <para>
5315 You can start the tests automatically or manually:
5316 <itemizedlist>
5317 <listitem><para><emphasis>Automatically Running Tests:</emphasis>
5318 To run the tests automatically after the
5319 OpenEmbedded build system successfully creates an image,
5320 first set the
5321 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-TEST_IMAGE'><filename>TEST_IMAGE</filename></ulink>
5322 variable to "1" in your <filename>local.conf</filename>
5323 file in the
5324 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_DEV_URL;#build-directory'>Build Directory</ulink>:
5325 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
5326 TEST_IMAGE = "1"
5327 </literallayout>
5328 Next, simply build your image.
5329 If the image successfully builds, the tests will be
5330 run:
5331 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
5332 bitbake core-image-sato
5333 </literallayout></para></listitem>
5334 <listitem><para><emphasis>Manually Running Tests:</emphasis>
5335 To manually run the tests, first globally inherit
5336 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#ref-classes-testimage'><filename>testimage.class</filename></ulink>
5337 by editing your <filename>local.conf</filename> file:
5338 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
5339 INHERIT += "testimage"
5340 </literallayout>
5341 Next, use BitBake to run the tests:
5342 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
5343 bitbake -c testimage &lt;image&gt;
5344 </literallayout></para></listitem>
5345 </itemizedlist>
5346 </para>
5347
5348 <para>
5349 Regardless of how you run the tests, once they start, the
5350 following happens:
5351 <itemizedlist>
5352 <listitem><para>A copy of the root filesystem is written
5353 to <filename>${WORKDIR}/testimage</filename>.
5354 </para></listitem>
5355 <listitem><para>The image is booted under QEMU using the
5356 standard <filename>runqemu</filename> script.
5357 </para></listitem>
5358 <listitem><para>A default timeout of 500 seconds occurs
5359 to allow for the boot process to reach the login prompt.
5360 You can change the timeout period by setting
5361 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-TEST_QEMUBOOT_TIMEOUT'><filename>TEST_QEMUBOOT_TIMEOUT</filename></ulink>
5362 in the <filename>local.conf</filename> file.
5363 </para></listitem>
5364 <listitem><para>Once the boot process is reached and the
5365 login prompt appears, the tests run.
5366 The full boot log is written to
5367 <filename>${WORKDIR}/testimage/qemu_boot_log</filename>.
5368 </para></listitem>
5369 <listitem><para>Each test module loads in the order found
5370 in <filename>TEST_SUITES</filename>.
5371 You can find the full output of the commands run over
5372 <filename>ssh</filename> in
5373 <filename>${WORKDIR}/testimgage/ssh_target_log</filename>.
5374 </para></listitem>
5375 <listitem><para>If no failures occur, the task running the
5376 tests ends successfully.
5377 You can find the output from the
5378 <filename>unittest</filename> in the task log at
5379 <filename>${WORKDIR}/temp/log.do_testimage</filename>.
5380 </para></listitem>
5381 </itemizedlist>
5382 </para>
5383
5384 <para>
5385 All test files reside in
5386 <filename>meta/lib/oeqa/runtime</filename> in the
5387 <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link>.
5388 A test name maps directly to a Python module.
5389 Each test module may contain a number of individual tests.
5390 Tests are usually grouped together by the area
5391 tested (e.g tests for <filename>systemd</filename> reside in
5392 <filename>meta/lib/oeqa/runtime/systemd.py</filename>).
5393 </para>
5394
5395 <para>
5396 You can add tests to any layer provided you place them in the
5397 proper area and you extend
5398 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-BBPATH'><filename>BBPATH</filename></ulink>
5399 in the <filename>local.conf</filename> file as normal.
5400 Be sure that tests reside in
5401 <filename>&lt;layer&gt;/lib/oeqa/runtime</filename>.
5402 <note>
5403 Be sure that module names do not collide with module names
5404 used in the default set of test modules in
5405 <filename>meta/lib/oeqa/runtime</filename>.
5406 </note>
5407 </para>
5408
5409 <para>
5410 You can change the set of tests run by appending or overriding
5411 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-TEST_SUITES'><filename>TEST_SUITES</filename></ulink>
5412 variable in <filename>local.conf</filename>.
5413 Each name in <filename>TEST_SUITES</filename> represents a
5414 required test for the image.
5415 Test modules named within <filename>TEST_SUITES</filename>
5416 cannot be skipped even if a test is not suitable for an image
5417 (e.g. running the rpm tests on an image without
5418 <filename>rpm</filename>).
5419 Appending "auto" to <filename>TEST_SUITES</filename> causes the
5420 build system to try to run all tests that are suitable for the
5421 image (i.e. each test module may elect to skip itself).
5422 </para>
5423
5424 <para>
5425 The order you list tests in <filename>TEST_SUITES</filename>
5426 is important.
5427 The order influences test dependencies.
5428 Consequently, tests that depend on other tests should be added
5429 after the test on which they depend.
5430 For example, since <filename>ssh</filename> depends on the
5431 <filename>ping</filename> test, <filename>ssh</filename>
5432 needs to come after <filename>ping</filename> in the list.
5433 The test class provides no re-ordering or dependency handling.
5434 <note>
5435 Each module can have multiple classes with multiple test
5436 methods.
5437 And, Python <filename>unittest</filename> rules apply.
5438 </note>
5439 </para>
5440
5441 <para>
5442 Here are some things to keep in mind when running tests:
5443 <itemizedlist>
5444 <listitem><para>The default tests for the image are defined
5445 as:
5446 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
5447 DEFAULT_TEST_SUITES_pn-&lt;image&gt; = "ping ssh df connman syslog xorg scp vnc date rpm smart dmesg"
5448 </literallayout></para></listitem>
5449 <listitem><para>Add your own test to the list of the
5450 by using the following:
5451 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
5452 TEST_SUITES_append = " mytest"
5453 </literallayout></para></listitem>
5454 <listitem><para>Run a specific list of tests as follows:
5455 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
5456 TEST_SUITES = "test1 test2 test3"
5457 </literallayout>
5458 Remember, order is important.
5459 Be sure to place a test that is dependent on another test
5460 later in the order.</para></listitem>
5461 </itemizedlist>
5462 </para>
5463 </section>
5464
5465 <section id="qemu-image-writing-new-tests">
5466 <title>Writing New Tests</title>
5467
5468 <para>
5469 As mentioned previously, all new test files need to be in the
5470 proper place for the build system to find them.
5471 New tests for additional functionality outside of the core
5472 should be added to the layer that adds the functionality, in
5473 <filename>&lt;layer&gt;/lib/oeqa/runtime</filename> (as
5474 long as
5475 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-BBPATH'><filename>BBPATH</filename></ulink>
5476 is extended in the layer's
5477 <filename>layer.conf</filename> file as normal).
5478 Just remember that filenames need to map directly to test
5479 (module) names and that you do not use module names that
5480 collide with existing core tests.
5481 </para>
5482
5483 <para>
5484 To create a new test, start by copying an existing module
5485 (e.g. <filename>syslog.py</filename> or
5486 <filename>gcc.py</filename> are good ones to use).
5487 Test modules can use code from
5488 <filename>meta/lib/oeqa/utils</filename>, which are helper
5489 classes.
5490 </para>
5491
5492 <note>
5493 Structure shell commands such that you rely on them and they
5494 return a single code for success.
5495 Be aware that sometimes you will need to parse the output.
5496 See the <filename>df.py</filename> and
5497 <filename>date.py</filename> modules for examples.
5498 </note>
5499
5500 <para>
5501 You will notice that all test classes inherit
5502 <filename>oeRuntimeTest</filename>, which is found in
5503 <filename>meta/lib/oetest.py</filename>.
5504 This base class offers some helper attributes, which are
5505 described in the following sections:
5506 </para>
5507
5508 <section id='qemu-image-writing-tests-class-methods'>
5509 <title>Class Methods</title>
5510
5511 <para>
5512 Class methods are as follows:
5513 <itemizedlist>
5514 <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>hasPackage(pkg)</filename>:</emphasis>
5515 Returns "True" if <filename>pkg</filename> is in the
5516 installed package list of the image, which is based
5517 on
5518 <filename>${WORKDIR}/installed_pkgs.txt</filename>
5519 that is generated during the
5520 <filename>do.rootfs</filename> task.
5521 </para></listitem>
5522 <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>hasFeature(feature)</filename>:</emphasis>
5523 Returns "True" if the feature is in
5524 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-IMAGE_FEATURES'><filename>IMAGE_FEATURES</filename></ulink>
5525 or
5526 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DISTRO_FEATURES'><filename>DISTRO_FEATURES</filename></ulink>.
5527 </para></listitem>
5528 <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>restartTarget(params)</filename>:</emphasis>
5529 Restarts the QEMU image optionally passing
5530 <filename>params</filename> to the
5531 <filename>runqemu</filename> script's
5532 <filename>qemuparams</filename> list (e.g "-m 1024" for
5533 more memory).</para></listitem>
5534 </itemizedlist>
5535 </para>
5536 </section>
5537
5538 <section id='qemu-image-writing-tests-class-attributes'>
5539 <title>Class Attributes</title>
5540
5541 <para>
5542 Class attributes are as follows:
5543 <itemizedlist>
5544 <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>pscmd</filename>:</emphasis>
5545 Equals "ps -ef" if <filename>procps</filename> is
5546 installed in the image.
5547 Otherwise, <filename>pscmd</filename> equals
5548 "ps" (busybox).
5549 </para></listitem>
5550 <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>tc</filename>:</emphasis>
5551 The called text context, which gives access to the
5552 following attributes:
5553 <itemizedlist>
5554 <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>d</filename>:</emphasis>
5555 The BitBake data store, which allows you to
5556 use stuff such as
5557 <filename>oeRuntimeTest.tc.d.getVar("VIRTUAL-RUNTIME_init_manager")</filename>.
5558 </para></listitem>
5559 <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>testslist</filename> and <filename>testsrequired</filename>:</emphasis>
5560 Used internally.
5561 The tests do not need these.
5562 </para></listitem>
5563 <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>filesdir</filename>:</emphasis>
5564 The absolute path to
5565 <filename>meta/lib/oeqa/runtime/files</filename>,
5566 which contains helper files for tests meant
5567 for copying on the target such as small
5568 files written in C for compilation.
5569 </para></listitem>
5570 <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>qemu</filename>:</emphasis>
5571 Provides access to the
5572 <filename>QemuRunner</filename> object,
5573 which is the class that boots the image.
5574 The <filename>qemu</filename> attribute
5575 provides the following useful attributes:
5576 <itemizedlist>
5577 <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>ip</filename>:</emphasis>
5578 The machine's IP address.
5579 </para></listitem>
5580 <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>host_ip</filename>:</emphasis>
5581 The host IP address, which is only
5582 used by smart tests.
5583 </para></listitem>
5584 </itemizedlist></para></listitem>
5585 <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>target</filename>:</emphasis>
5586 The <filename>SSHControl</filename> object,
5587 which is used for running the following
5588 commands on the image:
5589 <itemizedlist>
5590 <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>host</filename>:</emphasis>
5591 Used internally.
5592 The tests do not use this command.
5593 </para></listitem>
5594 <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>timeout</filename>:</emphasis>
5595 A global timeout for commands run on
5596 the target for the instance of a
5597 test.
5598 The default is 300 seconds.
5599 </para></listitem>
5600 <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>run(cmd, timeout=None)</filename>:</emphasis>
5601 The single, most used method.
5602 This command is a wrapper for:
5603 <filename>ssh root@host "cmd"</filename>.
5604 The command returns a tuple:
5605 (status, output), which are what
5606 their names imply - the return code
5607 of 'cmd' and whatever output
5608 it produces.
5609 The optional timeout argument
5610 represents the number of seconds the
5611 test should wait for 'cmd' to
5612 return.
5613 If the argument is "None", the
5614 test uses the default instance's
5615 timeout period, which is 300
5616 seconds.
5617 If the argument is "0", the test
5618 runs until the command returns.
5619 </para></listitem>
5620 <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>copy_to(localpath, remotepath)</filename>:</emphasis>
5621 <filename>scp localpath root@ip:remotepath</filename>.
5622 </para></listitem>
5623 <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>copy_from(remotepath, localpath)</filename>:</emphasis>
5624 <filename>scp root@host:remotepath localpath</filename>.
5625 </para></listitem>
5626 </itemizedlist></para></listitem>
5627 </itemizedlist></para></listitem>
5628 </itemizedlist>
5629 </para>
5630 </section>
5631
5632 <section id='qemu-image-writing-tests-instance-attributes'>
5633 <title>Instance Attributes</title>
5634
5635 <para>
5636 A single instance attribute exists, which is
5637 <filename>target</filename>.
5638 The <filename>target</filename> instance attribute is
5639 identical to the class attribute of the same name, which
5640 is described in the previous section.
5641 This attribute exists as both an instance and class
5642 attribute so tests can use
5643 <filename>self.target.run(cmd)</filename> in instance
5644 methods instead of
5645 <filename>oeRuntimeTest.tc.target.run(cmd)</filename>.
5646 </para>
5647 </section>
5648 </section>
5649 </section>
5650
5651 <section id="platdev-gdb-remotedebug">
5652 <title>Debugging With the GNU Project Debugger (GDB) Remotely</title>
5653
5654 <para>
5655 GDB allows you to examine running programs, which in turn helps you to understand and fix problems.
5656 It also allows you to perform post-mortem style analysis of program crashes.
5657 GDB is available as a package within the Yocto Project and is
5658 installed in SDK images by default.
5659 See the "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#ref-images'>Images</ulink>" chapter
5660 in the Yocto Project Reference Manual for a description of these images.
5661 You can find information on GDB at <ulink url="http://sourceware.org/gdb/"/>.
5662 </para>
5663
5664 <tip>
5665 For best results, install <filename>-dbg</filename> packages for
5666 the applications you are going to debug.
5667 Doing so makes extra debug symbols available that give you more
5668 meaningful output.
5669 </tip>
5670
5671 <para>
5672 Sometimes, due to memory or disk space constraints, it is not possible
5673 to use GDB directly on the remote target to debug applications.
5674 These constraints arise because GDB needs to load the debugging information and the
5675 binaries of the process being debugged.
5676 Additionally, GDB needs to perform many computations to locate information such as function
5677 names, variable names and values, stack traces and so forth - even before starting the
5678 debugging process.
5679 These extra computations place more load on the target system and can alter the
5680 characteristics of the program being debugged.
5681 </para>
5682
5683 <para>
5684 To help get past the previously mentioned constraints, you can use Gdbserver.
5685 Gdbserver runs on the remote target and does not load any debugging information
5686 from the debugged process.
5687 Instead, a GDB instance processes the debugging information that is run on a
5688 remote computer - the host GDB.
5689 The host GDB then sends control commands to Gdbserver to make it stop or start the debugged
5690 program, as well as read or write memory regions of that debugged program.
5691 All the debugging information loaded and processed as well
5692 as all the heavy debugging is done by the host GDB.
5693 Offloading these processes gives the Gdbserver running on the target a chance to remain
5694 small and fast.
5695 </para>
5696
5697 <para>
5698 Because the host GDB is responsible for loading the debugging information and
5699 for doing the necessary processing to make actual debugging happen, the
5700 user has to make sure the host can access the unstripped binaries complete
5701 with their debugging information and also be sure the target is compiled with no optimizations.
5702 The host GDB must also have local access to all the libraries used by the
5703 debugged program.
5704 Because Gdbserver does not need any local debugging information, the binaries on
5705 the remote target can remain stripped.
5706 However, the binaries must also be compiled without optimization
5707 so they match the host's binaries.
5708 </para>
5709
5710 <para>
5711 To remain consistent with GDB documentation and terminology, the binary being debugged
5712 on the remote target machine is referred to as the "inferior" binary.
5713 For documentation on GDB see the
5714 <ulink url="http://sourceware.org/gdb/documentation/">GDB site</ulink>.
5715 </para>
5716
5717 <para>
5718 The remainder of this section describes the steps you need to take
5719 to debug using the GNU project debugger.
5720 </para>
5721
5722 <section id='platdev-gdb-remotedebug-setup'>
5723 <title>Set Up the Cross-Development Debugging Environment</title>
5724
5725 <para>
5726 Before you can initiate a remote debugging session, you need
5727 to be sure you have set up the cross-development environment,
5728 toolchain, and sysroot.
5729 The "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_ADT_URL;#adt-prepare'>Preparing for Application Development</ulink>"
5730 chapter of the Yocto Project Application Developer's Guide
5731 describes this process.
5732 Be sure you have read that chapter and have set up
5733 your environment.
5734 </para>
5735 </section>
5736
5737 <section id="platdev-gdb-remotedebug-launch-gdbserver">
5738 <title>Launch Gdbserver on the Target</title>
5739
5740 <para>
5741 Make sure Gdbserver is installed on the target.
5742 If it is not, install the package
5743 <filename>gdbserver</filename>, which needs the
5744 <filename>libthread-db1</filename> package.
5745 </para>
5746
5747 <para>
5748 Here is an example that when entered from the host
5749 connects to the target and launches Gdbserver in order to
5750 "debug" a binary named <filename>helloworld</filename>:
5751 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
5752 $ gdbserver localhost:2345 /usr/bin/helloworld
5753 </literallayout>
5754 Gdbserver should now be listening on port 2345 for debugging
5755 commands coming from a remote GDB process that is running on
5756 the host computer.
5757 Communication between Gdbserver and the host GDB are done
5758 using TCP.
5759 To use other communication protocols, please refer to the
5760 <ulink url='http://www.gnu.org/software/gdb/'>Gdbserver documentation</ulink>.
5761 </para>
5762 </section>
5763
5764 <section id="platdev-gdb-remotedebug-launch-gdb">
5765 <title>Launch GDB on the Host Computer</title>
5766
5767 <para>
5768 Running GDB on the host computer takes a number of stages, which
5769 this section describes.
5770 </para>
5771
5772 <section id="platdev-gdb-remotedebug-launch-gdb-buildcross">
5773 <title>Build the Cross-GDB Package</title>
5774 <para>
5775 A suitable GDB cross-binary is required that runs on your
5776 host computer but also knows about the the ABI of the
5777 remote target.
5778 You can get this binary from the
5779 <link linkend='cross-development-toolchain'>Cross-Development Toolchain</link>.
5780 Here is an example where the toolchain has been installed
5781 in the default directory
5782 <filename>/opt/poky/&DISTRO;</filename>:
5783 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
5784 /opt/poky/1.4/sysroots/i686-pokysdk-linux/usr/bin/armv7a-vfp-neon-poky-linux-gnueabi/arm-poky-linux-gnueabi-gdb
5785 </literallayout>
5786 where <filename>arm</filename> is the target architecture
5787 and <filename>linux-gnueabi</filename> is the target ABI.
5788 </para>
5789
5790 <para>
5791 Alternatively, you can use BitBake to build the
5792 <filename>gdb-cross</filename> binary.
5793 Here is an example:
5794 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
5795 $ bitbake gdb-cross
5796 </literallayout>
5797 Once the binary is built, you can find it here:
5798 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
5799 tmp/sysroots/&lt;host-arch&gt;/usr/bin/&lt;target-platform&gt;/&lt;target-abi&gt;-gdb
5800 </literallayout>
5801 </para>
5802 </section>
5803
5804 <section id='create-the-gdb-initialization-file'>
5805 <title>Create the GDB Initialization File and Point to Your Root Filesystem</title>
5806
5807 <para>
5808 Aside from the GDB cross-binary, you also need a GDB
5809 initialization file in the same top directory in which
5810 your binary resides.
5811 When you start GDB on your host development system, GDB
5812 finds this initialization file and executes all the
5813 commands within.
5814 For information on the <filename>.gdbinit</filename>, see
5815 "<ulink url='http://sourceware.org/gdb/onlinedocs/gdb/'>Debugging with GDB</ulink>",
5816 which is maintained by
5817 <ulink url='http://www.sourceware.org'>sourceware.org</ulink>.
5818 </para>
5819
5820 <para>
5821 You need to add a statement in the
5822 <filename>.gdbinit</filename> file that points to your
5823 root filesystem.
5824 Here is an example that points to the root filesystem for
5825 an ARM-based target device:
5826 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
5827 set sysroot /home/jzhang/sysroot_arm
5828 </literallayout>
5829 </para>
5830 </section>
5831
5832 <section id="platdev-gdb-remotedebug-launch-gdb-launchhost">
5833 <title>Launch the Host GDB</title>
5834
5835 <para>
5836 Before launching the host GDB, you need to be sure
5837 you have sourced the cross-debugging environment script,
5838 which if you installed the root filesystem in the default
5839 location is at <filename>/opt/poky/&DISTRO;</filename>
5840 and begins with the string "environment-setup".
5841 For more information, see the
5842 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_ADT_URL;#setting-up-the-cross-development-environment'>Setting Up the Cross-Development Environment</ulink>"
5843 section in the Yocto Project Application Developer's
5844 Guide.
5845 </para>
5846
5847 <para>
5848 Finally, switch to the directory where the binary resides
5849 and run the <filename>cross-gdb</filename> binary.
5850 Provide the binary file you are going to debug.
5851 For example, the following command continues with the
5852 example used in the previous section by loading
5853 the <filename>helloworld</filename> binary as well as the
5854 debugging information:
5855 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
5856 $ arm-poky-linux-gnuabi-gdb helloworld
5857 </literallayout>
5858 The commands in your <filename>.gdbinit</filename> execute
5859 and the GDB prompt appears.
5860 </para>
5861 </section>
5862 </section>
5863
5864 <section id='platdev-gdb-connect-to-the-remote-gdb-server'>
5865 <title>Connect to the Remote GDB Server</title>
5866
5867 <para>
5868 From the target, you need to connect to the remote GDB
5869 server that is running on the host.
5870 You need to specify the remote host and port.
5871 Here is the command continuing with the example:
5872 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
5873 target remote 192.168.7.2:2345
5874 </literallayout>
5875 </para>
5876 </section>
5877
5878 <section id="platdev-gdb-remotedebug-launch-gdb-using">
5879 <title>Use the Debugger</title>
5880
5881 <para>
5882 You can now proceed with debugging as normal - as if you were debugging
5883 on the local machine.
5884 For example, to instruct GDB to break in the "main" function and then
5885 continue with execution of the inferior binary use the following commands
5886 from within GDB:
5887 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
5888 (gdb) break main
5889 (gdb) continue
5890 </literallayout>
5891 </para>
5892
5893 <para>
5894 For more information about using GDB, see the project's online documentation at
5895 <ulink url="http://sourceware.org/gdb/download/onlinedocs/"/>.
5896 </para>
5897 </section>
5898 </section>
5899
5900 <section id="examining-builds-using-toaster">
5901 <title>Examining Builds Using the Toaster API</title>
5902
5903 <para>
5904 Toaster is an Application Programming Interface (API) and
5905 web-based interface to the OpenEmbedded build system, which uses
5906 BitBake.
5907 Both interfaces are based on a Representational State Transfer
5908 (REST) API that queries for and returns build information using
5909 <filename>GET</filename> and <filename>JSON</filename>.
5910 These types of search operations retrieve sets of objects from
5911 a data store used to collect build information.
5912 The results contain all the data for the objects being returned.
5913 You can order the results of the search by key and the search
5914 parameters are consistent for all object types.
5915 </para>
5916
5917 <para>
5918 Using the interfaces you can do the following:
5919 <itemizedlist>
5920 <listitem><para>See information about the tasks executed
5921 and reused during the build.</para></listitem>
5922 <listitem><para>See what is built (recipes and
5923 packages) and what packages were installed into the final
5924 image.</para></listitem>
5925 <listitem><para>See performance-related information such
5926 as build time, CPU usage, and disk I/O.</para></listitem>
5927 <listitem><para>Examine error, warning and trace messages
5928 to aid in debugging.</para></listitem>
5929 </itemizedlist>
5930 </para>
5931
5932 <note>
5933 <para>This release of Toaster provides you with information
5934 about a BitBake run.
5935 The tool does not allow you to configure and launch a build.
5936 However, future development includes plans to integrate the
5937 configuration and build launching capabilities of
5938 <ulink url='&YOCTO_HOME_URL;/tools-resources/projects/hob'>Hob</ulink>.
5939 </para>
5940 <para>For more information on using Hob to build an image,
5941 see the
5942 "<link linkend='image-development-using-hob'>Image Development Using Hob</link>"
5943 section.</para>
5944 </note>
5945
5946 <para>
5947 The remainder of this section describes what you need to have in
5948 place to use Toaster, how to start it, use it, and stop it.
5949 For additional information on installing and running Toaster, see the
5950 "<ulink url='https://wiki.yoctoproject.org/wiki/Toaster#Installation_and_Running'>Installation and Running</ulink>"
5951 section of the "Toaster" wiki page.
5952 For complete information on the API and its search operation
5953 URI, parameters, and responses, see the
5954 <ulink url='https://wiki.yoctoproject.org/wiki/REST_API_Contracts'>REST API Contracts</ulink>
5955 Wiki page.
5956 </para>
5957
5958 <section id='starting-toaster'>
5959 <title>Starting Toaster</title>
5960
5961 <para>
5962 Getting set up to use and start Toaster is simple.
5963 First, be sure you have met the following requirements:
5964 <itemizedlist>
5965 <listitem><para>You have set up your
5966 <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link>
5967 by cloning the upstream <filename>poky</filename>
5968 repository.
5969 See the
5970 <link linkend='local-yp-release'>Yocto Project Release</link>
5971 item for information on how to set up the Source
5972 Directory.</para></listitem>
5973 <listitem><para>You have checked out the
5974 <filename>dora-toaster</filename> branch:
5975 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
5976 $ cd poky
5977 $ git checkout -b dora-toaster origin/dora-toaster
5978 </literallayout></para></listitem>
5979 <listitem><para>Be sure your build machine has
5980 <ulink url='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Django_%28web_framework%29'>Django</ulink>
5981 version 1.4.5 installed.</para></listitem>
5982 <listitem><para>Make sure that port 8000 and 8200 are
5983 free (i.e. they have no servers on them).
5984 </para></listitem>
5985 </itemizedlist>
5986 </para>
5987
5988 <para>
5989 Once you have met the requirements, follow these steps to
5990 start Toaster running in the background of your shell:
5991 <orderedlist>
5992 <listitem><para><emphasis>Set up your build environment:</emphasis>
5993 Source a build environment script (i.e.
5994 <filename>oe-init-build-env</filename> or
5995 <filename>oe-init-build-env-memres</filename>).
5996 </para></listitem>
5997 <listitem><para><emphasis>Prepare your local configuration file:</emphasis>
5998 Toaster needs the Toaster class enabled
5999 in Bitbake in order to record target image package
6000 information.
6001 You can enable it by adding the following line to your
6002 <filename>conf/local.conf</filename> file:
6003 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
6004 INHERIT += "toaster"
6005 </literallayout>
6006 Toaster also needs Build History enabled in Bitbake in
6007 order to record target image package information.
6008 You can enable this by adding the following two lines
6009 to your <filename>conf/local.conf</filename> file:
6010 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
6011 INHERIT += "buildhistory"
6012 BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT = "1"
6013 </literallayout></para></listitem>
6014 <listitem><para><emphasis>Start Toaster:</emphasis>
6015 Start the Toaster service using this
6016 command from within your build directory:
6017 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
6018 $ source toaster start
6019 </literallayout></para></listitem>
6020 <note>
6021 The Toaster must be started and running in order
6022 for it to collect data.
6023 </note>
6024 </orderedlist>
6025 </para>
6026
6027 <para>
6028 When Toaster starts, it creates some additional files in your
6029 Build Directory.
6030 Deleting these files will cause you to lose data or interrupt
6031 Toaster:
6032 <itemizedlist>
6033 <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>toaster.sqlite</filename>:</emphasis>
6034 Toaster's database file.</para></listitem>
6035 <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>toaster_web.log</filename>:</emphasis>
6036 The log file of the web server.</para></listitem>
6037 <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>toaster_ui.log</filename>:</emphasis>
6038 The log file of the user interface component.
6039 </para></listitem>
6040 <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>toastermain.pid</filename>:</emphasis>
6041 The PID of the web server.</para></listitem>
6042 <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>toasterui.pid</filename>:</emphasis>
6043 The PID of the DSI data bridge.</para></listitem>
6044 <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>bitbake-cookerdaemon.log</filename>:</emphasis>
6045 The BitBake server's log file.</para></listitem>
6046 </itemizedlist>
6047 </para>
6048 </section>
6049
6050 <section id='using-toaster'>
6051 <title>Using Toaster</title>
6052
6053 <para>
6054 Once Toaster is running, it logs information for any BitBake
6055 run from your Build Directory.
6056 This logging is automatic.
6057 All you need to do is access and use the information.
6058 </para>
6059
6060 <para>
6061 You access the information one of two ways:
6062 <itemizedlist>
6063 <listitem><para>Open a Browser and type enter in the
6064 <filename>http://localhost:8000</filename> URL.
6065 </para></listitem>
6066 <listitem><para>Use the <filename>xdg-open</filename>
6067 tool from the shell and pass it the same URL.
6068 </para></listitem>
6069 </itemizedlist>
6070 Either method opens the home page for the Toaster interface,
6071 which is temporary for this release.
6072 </para>
6073 </section>
6074
6075 <section id='examining-toaster-data'>
6076 <title>Examining Toaster Data</title>
6077
6078 <para>
6079 The Toaster database is persistent regardless of whether you
6080 start or stop the service.
6081 </para>
6082
6083 <para>
6084 Toaster's interface shows you a list of builds
6085 (successful and unsuccessful) for which it has data.
6086 You can click on any build to see related information.
6087 This information includes configuration details, information
6088 about tasks, all recipes and packages built and their
6089 dependencies, packages installed in your final image,
6090 execution time, CPU usage and disk I/O per task.
6091 </para>
6092 </section>
6093
6094 <section id='stopping-toaster'>
6095 <title>Stopping Toaster</title>
6096
6097 <para>
6098 Stop the Toaster service with the following command:
6099 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
6100 $ source toaster stop
6101 </literallayout>
6102 The service stops but the Toaster database remains persistent.
6103 </para>
6104 </section>
6105 </section>
6106
6107 <section id="platdev-oprofile">
6108 <title>Profiling with OProfile</title>
6109
6110 <para>
6111 <ulink url="http://oprofile.sourceforge.net/">OProfile</ulink> is a
6112 statistical profiler well suited for finding performance
6113 bottlenecks in both user-space software and in the kernel.
6114 This profiler provides answers to questions like "Which functions does my application spend
6115 the most time in when doing X?"
6116 Because the OpenEmbedded build system is well integrated with OProfile, it makes profiling
6117 applications on target hardware straightforward.
6118 <note>
6119 For more information on how to set up and run OProfile, see the
6120 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_PROF_URL;#profile-manual-oprofile'>OProfile</ulink>"
6121 section in the Yocto Project Profiling and Tracing Manual.
6122 </note>
6123 </para>
6124
6125 <para>
6126 To use OProfile, you need an image that has OProfile installed.
6127 The easiest way to do this is with <filename>tools-profile</filename> in the
6128 <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-IMAGE_FEATURES'>IMAGE_FEATURES</ulink></filename> variable.
6129 You also need debugging symbols to be available on the system where the analysis
6130 takes place.
6131 You can gain access to the symbols by using <filename>dbg-pkgs</filename> in the
6132 <filename>IMAGE_FEATURES</filename> variable or by
6133 installing the appropriate <filename>-dbg</filename> packages.
6134 </para>
6135
6136 <para>
6137 For successful call graph analysis, the binaries must preserve the frame
6138 pointer register and should also be compiled with the
6139 <filename>-fno-omit-framepointer</filename> flag.
6140 You can achieve this by setting the
6141 <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-SELECTED_OPTIMIZATION'>SELECTED_OPTIMIZATION</ulink></filename>
6142 variable with the following options:
6143 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
6144 -fexpensive-optimizations
6145 -fno-omit-framepointer
6146 -frename-registers
6147 -O2
6148 </literallayout>
6149 You can also achieve it by setting the
6150 <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DEBUG_BUILD'>DEBUG_BUILD</ulink></filename>
6151 variable to "1" in the <filename>local.conf</filename> configuration file.
6152 If you use the <filename>DEBUG_BUILD</filename> variable,
6153 you also add extra debugging information that can make the debug
6154 packages large.
6155 </para>
6156
6157 <section id="platdev-oprofile-target">
6158 <title>Profiling on the Target</title>
6159
6160 <para>
6161 Using OProfile you can perform all the profiling work on the target device.
6162 A simple OProfile session might look like the following:
6163 </para>
6164
6165 <para>
6166 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
6167 # opcontrol --reset
6168 # opcontrol --start --separate=lib --no-vmlinux -c 5
6169 .
6170 .
6171 [do whatever is being profiled]
6172 .
6173 .
6174 # opcontrol --stop
6175 $ opreport -cl
6176 </literallayout>
6177 </para>
6178
6179 <para>
6180 In this example, the <filename>reset</filename> command clears any previously profiled data.
6181 The next command starts OProfile.
6182 The options used when starting the profiler separate dynamic library data
6183 within applications, disable kernel profiling, and enable callgraphing up to
6184 five levels deep.
6185 <note>
6186 To profile the kernel, you would specify the
6187 <filename>--vmlinux=/path/to/vmlinux</filename> option.
6188 The <filename>vmlinux</filename> file is usually in the source directory in the
6189 <filename>/boot/</filename> directory and must match the running kernel.
6190 </note>
6191 </para>
6192
6193 <para>
6194 After you perform your profiling tasks, the next command stops the profiler.
6195 After that, you can view results with the <filename>opreport</filename> command with options
6196 to see the separate library symbols and callgraph information.
6197 </para>
6198
6199 <para>
6200 Callgraphing logs information about time spent in functions and about a function's
6201 calling function (parent) and called functions (children).
6202 The higher the callgraphing depth, the more accurate the results.
6203 However, higher depths also increase the logging overhead.
6204 Consequently, you should take care when setting the callgraphing depth.
6205 <note>
6206 On ARM, binaries need to have the frame pointer enabled for callgraphing to work.
6207 To accomplish this use the <filename>-fno-omit-framepointer</filename> option
6208 with <filename>gcc</filename>.
6209 </note>
6210 </para>
6211
6212 <para>
6213 For more information on using OProfile, see the OProfile
6214 online documentation at
6215 <ulink url="http://oprofile.sourceforge.net/docs/"/>.
6216 </para>
6217 </section>
6218
6219 <section id="platdev-oprofile-oprofileui">
6220 <title>Using OProfileUI</title>
6221
6222 <para>
6223 A graphical user interface for OProfile is also available.
6224 You can download and build this interface from the Yocto Project at
6225 <ulink url="&YOCTO_GIT_URL;/cgit.cgi/oprofileui/"></ulink>.
6226 If the "tools-profile" image feature is selected, all necessary binaries
6227 are installed onto the target device for OProfileUI interaction.
6228 For a list of image features that ship with the Yocto Project,
6229 see the
6230 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#ref-features-image'>Images</ulink>"
6231 section in the Yocto Project Reference Manual.
6232 </para>
6233
6234 <para>
6235 Even though the source directory usually includes all needed patches on the target device, you
6236 might find you need other OProfile patches for recent OProfileUI features.
6237 If so, see the <ulink url='&YOCTO_GIT_URL;/cgit.cgi/oprofileui/tree/README'>
6238 OProfileUI README</ulink> for the most recent information.
6239 </para>
6240
6241 <section id="platdev-oprofile-oprofileui-online">
6242 <title>Online Mode</title>
6243
6244 <para>
6245 Using OProfile in online mode assumes a working network connection with the target
6246 hardware.
6247 With this connection, you just need to run "oprofile-server" on the device.
6248 By default, OProfile listens on port 4224.
6249 <note>
6250 You can change the port using the <filename>--port</filename> command-line
6251 option.
6252 </note>
6253 </para>
6254
6255 <para>
6256 The client program is called <filename>oprofile-viewer</filename> and its UI is relatively
6257 straightforward.
6258 You access key functionality through the buttons on the toolbar, which
6259 are duplicated in the menus.
6260 Here are the buttons:
6261 <itemizedlist>
6262 <listitem><para><emphasis>Connect:</emphasis> Connects to the remote host.
6263 You can also supply the IP address or hostname.</para></listitem>
6264 <listitem><para><emphasis>Disconnect:</emphasis> Disconnects from the target.
6265 </para></listitem>
6266 <listitem><para><emphasis>Start:</emphasis> Starts profiling on the device.
6267 </para></listitem>
6268 <listitem><para><emphasis>Stop:</emphasis> Stops profiling on the device and
6269 downloads the data to the local host.
6270 Stopping the profiler generates the profile and displays it in the viewer.
6271 </para></listitem>
6272 <listitem><para><emphasis>Download:</emphasis> Downloads the data from the
6273 target and generates the profile, which appears in the viewer.</para></listitem>
6274 <listitem><para><emphasis>Reset:</emphasis> Resets the sample data on the device.
6275 Resetting the data removes sample information collected from previous
6276 sampling runs.
6277 Be sure you reset the data if you do not want to include old sample information.
6278 </para></listitem>
6279 <listitem><para><emphasis>Save:</emphasis> Saves the data downloaded from the
6280 target to another directory for later examination.</para></listitem>
6281 <listitem><para><emphasis>Open:</emphasis> Loads previously saved data.
6282 </para></listitem>
6283 </itemizedlist>
6284 </para>
6285
6286 <para>
6287 The client downloads the complete 'profile archive' from
6288 the target to the host for processing.
6289 This archive is a directory that contains the sample data, the object files,
6290 and the debug information for the object files.
6291 The archive is then converted using the <filename>oparchconv</filename> script, which is
6292 included in this distribution.
6293 The script uses <filename>opimport</filename> to convert the archive from
6294 the target to something that can be processed on the host.
6295 </para>
6296
6297 <para>
6298 Downloaded archives reside in the
6299 <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link> in
6300 <filename>tmp</filename> and are cleared up when they are no longer in use.
6301 </para>
6302
6303 <para>
6304 If you wish to perform kernel profiling, you need to be sure
6305 a <filename>vmlinux</filename> file that matches the running kernel is available.
6306 In the source directory, that file is usually located in
6307 <filename>/boot/vmlinux-KERNELVERSION</filename>, where
6308 <filename>KERNEL-version</filename> is the version of the kernel.
6309 The OpenEmbedded build system generates separate <filename>vmlinux</filename>
6310 packages for each kernel it builds.
6311 Thus, it should just be a question of making sure a matching package is
6312 installed (e.g. <filename>opkg install kernel-vmlinux</filename>).
6313 The files are automatically installed into development and profiling images
6314 alongside OProfile.
6315 A configuration option exists within the OProfileUI settings page that you can use to
6316 enter the location of the <filename>vmlinux</filename> file.
6317 </para>
6318
6319 <para>
6320 Waiting for debug symbols to transfer from the device can be slow, and it
6321 is not always necessary to actually have them on the device for OProfile use.
6322 All that is needed is a copy of the filesystem with the debug symbols present
6323 on the viewer system.
6324 The "<link linkend='platdev-gdb-remotedebug-launch-gdb'>Launch GDB on the Host Computer</link>"
6325 section covers how to create such a directory with
6326 the <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link>
6327 and how to use the OProfileUI Settings Dialog to specify the location.
6328 If you specify the directory, it will be used when the file checksums
6329 match those on the system you are profiling.
6330 </para>
6331 </section>
6332
6333 <section id="platdev-oprofile-oprofileui-offline">
6334 <title>Offline Mode</title>
6335
6336 <para>
6337 If network access to the target is unavailable, you can generate
6338 an archive for processing in <filename>oprofile-viewer</filename> as follows:
6339 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
6340 # opcontrol --reset
6341 # opcontrol --start --separate=lib --no-vmlinux -c 5
6342 .
6343 .
6344 [do whatever is being profiled]
6345 .
6346 .
6347 # opcontrol --stop
6348 # oparchive -o my_archive
6349 </literallayout>
6350 </para>
6351
6352 <para>
6353 In the above example, <filename>my_archive</filename> is the name of the
6354 archive directory where you would like the profile archive to be kept.
6355 After the directory is created, you can copy it to another host and load it
6356 using <filename>oprofile-viewer</filename> open functionality.
6357 If necessary, the archive is converted.
6358 </para>
6359 </section>
6360 </section>
6361 </section>
6362
6363 <section id='maintaining-open-source-license-compliance-during-your-products-lifecycle'>
6364 <title>Maintaining Open Source License Compliance During Your Product's Lifecycle</title>
6365
6366 <para>
6367 One of the concerns for a development organization using open source
6368 software is how to maintain compliance with various open source
6369 licensing during the lifecycle of the product.
6370 While this section does not provide legal advice or
6371 comprehensively cover all scenarios, it does
6372 present methods that you can use to
6373 assist you in meeting the compliance requirements during a software
6374 release.
6375 </para>
6376
6377 <para>
6378 With hundreds of different open source licenses that the Yocto
6379 Project tracks, it is difficult to know the requirements of each
6380 and every license.
6381 However, we can begin to cover the requirements of the major FLOSS licenses, by
6382 assuming that there are three main areas of concern:
6383 <itemizedlist>
6384 <listitem><para>Source code must be provided.</para></listitem>
6385 <listitem><para>License text for the software must be
6386 provided.</para></listitem>
6387 <listitem><para>Compilation scripts and modifications to the
6388 source code must be provided.
6389 </para></listitem>
6390 </itemizedlist>
6391 There are other requirements beyond the scope of these
6392 three and the methods described in this section
6393 (e.g. the mechanism through which source code is distributed).
6394 </para>
6395
6396 <para>
6397 As different organizations have different methods of complying with
6398 open source licensing, this section is not meant to imply that
6399 there is only one single way to meet your compliance obligations,
6400 but rather to describe one method of achieving compliance.
6401 The remainder of this section describes methods supported to meet the
6402 previously mentioned three requirements.
6403 Once you take steps to meet these requirements,
6404 and prior to releasing images, sources, and the build system,
6405 you should audit all artifacts to ensure completeness.
6406 <note>
6407 The Yocto Project generates a license manifest during
6408 image creation that is located
6409 in <filename>${DEPLOY_DIR}/licenses/&lt;image_name-datestamp&gt;</filename>
6410 to assist with any audits.
6411 </note>
6412 </para>
6413
6414 <section id='providing-the-source-code'>
6415 <title>Providing the Source Code</title>
6416
6417 <para>
6418 Compliance activities should begin before you generate the
6419 final image.
6420 The first thing you should look at is the requirement that
6421 tops the list for most compliance groups - providing
6422 the source.
6423 The Yocto Project has a few ways of meeting this
6424 requirement.
6425 </para>
6426
6427 <para>
6428 One of the easiest ways to meet this requirement is
6429 to provide the entire
6430 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DL_DIR'><filename>DL_DIR</filename></ulink>
6431 used by the build.
6432 This method, however, has a few issues.
6433 The most obvious is the size of the directory since it includes
6434 all sources used in the build and not just the source used in
6435 the released image.
6436 It will include toolchain source, and other artifacts, which
6437 you would not generally release.
6438 However, the more serious issue for most companies is accidental
6439 release of proprietary software.
6440 The Yocto Project provides an archiver class to help avoid
6441 some of these concerns.
6442 See the
6443 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#ref-classes-archiver'>Archiving Sources - <filename>archive*.bbclass</filename></ulink>"
6444 section in the Yocto Project Reference Manual for information
6445 on this class.
6446 </para>
6447
6448 <para>
6449 Before you employ <filename>DL_DIR</filename> or the
6450 archiver class, you need to decide how you choose to
6451 provide source.
6452 The source archiver class can generate tarballs and SRPMs
6453 and can create them with various levels of compliance in mind.
6454 One way of doing this (but certainly not the only way) is to
6455 release just the original source as a tarball.
6456 You can do this by adding the following to the
6457 <filename>local.conf</filename> file found in the
6458 <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link>:
6459 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
6460 ARCHIVER_MODE ?= "original"
6461 ARCHIVER_CLASS = "${@'archive-${ARCHIVER_MODE}-source' if
6462 ARCHIVER_MODE != 'none' else ''}"
6463 INHERIT += "${ARCHIVER_CLASS}"
6464 SOURCE_ARCHIVE_PACKAGE_TYPE = "tar"
6465 </literallayout>
6466 During the creation of your image, the source from all
6467 recipes that deploy packages to the image is placed within
6468 subdirectories of
6469 <filename>DEPLOY_DIR/sources</filename> based on the
6470 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-LICENSE'><filename>LICENSE</filename></ulink>
6471 for each recipe.
6472 Releasing the entire directory enables you to comply with
6473 requirements concerning providing the unmodified source.
6474 It is important to note that the size of the directory can
6475 get large.
6476 </para>
6477
6478 <para>
6479 A way to help mitigate the size issue is to only release
6480 tarballs for licenses that require the release of
6481 source.
6482 Let's assume you are only concerned with GPL code as
6483 identified with the following:
6484 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
6485 $ cd poky/build/tmp/deploy/sources
6486 $ mkdir ~/gpl_source_release
6487 $ for dir in */*GPL*; do cp -r $dir ~/gpl_source_release; done
6488 </literallayout>
6489 At this point, you could create a tarball from the
6490 <filename>gpl_source_release</filename> directory and
6491 provide that to the end user.
6492 This method would be a step toward achieving compliance
6493 with section 3a of GPLv2 and with section 6 of GPLv3.
6494 </para>
6495 </section>
6496
6497 <section id='providing-license-text'>
6498 <title>Providing License Text</title>
6499
6500 <para>
6501 One requirement that is often overlooked is inclusion
6502 of license text.
6503 This requirement also needs to be dealt with prior to
6504 generating the final image.
6505 Some licenses require the license text to accompany
6506 the binary.
6507 You can achieve this by adding the following to your
6508 <filename>local.conf</filename> file:
6509 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
6510 COPY_LIC_MANIFEST = "1"
6511 COPY_LIC_DIRS = "1"
6512 </literallayout>
6513 Adding these statements to the configuration file ensures
6514 that the licenses collected during package generation
6515 are included on your image.
6516 As the source archiver has already archived the original
6517 unmodified source that contains the license files,
6518 you would have already met the requirements for inclusion
6519 of the license information with source as defined by the GPL
6520 and other open source licenses.
6521 </para>
6522 </section>
6523
6524 <section id='providing-compilation-scripts-and-source-code-modifications'>
6525 <title>Providing Compilation Scripts and Source Code Modifications</title>
6526
6527 <para>
6528 At this point, we have addressed all we need to address
6529 prior to generating the image.
6530 The next two requirements are addressed during the final
6531 packaging of the release.
6532 </para>
6533
6534 <para>
6535 By releasing the version of the OpenEmbedded build system
6536 and the layers used during the build, you will be providing both
6537 compilation scripts and the source code modifications in one
6538 step.
6539 </para>
6540
6541 <para>
6542 If the deployment team has a
6543 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_BSP_URL;#bsp-layers'>BSP layer</ulink>
6544 and a distro layer, and those those layers are used to patch,
6545 compile, package, or modify (in any way) any open source
6546 software included in your released images, you
6547 may be required to to release those layers under section 3 of
6548 GPLv2 or section 1 of GPLv3.
6549 One way of doing that is with a clean
6550 checkout of the version of the Yocto Project and layers used
6551 during your build.
6552 Here is an example:
6553 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
6554 # We built using the &DISTRO_NAME; branch of the poky repo
6555 $ git clone -b &DISTRO_NAME; git://git.yoctoproject.org/poky
6556 $ cd poky
6557 # We built using the release_branch for our layers
6558 $ git clone -b release_branch git://git.mycompany.com/meta-my-bsp-layer
6559 $ git clone -b release_branch git://git.mycompany.com/meta-my-software-layer
6560 # clean up the .git repos
6561 $ find . -name ".git" -type d -exec rm -rf {} \;
6562 </literallayout>
6563 One thing a development organization might want to consider
6564 for end-user convenience is to modify
6565 <filename>meta-yocto/conf/bblayers.conf.sample</filename> to
6566 ensure that when the end user utilizes the released build
6567 system to build an image, the development organization's
6568 layers are included in the <filename>bblayers.conf</filename>
6569 file automatically:
6570 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
6571 # LAYER_CONF_VERSION is increased each time build/conf/bblayers.conf
6572 # changes incompatibly
6573 LCONF_VERSION = "6"
6574
6575 BBPATH = "${TOPDIR}"
6576 BBFILES ?= ""
6577
6578 BBLAYERS ?= " \
6579 ##OEROOT##/meta \
6580 ##OEROOT##/meta-yocto \
6581 ##OEROOT##/meta-yocto-bsp \
6582 ##OEROOT##/meta-mylayer \
6583 "
6584
6585 BBLAYERS_NON_REMOVABLE ?= " \
6586 ##OEROOT##/meta \
6587 ##OEROOT##/meta-yocto \
6588 "
6589 </literallayout>
6590 Creating and providing an archive of the
6591 <link linkend='metadata'>Metadata</link> layers
6592 (recipes, configuration files, and so forth)
6593 enables you to meet your
6594 requirements to include the scripts to control compilation
6595 as well as any modifications to the original source.
6596 </para>
6597 </section>
6598 </section>
6599</chapter>
6600
6601<!--
6602vim: expandtab tw=80 ts=4
6603-->
diff --git a/documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual-customization.xsl b/documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual-customization.xsl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8969605
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual-customization.xsl
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
1<?xml version='1.0'?>
2<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:fo="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Format" version="1.0">
3
4 <xsl:import href="http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/xhtml/docbook.xsl" />
5
6 <xsl:param name="html.stylesheet" select="'dev-style.css'" />
7 <xsl:param name="chapter.autolabel" select="1" />
8 <xsl:param name="section.autolabel" select="1" />
9 <xsl:param name="section.label.includes.component.label" select="1" />
10</xsl:stylesheet>
diff --git a/documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual-eclipse-customization.xsl b/documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual-eclipse-customization.xsl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8ac4c18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual-eclipse-customization.xsl
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
1<?xml version='1.0'?>
2<xsl:stylesheet
3 xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform"
4 xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
5 xmlns:fo="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Format"
6 version="1.0">
7
8 <xsl:import
9 href="http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/eclipse/eclipse3.xsl" />
10
11 <xsl:param name="chunker.output.indent" select="'yes'"/>
12 <xsl:param name="chunk.quietly" select="1"/>
13 <xsl:param name="chunk.first.sections" select="1"/>
14 <xsl:param name="chunk.section.depth" select="10"/>
15 <xsl:param name="use.id.as.filename" select="1"/>
16 <xsl:param name="ulink.target" select="'_self'" />
17 <xsl:param name="base.dir" select="'html/dev-manual/'"/>
18 <xsl:param name="html.stylesheet" select="'../book.css'"/>
19 <xsl:param name="eclipse.manifest" select="0"/>
20 <xsl:param name="create.plugin.xml" select="0"/>
21 <xsl:param name="suppress.navigation" select="1"/>
22 <xsl:param name="generate.index" select="0"/>
23 <xsl:param name="chapter.autolabel" select="1" />
24 <xsl:param name="appendix.autolabel" select="1" />
25 <xsl:param name="section.autolabel" select="1" />
26 <xsl:param name="section.label.includes.component.label" select="1" />
27</xsl:stylesheet>
diff --git a/documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual-intro.xml b/documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual-intro.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8923a1d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual-intro.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,210 @@
1<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN"
2"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd"
3[<!ENTITY % poky SYSTEM "../poky.ent"> %poky; ] >
4
5<chapter id='dev-manual-intro'>
6
7<title>The Yocto Project Development Manual</title>
8 <section id='intro'>
9 <title>Introduction</title>
10
11 <para>
12 Welcome to the Yocto Project Development Manual!
13 This manual provides information on how to use the Yocto Project to
14 develop embedded Linux images and user-space applications that
15 run on targeted devices.
16 The manual provides an overview of image, kernel, and
17 user-space application development using the Yocto Project.
18 Because much of the information in this manual is general, it
19 contains many references to other sources where you can find more
20 detail.
21 For example, you can find detailed information on Git, repositories,
22 and open source in general in many places on the Internet.
23 Another example specific to the Yocto Project is how to quickly
24 set up your host development system and build an image, which you
25 find in the
26 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_QS_URL;'>Yocto Project Quick Start</ulink>.
27 </para>
28
29 <para>
30 The Yocto Project Development Manual does, however, provide
31 guidance and examples on how to change the kernel source code,
32 reconfigure the kernel, and develop an application using the
33 popular <trademark class='trade'>Eclipse</trademark> IDE.
34 </para>
35
36 <note>
37 By default, using the Yocto Project creates a Poky distribution.
38 However, you can create your own distribution by providing key
39 <link linkend='metadata'>Metadata</link>.
40 A good example is Angstrom, which has had a distribution
41 based on the Yocto Project since its inception.
42 Other examples include commercial distributions like
43 Wind River Linux, Mentor Embedded Linux, and ENEA Linux.
44 See the "<link linkend='creating-your-own-distribution'>Creating Your Own Distribution</link>"
45 section for more information.
46 </note>
47 </section>
48
49 <section id='what-this-manual-provides'>
50 <title>What This Manual Provides</title>
51
52 <para>
53 The following list describes what you can get from this manual:
54 <itemizedlist>
55 <listitem><para>Information that lets you get set
56 up to develop using the Yocto Project.</para></listitem>
57 <listitem><para>Information to help developers who are new to
58 the open source environment and to the distributed revision
59 control system Git, which the Yocto Project uses.
60 </para></listitem>
61 <listitem><para>An understanding of common end-to-end
62 development models and tasks.</para></listitem>
63 <listitem><para>Information about common development tasks
64 generally used during image development for
65 embedded devices.
66 </para></listitem>
67 <listitem><para>Many references to other sources of related
68 information.</para></listitem>
69 </itemizedlist>
70 </para>
71 </section>
72
73 <section id='what-this-manual-does-not-provide'>
74 <title>What this Manual Does Not Provide</title>
75
76 <para>
77 This manual will not give you the following:
78 <itemizedlist>
79 <listitem><para><emphasis>Step-by-step instructions when those instructions exist in other Yocto
80 Project documentation:</emphasis>
81 For example, the Yocto Project Application Developer's Guide contains detailed
82 instructions on how to run the
83 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_ADT_URL;#installing-the-adt'>ADT Installer</ulink>,
84 which is used to set up a cross-development environment.</para></listitem>
85 <listitem><para><emphasis>Reference material:</emphasis>
86 This type of material resides in an appropriate reference manual.
87 For example, system variables are documented in the
88 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;'>Yocto Project Reference Manual</ulink>.</para></listitem>
89 <listitem><para><emphasis>Detailed public information that is not specific to the Yocto Project:</emphasis>
90 For example, exhaustive information on how to use Git is covered better through the
91 Internet than in this manual.</para></listitem>
92 </itemizedlist>
93 </para>
94 </section>
95
96 <section id='other-information'>
97 <title>Other Information</title>
98
99 <para>
100 Because this manual presents overview information for many different
101 topics, supplemental information is recommended for full
102 comprehension.
103 The following list presents other sources of information you might find helpful:
104 <itemizedlist>
105 <listitem><para><emphasis><ulink url='&YOCTO_HOME_URL;'>Yocto Project Website</ulink>:
106 </emphasis> The home page for the Yocto Project provides lots of information on the project
107 as well as links to software and documentation.</para></listitem>
108 <listitem><para><emphasis>
109 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_QS_URL;'>Yocto Project Quick Start</ulink>:</emphasis> This short document lets you get started
110 with the Yocto Project and quickly begin building an image.</para></listitem>
111 <listitem><para><emphasis>
112 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;'>Yocto Project Reference Manual</ulink>:</emphasis> This manual is a reference
113 guide to the OpenEmbedded build system, which is based on BitBake.
114 The build system is sometimes referred to as "Poky".
115 </para></listitem>
116 <listitem><para><emphasis>
117 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_ADT_URL;'>Yocto Project Application Developer's Guide</ulink>:</emphasis>
118 This guide provides information that lets you get going with the Application
119 Development Toolkit (ADT) and stand-alone cross-development toolchains to
120 develop projects using the Yocto Project.</para></listitem>
121 <listitem><para><emphasis>
122 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_BSP_URL;'>Yocto Project Board Support Package (BSP) Developer's Guide</ulink>:</emphasis>
123 This guide defines the structure for BSP components.
124 Having a commonly understood structure encourages standardization.</para></listitem>
125 <listitem><para><emphasis>
126 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_KERNEL_DEV_URL;'>Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual</ulink>:</emphasis>
127 This manual describes how to work with Linux Yocto kernels as well as provides a bit
128 of conceptual information on the construction of the Yocto Linux kernel tree.
129 </para></listitem>
130 <listitem><para><emphasis>
131 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_PROF_URL;'>Yocto Project Profiling and Tracing Manual</ulink>:</emphasis>
132 This manual presents a set of common and generally useful tracing and
133 profiling schemes along with their applications (as appropriate) to each tool.
134 </para></listitem>
135 <listitem><para><emphasis>
136 <ulink url='http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3ZlOu-gLsh0'>
137 Eclipse IDE Yocto Plug-in</ulink>:</emphasis> A step-by-step instructional video that
138 demonstrates how an application developer uses Yocto Plug-in features within
139 the Eclipse IDE.</para></listitem>
140 <listitem><para><emphasis>
141 <ulink url='&YOCTO_WIKI_URL;/wiki/FAQ'>FAQ</ulink>:</emphasis>
142 A list of commonly asked questions and their answers.</para></listitem>
143 <listitem><para><emphasis>
144 <ulink url='&YOCTO_RELEASE_NOTES;'>Release Notes</ulink>:</emphasis>
145 Features, updates and known issues for the current
146 release of the Yocto Project.</para></listitem>
147 <listitem><para><emphasis>
148 <ulink url='&YOCTO_HOME_URL;/tools-resources/projects/hob'>
149 Hob</ulink>:</emphasis> A graphical user interface for BitBake.
150 Hob's primary goal is to enable a user to perform common tasks more easily.</para></listitem>
151 <listitem><para><emphasis>
152 <ulink url='&YOCTO_HOME_URL;/download/build-appliance-0'>
153 Build Appliance</ulink>:</emphasis> A virtual machine that
154 enables you to build and boot a custom embedded Linux image
155 with the Yocto Project using a non-Linux development system.
156 For more information, see the
157 <ulink url='&YOCTO_HOME_URL;/documentation/build-appliance-manual'>Build Appliance</ulink>
158 page.
159 </para></listitem>
160 <listitem><para><emphasis>
161 <ulink url='&YOCTO_BUGZILLA_URL;'>Bugzilla</ulink>:</emphasis>
162 The bug tracking application the Yocto Project uses.
163 If you find problems with the Yocto Project, you should report them using this
164 application.</para></listitem>
165 <listitem><para><emphasis>
166 Yocto Project Mailing Lists:</emphasis> To subscribe to the Yocto Project mailing
167 lists, click on the following URLs and follow the instructions:
168 <itemizedlist>
169 <listitem><para><ulink url='&YOCTO_LISTS_URL;/listinfo/yocto'></ulink> for a
170 Yocto Project Discussions mailing list.</para></listitem>
171 <listitem><para><ulink url='&YOCTO_LISTS_URL;/listinfo/poky'></ulink> for a
172 Yocto Project Discussions mailing list about the
173 OpenEmbedded build system (Poky).
174 </para></listitem>
175 <listitem><para><ulink url='&YOCTO_LISTS_URL;/listinfo/yocto-announce'></ulink>
176 for a mailing list to receive official Yocto Project announcements
177 as well as Yocto Project milestones.</para></listitem>
178 <listitem><para><ulink url='&YOCTO_LISTS_URL;/listinfo'></ulink> for a
179 listing of all public mailing lists on <filename>lists.yoctoproject.org</filename>.
180 </para></listitem>
181 </itemizedlist></para></listitem>
182 <listitem><para><emphasis>Internet Relay Chat (IRC):</emphasis>
183 Two IRC channels on freenode are available
184 for Yocto Project and Poky discussions: <filename>#yocto</filename> and
185 <filename>#poky</filename>, respectively.</para></listitem>
186 <listitem><para><emphasis>
187 <ulink url='&OE_HOME_URL;'>OpenEmbedded</ulink>:</emphasis>
188 The build system used by the Yocto Project.
189 This project is the upstream, generic, embedded distribution that the Yocto
190 Project derives its build system (Poky) from and to which it contributes.</para></listitem>
191 <listitem><para><emphasis>
192 <ulink url='http://developer.berlios.de/projects/bitbake/'>
193 BitBake</ulink>:</emphasis> The tool used by the OpenEmbedded build system
194 to process project metadata.</para></listitem>
195 <listitem><para><emphasis>
196 BitBake User Manual:</emphasis>
197 A comprehensive guide to the BitBake tool.
198 If you want information on BitBake, see the user manual included in the
199 <filename>bitbake/doc/manual</filename> directory of the
200 <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link>.</para></listitem>
201 <listitem><para><emphasis>
202 <ulink url='http://wiki.qemu.org/Index.html'>Quick EMUlator (QEMU)</ulink>:
203 </emphasis> An open-source machine emulator and virtualizer.</para></listitem>
204 </itemizedlist>
205 </para>
206 </section>
207</chapter>
208<!--
209vim: expandtab tw=80 ts=4
210-->
diff --git a/documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual-model.xml b/documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual-model.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c185522
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual-model.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,2060 @@
1<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN"
2"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd"
3[<!ENTITY % poky SYSTEM "../poky.ent"> %poky; ] >
4
5<chapter id='dev-manual-model'>
6
7<title>Common Development Models</title>
8
9<para>
10 Many development models exist for which you can use the Yocto Project.
11 This chapter overviews simple methods that use tools provided by the
12 Yocto Project:
13 <itemizedlist>
14 <listitem><para><emphasis>System Development:</emphasis>
15 System Development covers Board Support Package (BSP) development and kernel
16 modification or configuration.
17 For an example on how to create a BSP, see the
18 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_BSP_URL;#creating-a-new-bsp-layer-using-the-yocto-bsp-script'>Creating a New BSP Layer Using the yocto-bsp Script</ulink>"
19 section in the Yocto Project Board Support Package (BSP) Developer's Guide.
20 For more complete information on how to work with the kernel, see the
21 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_KERNEL_DEV_URL;'>Yocto Project Linux Kernel
22 Development Manual</ulink>.
23 </para></listitem>
24 <listitem><para><emphasis>User Application Development:</emphasis>
25 User Application Development covers development of applications that you intend
26 to run on target hardware.
27 For information on how to set up your host development system for user-space
28 application development, see the
29 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_ADT_URL;'>Yocto Project Application Developer's Guide</ulink>.
30 For a simple example of user-space application development using the
31 <trademark class='trade'>Eclipse</trademark> IDE, see the
32 "<link linkend='application-development-workflow'>Application
33 Development Workflow</link>" section.
34 </para></listitem>
35 <listitem><para><emphasis>Temporary Source Code Modification:</emphasis>
36 Direct modification of temporary source code is a convenient development model
37 to quickly iterate and develop towards a solution.
38 Once you implement the solution, you should of course take steps to
39 get the changes upstream and applied in the affected recipes.</para></listitem>
40 <listitem><para><emphasis>Image Development using Hob:</emphasis>
41 You can use the <ulink url='&YOCTO_HOME_URL;/tools-resources/projects/hob'>Hob</ulink> to build
42 custom operating system images within the build environment.
43 Hob provides an efficient interface to the OpenEmbedded build system.</para></listitem>
44 <listitem><para><emphasis>Using a Development Shell:</emphasis>
45 You can use a <filename>devshell</filename> to efficiently debug commands or simply
46 edit packages.
47 Working inside a development shell is a quick way to set up the OpenEmbedded build
48 environment to work on parts of a project.</para></listitem>
49 </itemizedlist>
50</para>
51
52<section id='system-development-model'>
53 <title>System Development Workflow</title>
54
55 <para>
56 System development involves modification or creation of an image that you want to run on
57 a specific hardware target.
58 Usually, when you want to create an image that runs on embedded hardware, the image does
59 not require the same number of features that a full-fledged Linux distribution provides.
60 Thus, you can create a much smaller image that is designed to use only the
61 features for your particular hardware.
62 </para>
63
64 <para>
65 To help you understand how system development works in the Yocto Project, this section
66 covers two types of image development: BSP creation and kernel modification or
67 configuration.
68 </para>
69
70 <section id='developing-a-board-support-package-bsp'>
71 <title>Developing a Board Support Package (BSP)</title>
72
73 <para>
74 A BSP is a package of recipes that, when applied during a build, results in
75 an image that you can run on a particular board.
76 Thus, the package when compiled into the new image, supports the operation of the board.
77 </para>
78
79 <note>
80 For a brief list of terms used when describing the development process in the Yocto Project,
81 see the "<link linkend='yocto-project-terms'>Yocto Project Terms</link>" section.
82 </note>
83
84 <para>
85 The remainder of this section presents the basic
86 steps used to create a BSP using the Yocto Project's
87 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_BSP_URL;#using-the-yocto-projects-bsp-tools'>BSP Tools</ulink>.
88 Although not required for BSP creation, the
89 <filename>meta-intel</filename> repository, which contains
90 many BSPs supported by the Yocto Project, is part of the example.
91 </para>
92
93 <para>
94 For an example that shows how to create a new layer using the tools, see the
95 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_BSP_URL;#creating-a-new-bsp-layer-using-the-yocto-bsp-script'>Creating a New BSP Layer Using the yocto-bsp Script</ulink>"
96 section in the Yocto Project Board Support Package (BSP) Developer's Guide.
97 </para>
98
99 <para>
100 The following illustration and list summarize the BSP creation general workflow.
101 </para>
102
103 <para>
104 <imagedata fileref="figures/bsp-dev-flow.png" width="6in" depth="7in" align="center" scalefit="1" />
105 </para>
106
107 <para>
108 <orderedlist>
109 <listitem><para><emphasis>Set up your host development system to support
110 development using the Yocto Project</emphasis>: See the
111 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_QS_URL;#the-linux-distro'>The Linux Distribution</ulink>"
112 and the
113 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_QS_URL;#packages'>The Packages</ulink>" sections both
114 in the Yocto Project Quick Start for requirements.</para></listitem>
115 <listitem><para><emphasis>Establish a local copy of the project files on your
116 system</emphasis>: You need this <link linkend='source-directory'>Source
117 Directory</link> available on your host system.
118 Having these files on your system gives you access to the build
119 process and to the tools you need.
120 For information on how to set up the Source Directory,
121 see the
122 "<link linkend='getting-setup'>Getting Set Up</link>" section.</para></listitem>
123 <listitem><para><emphasis>Establish the <filename>meta-intel</filename>
124 repository on your system</emphasis>: Having local copies
125 of these supported BSP layers on your system gives you
126 access to layers you might be able to build on or modify
127 to create your BSP.
128 For information on how to get these files, see the
129 "<link linkend='getting-setup'>Getting Set Up</link>" section.</para></listitem>
130 <listitem><para><emphasis>Create your own BSP layer using the
131 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_BSP_URL;#creating-a-new-bsp-layer-using-the-yocto-bsp-script'><filename>yocto-bsp</filename></ulink> script</emphasis>:
132 Layers are ideal for
133 isolating and storing work for a given piece of hardware.
134 A layer is really just a location or area in which you place
135 the recipes and configurations for your BSP.
136 In fact, a BSP is, in itself, a special type of layer.
137 The simplest way to create a new BSP layer that is compliant with the
138 Yocto Project is to use the <filename>yocto-bsp</filename> script.
139 For information about that script, see the
140 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_BSP_URL;#creating-a-new-bsp-layer-using-the-yocto-bsp-script'>Creating a New BSP Layer Using the yocto-bsp Script</ulink>"
141 section in the Yocto Project Board Support (BSP) Developer's Guide.
142 </para>
143 <para>
144 Another example that illustrates a layer is an application.
145 Suppose you are creating an application that has library or other dependencies in
146 order for it to compile and run.
147 The layer, in this case, would be where all the recipes that define those dependencies
148 are kept.
149 The key point for a layer is that it is an isolated area that contains
150 all the relevant information for the project that the OpenEmbedded build
151 system knows about.
152 For more information on layers, see the
153 "<link linkend='understanding-and-creating-layers'>Understanding and Creating Layers</link>"
154 section.
155 For more information on BSP layers, see the
156 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_BSP_URL;#bsp-layers'>BSP Layers</ulink>" section in the
157 Yocto Project Board Support Package (BSP) Developer's Guide.</para>
158 <note>Five BSPs exist that are part of the
159 Yocto Project release: <filename>genericx86</filename>, <filename>genericx86-64</filename>,
160 <filename>beagleboard</filename>,
161 <filename>mpc8315e</filename>, and <filename>routerstationpro</filename>.
162 The recipes and configurations for these five BSPs are located and dispersed
163 within the <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link>.
164 On the other hand, BSP layers for Chief River, Crown Bay,
165 Crystal Forest, Emenlow, Fish River Island 2, Jasper Forest, N450, NUC DC3217IYE,
166 Romley, sys940x, Sugar Bay, and tlk exist in their own separate layers
167 within the larger <filename>meta-intel</filename> layer.</note>
168 <para>When you set up a layer for a new BSP, you should follow a standard layout.
169 This layout is described in the
170 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_BSP_URL;#bsp-filelayout'>Example Filesystem Layout</ulink>"
171 section of the Board Support Package (BSP) Development Guide.
172 In the standard layout, you will notice a suggested structure for recipes and
173 configuration information.
174 You can see the standard layout for a BSP by examining
175 any supported BSP found in the <filename>meta-intel</filename> layer inside
176 the Source Directory.</para></listitem>
177 <listitem><para><emphasis>Make configuration changes to your new BSP
178 layer</emphasis>: The standard BSP layer structure organizes the files you need
179 to edit in <filename>conf</filename> and several <filename>recipes-*</filename>
180 directories within the BSP layer.
181 Configuration changes identify where your new layer is on the local system
182 and identify which kernel you are going to use.
183 When you run the <filename>yocto-bsp</filename> script, you are able to interactively
184 configure many things for the BSP (e.g. keyboard, touchscreen, and so forth).
185 </para></listitem>
186 <listitem><para><emphasis>Make recipe changes to your new BSP layer</emphasis>: Recipe
187 changes include altering recipes (<filename>.bb</filename> files), removing
188 recipes you don't use, and adding new recipes or append files
189 (<filename>.bbappend</filename>) that you need to support your hardware.
190 </para></listitem>
191 <listitem><para><emphasis>Prepare for the build</emphasis>: Once you have made all the
192 changes to your BSP layer, there remains a few things
193 you need to do for the OpenEmbedded build system in order for it to create your image.
194 You need to get the build environment ready by sourcing an environment setup script
195 and you need to be sure two key configuration files are configured appropriately:
196 the <filename>conf/local.conf</filename> and the
197 <filename>conf/bblayers.conf</filename> file.
198 You must make the OpenEmbedded build system aware of your new layer.
199 See the
200 "<link linkend='enabling-your-layer'>Enabling Your Layer</link>" section
201 for information on how to let the build system know about your new layer.</para>
202 <para>The entire process for building an image is overviewed in the section
203 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_QS_URL;#building-image'>Building an Image</ulink>" section
204 of the Yocto Project Quick Start.
205 You might want to reference this information.</para></listitem>
206 <listitem><para><emphasis>Build the image</emphasis>: The OpenEmbedded build system
207 uses the BitBake tool to build images based on the type of image you want to create.
208 You can find more information about BitBake in the user manual, which is found in the
209 <filename>bitbake/doc/manual</filename> directory of the
210 <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link>.</para>
211 <para>The build process supports several types of images to satisfy different needs.
212 See the
213 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#ref-images'>Images</ulink>" chapter
214 in the Yocto Project Reference Manual for information on
215 supported images.</para></listitem>
216 </orderedlist>
217 </para>
218
219 <para>
220 You can view a video presentation on "Building Custom Embedded Images with Yocto"
221 at <ulink url='http://free-electrons.com/blog/elc-2011-videos'>Free Electrons</ulink>.
222 You can also find supplemental information in the
223 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_BSP_URL;'>
224 Yocto Project Board Support Package (BSP) Developer's Guide</ulink>.
225 Finally, there is a wiki page write up of the example also located
226 <ulink url='&YOCTO_WIKI_URL;/wiki/Transcript:_creating_one_generic_Atom_BSP_from_another'>
227 here</ulink> that you might find helpful.
228 </para>
229 </section>
230
231 <section id='modifying-the-kernel'>
232 <title><anchor id='kernel-spot' />Modifying the Kernel</title>
233
234 <para>
235 Kernel modification involves changing the Yocto Project kernel, which could involve changing
236 configuration options as well as adding new kernel recipes.
237 Configuration changes can be added in the form of configuration fragments, while recipe
238 modification comes through the kernel's <filename>recipes-kernel</filename> area
239 in a kernel layer you create.
240 </para>
241
242 <para>
243 The remainder of this section presents a high-level overview of the Yocto Project
244 kernel architecture and the steps to modify the kernel.
245 You can reference the
246 "<link linkend='patching-the-kernel'>Patching the Kernel</link>" section
247 for an example that changes the source code of the kernel.
248 For information on how to configure the kernel, see the
249 "<link linkend='configuring-the-kernel'>Configuring the Kernel</link>" section.
250 For more information on the kernel and on modifying the kernel, see the
251 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_KERNEL_DEV_URL;'>Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual</ulink>.
252 </para>
253
254 <section id='kernel-overview'>
255 <title>Kernel Overview</title>
256
257 <para>
258 Traditionally, when one thinks of a patched kernel, they think of a base kernel
259 source tree and a fixed structure that contains kernel patches.
260 The Yocto Project, however, employs mechanisms that, in a sense, result in a kernel source
261 generator.
262 By the end of this section, this analogy will become clearer.
263 </para>
264
265 <para>
266 You can find a web interface to the Yocto Project kernel source repositories at
267 <ulink url='&YOCTO_GIT_URL;'></ulink>.
268 If you look at the interface, you will see to the left a grouping of
269 Git repositories titled "Yocto Linux Kernel."
270 Within this group, you will find several kernels supported by
271 the Yocto Project:
272 <itemizedlist>
273 <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>linux-yocto-3.4</filename></emphasis> - The
274 stable Yocto Project kernel to use with the Yocto Project Release 1.3. This kernel
275 is based on the Linux 3.4 released kernel.</para></listitem>
276 <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>linux-yocto-3.8</filename></emphasis> - The
277 stable Yocto Project kernel to use with the Yocto Project Release 1.4. This kernel
278 is based on the Linux 3.8 released kernel.</para></listitem>
279 <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>linux-yocto-3.10</filename></emphasis> - The
280 stable Yocto Project kernel to use with the Yocto Project Release 1.5. This kernel
281 is based on the Linux 3.10 released kernel.</para></listitem>
282 <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>linux-yocto-dev</filename></emphasis> - A development
283 kernel based on the latest upstream release candidate available.</para></listitem>
284 </itemizedlist>
285 </para>
286
287 <para>
288 The kernels are maintained using the Git revision control system
289 that structures them using the familiar "tree", "branch", and "leaf" scheme.
290 Branches represent diversions from general code to more specific code, while leaves
291 represent the end-points for a complete and unique kernel whose source files,
292 when gathered from the root of the tree to the leaf, accumulate to create the files
293 necessary for a specific piece of hardware and its features.
294 The following figure displays this concept:
295 <para>
296 <imagedata fileref="figures/kernel-overview-1.png"
297 width="6in" depth="6in" align="center" scale="100" />
298 </para>
299
300 <para>
301 Within the figure, the "Kernel.org Branch Point" represents the point in the tree
302 where a supported base kernel is modified from the Linux kernel.
303 For example, this could be the branch point for the <filename>linux-yocto-3.4</filename>
304 kernel.
305 Thus, everything further to the right in the structure is based on the
306 <filename>linux-yocto-3.4</filename> kernel.
307 Branch points to right in the figure represent where the
308 <filename>linux-yocto-3.4</filename> kernel is modified for specific hardware
309 or types of kernels, such as real-time kernels.
310 Each leaf thus represents the end-point for a kernel designed to run on a specific
311 targeted device.
312 </para>
313
314 <para>
315 The overall result is a Git-maintained repository from which all the supported
316 kernel types can be derived for all the supported devices.
317 A big advantage to this scheme is the sharing of common features by keeping them in
318 "larger" branches within the tree.
319 This practice eliminates redundant storage of similar features shared among kernels.
320 </para>
321
322 <note>
323 Keep in mind the figure does not take into account all the supported Yocto
324 Project kernel types, but rather shows a single generic kernel just for conceptual purposes.
325 Also keep in mind that this structure represents the Yocto Project source repositories
326 that are either pulled from during the build or established on the host development system
327 prior to the build by either cloning a particular kernel's Git repository or by
328 downloading and unpacking a tarball.
329 </note>
330
331 <para>
332 Upstream storage of all the available kernel source code is one thing, while
333 representing and using the code on your host development system is another.
334 Conceptually, you can think of the kernel source repositories as all the
335 source files necessary for all the supported kernels.
336 As a developer, you are just interested in the source files for the kernel on
337 which you are working.
338 And, furthermore, you need them available on your host system.
339 </para>
340
341 <para>
342 Kernel source code is available on your host system a couple of different
343 ways.
344 If you are working in the kernel all the time, you probably would want
345 to set up your own local Git repository of the kernel tree.
346 If you just need to make some patches to the kernel, you can access
347 temporary kernel source files that were extracted and used
348 during a build.
349 We will just talk about working with the temporary source code.
350 For more information on how to get kernel source code onto your
351 host system, see the
352 "<link linkend='local-kernel-files'>Yocto Project Kernel</link>"
353 bulleted item earlier in the manual.
354 </para>
355
356 <para>
357 What happens during the build?
358 When you build the kernel on your development system, all files needed for the build
359 are taken from the source repositories pointed to by the
360 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-SRC_URI'><filename>SRC_URI</filename></ulink> variable
361 and gathered in a temporary work area
362 where they are subsequently used to create the unique kernel.
363 Thus, in a sense, the process constructs a local source tree specific to your
364 kernel to generate the new kernel image - a source generator if you will.
365 </para>
366 The following figure shows the temporary file structure
367 created on your host system when the build occurs.
368 This
369 <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link> contains all the
370 source files used during the build.
371 </para>
372
373 <para>
374 <imagedata fileref="figures/kernel-overview-2-generic.png"
375 width="6in" depth="5in" align="center" scale="100" />
376 </para>
377
378 <para>
379 Again, for additional information the Yocto Project kernel's
380 architecture and its branching strategy, see the
381 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_KERNEL_DEV_URL;'>Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual</ulink>.
382 You can also reference the
383 "<link linkend='patching-the-kernel'>Patching the Kernel</link>"
384 section for a detailed example that modifies the kernel.
385 </para>
386 </section>
387
388 <section id='kernel-modification-workflow'>
389 <title>Kernel Modification Workflow</title>
390
391 <para>
392 This illustration and the following list summarizes the kernel modification general workflow.
393 </para>
394
395 <para>
396 <imagedata fileref="figures/kernel-dev-flow.png"
397 width="6in" depth="5in" align="center" scalefit="1" />
398 </para>
399
400 <para>
401 <orderedlist>
402 <listitem><para><emphasis>Set up your host development system to support
403 development using the Yocto Project</emphasis>: See
404 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_QS_URL;#the-linux-distro'>The Linux Distribution</ulink>" and
405 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_QS_URL;#packages'>The Packages</ulink>" sections both
406 in the Yocto Project Quick Start for requirements.</para></listitem>
407 <listitem><para><emphasis>Establish a local copy of project files on your
408 system</emphasis>: Having the <link linkend='source-directory'>Source
409 Directory</link> on your system gives you access to the build process and tools
410 you need.
411 For information on how to get these files, see the bulleted item
412 "<link linkend='local-yp-release'>Yocto Project Release</link>" earlier in this manual.
413 </para></listitem>
414 <listitem><para><emphasis>Establish the temporary kernel source files</emphasis>:
415 Temporary kernel source files are kept in the
416 <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link>
417 created by the
418 OpenEmbedded build system when you run BitBake.
419 If you have never built the kernel you are interested in, you need to run
420 an initial build to establish local kernel source files.</para>
421 <para>If you are building an image for the first time, you need to get the build
422 environment ready by sourcing
423 the environment setup script.
424 You also need to be sure two key configuration files
425 (<filename>local.conf</filename> and <filename>bblayers.conf</filename>)
426 are configured appropriately.</para>
427 <para>The entire process for building an image is overviewed in the
428 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_QS_URL;#building-image'>Building an Image</ulink>"
429 section of the Yocto Project Quick Start.
430 You might want to reference this information.
431 You can find more information on BitBake in the user manual, which is found in the
432 <filename>bitbake/doc/manual</filename> directory of the
433 Source Directory.</para>
434 <para>The build process supports several types of images to satisfy different needs.
435 See the "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#ref-images'>Images</ulink>" chapter in
436 the Yocto Project Reference Manual for information on supported images.
437 </para></listitem>
438 <listitem><para><emphasis>Make changes to the kernel source code if
439 applicable</emphasis>: Modifying the kernel does not always mean directly
440 changing source files.
441 However, if you have to do this, you make the changes to the files in the
442 Build directory.</para></listitem>
443 <listitem><para><emphasis>Make kernel configuration changes
444 if applicable</emphasis>:
445 If your situation calls for changing the kernel's configuration, you can
446 use the <filename>yocto-kernel</filename> script or <filename>menuconfig</filename>
447 to enable and disable kernel configurations.
448 Using the script lets you interactively set up kernel configurations.
449 Using <filename>menuconfig</filename> allows you to interactively develop and test the
450 configuration changes you are making to the kernel.
451 When saved, changes using <filename>menuconfig</filename> update the kernel's
452 <filename>.config</filename> file.
453 Try to resist the temptation of directly editing the <filename>.config</filename>
454 file found in the Build Directory at
455 <filename>tmp/sysroots/&lt;machine-name&gt;/kernel</filename>.
456 Doing so, can produce unexpected results when the OpenEmbedded build system
457 regenerates the configuration file.</para>
458 <para>Once you are satisfied with the configuration changes made using
459 <filename>menuconfig</filename>, you can directly compare the
460 <filename>.config</filename> file against a saved original and gather those
461 changes into a config fragment to be referenced from within the kernel's
462 <filename>.bbappend</filename> file.</para></listitem>
463 <listitem><para><emphasis>Rebuild the kernel image with your changes</emphasis>:
464 Rebuilding the kernel image applies your changes.</para></listitem>
465 </orderedlist>
466 </para>
467 </section>
468 </section>
469</section>
470
471<section id='application-development-workflow'>
472 <title>Application Development Workflow</title>
473
474 <para>
475 Application development involves creating an application that you want
476 to run on your target hardware, which is running a kernel image created using the
477 OpenEmbedded build system.
478 The Yocto Project provides an
479 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_ADT_URL;#adt-intro-section'>Application Development Toolkit (ADT)</ulink>
480 and stand-alone
481 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_ADT_URL;#the-cross-development-toolchain'>cross-development toolchains</ulink>
482 that facilitate quick development and integration of your application into its runtime environment.
483 Using the ADT and toolchains, you can compile and link your application.
484 You can then deploy your application to the actual hardware or to the QEMU emulator for testing.
485 If you are familiar with the popular <trademark class='trade'>Eclipse</trademark> IDE,
486 you can use an Eclipse Yocto Plug-in to
487 allow you to develop, deploy, and test your application all from within Eclipse.
488 </para>
489
490 <para>
491 While we strongly suggest using the ADT to develop your application, this option might not
492 be best for you.
493 If this is the case, you can still use pieces of the Yocto Project for your development process.
494 However, because the process can vary greatly, this manual does not provide detail on the process.
495 </para>
496
497 <section id='workflow-using-the-adt-and-eclipse'>
498 <title>Workflow Using the ADT and <trademark class='trade'>Eclipse</trademark></title>
499
500 <para>
501 To help you understand how application development works using the ADT, this section
502 provides an overview of the general development process and a detailed example of the process
503 as it is used from within the Eclipse IDE.
504 </para>
505
506 <para>
507 The following illustration and list summarize the application development general workflow.
508 </para>
509
510 <para>
511 <imagedata fileref="figures/app-dev-flow.png"
512 width="7in" depth="8in" align="center" scale="100" />
513 </para>
514
515 <para>
516 <orderedlist>
517 <listitem><para><emphasis>Prepare the host system for the Yocto Project</emphasis>:
518 See
519 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_QS_URL;#the-linux-distro'>The Linux Distribution</ulink>" and
520 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_QS_URL;#packages'>The Packages</ulink>" sections both
521 in the Yocto Project Quick Start for requirements.</para></listitem>
522 <listitem><para><emphasis>Secure the Yocto Project kernel target image</emphasis>:
523 You must have a target kernel image that has been built using the OpenEmbedded
524 build system.</para>
525 <para>Depending on whether the Yocto Project has a pre-built image that matches your target
526 architecture and where you are going to run the image while you develop your application
527 (QEMU or real hardware), the area from which you get the image differs.
528 <itemizedlist>
529 <listitem><para>Download the image from
530 <ulink url='&YOCTO_MACHINES_DL_URL;'><filename>machines</filename></ulink>
531 if your target architecture is supported and you are going to develop
532 and test your application on actual hardware.</para></listitem>
533 <listitem><para>Download the image from
534 <ulink url='&YOCTO_QEMU_DL_URL;'>
535 <filename>machines/qemu</filename></ulink> if your target architecture is supported
536 and you are going to develop and test your application using the QEMU
537 emulator.</para></listitem>
538 <listitem><para>Build your image if you cannot find a pre-built image that matches
539 your target architecture.
540 If your target architecture is similar to a supported architecture, you can
541 modify the kernel image before you build it.
542 See the
543 "<link linkend='patching-the-kernel'>Patching the Kernel</link>"
544 section for an example.</para></listitem>
545 </itemizedlist></para>
546 <para>For information on pre-built kernel image naming schemes for images
547 that can run on the QEMU emulator, see the
548 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_QS_URL;#downloading-the-pre-built-linux-kernel'>Downloading the Pre-Built Linux Kernel</ulink>"
549 section in the Yocto Project Quick Start.</para></listitem>
550 <listitem><para><emphasis>Install the ADT</emphasis>:
551 The ADT provides a target-specific cross-development toolchain, the root filesystem,
552 the QEMU emulator, and other tools that can help you develop your application.
553 While it is possible to get these pieces separately, the ADT Installer provides an
554 easy, inclusive method.
555 You can get these pieces by running an ADT installer script, which is configurable.
556 For information on how to install the ADT, see the
557 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_ADT_URL;#using-the-adt-installer'>Using the ADT Installer</ulink>"
558 section
559 in the Yocto Project Application Developer's Guide.</para></listitem>
560 <listitem><para><emphasis>If applicable, secure the target root filesystem
561 and the Cross-development toolchain</emphasis>:
562 If you choose not to install the ADT using the ADT Installer,
563 you need to find and download the appropriate root filesystem and
564 the cross-development toolchain.</para>
565 <para>You can find the tarballs for the root filesystem in the same area used
566 for the kernel image.
567 Depending on the type of image you are running, the root filesystem you need differs.
568 For example, if you are developing an application that runs on an image that
569 supports Sato, you need to get a root filesystem that supports Sato.</para>
570 <para>You can find the cross-development toolchains at
571 <ulink url='&YOCTO_TOOLCHAIN_DL_URL;'><filename>toolchains</filename></ulink>.
572 Be sure to get the correct toolchain for your development host and your
573 target architecture.
574 See the "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_ADT_URL;#using-an-existing-toolchain-tarball'>Using a Cross-Toolchain Tarball</ulink>"
575 section in the Yocto Project Application Developer's Guide for information
576 and the
577 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_QS_URL;#installing-the-toolchain'>Installing the Toolchain</ulink>"
578 in the Yocto Project Quick Start for information on finding and installing
579 the correct toolchain based on your host development system and your target
580 architecture.
581 </para></listitem>
582 <listitem><para><emphasis>Create and build your application</emphasis>:
583 At this point, you need to have source files for your application.
584 Once you have the files, you can use the Eclipse IDE to import them and build the
585 project.
586 If you are not using Eclipse, you need to use the cross-development tools you have
587 installed to create the image.</para></listitem>
588 <listitem><para><emphasis>Deploy the image with the application</emphasis>:
589 If you are using the Eclipse IDE, you can deploy your image to the hardware or to
590 QEMU through the project's preferences.
591 If you are not using the Eclipse IDE, then you need to deploy the application
592 to the hardware using other methods.
593 Or, if you are using QEMU, you need to use that tool and load your image in for testing.
594 </para></listitem>
595 <listitem><para><emphasis>Test and debug the application</emphasis>:
596 Once your application is deployed, you need to test it.
597 Within the Eclipse IDE, you can use the debugging environment along with the
598 set of user-space tools installed along with the ADT to debug your application.
599 Of course, the same user-space tools are available separately if you choose
600 not to use the Eclipse IDE.</para></listitem>
601 </orderedlist>
602 </para>
603 </section>
604
605 <section id='adt-eclipse'>
606 <title>Working Within Eclipse</title>
607
608 <para>
609 The Eclipse IDE is a popular development environment and it fully
610 supports development using the Yocto Project.
611 <note>
612 This release of the Yocto Project supports both the Kepler
613 and Juno versions of the Eclipse IDE.
614 Thus, the following information provides setup information for
615 both versions.
616 </note>
617 </para>
618
619 <para>
620 When you install and configure the Eclipse Yocto Project Plug-in
621 into the Eclipse IDE, you maximize your Yocto Project experience.
622 Installing and configuring the Plug-in results in an environment
623 that has extensions specifically designed to let you more easily
624 develop software.
625 These extensions allow for cross-compilation, deployment, and
626 execution of your output into a QEMU emulation session as well as
627 actual target hardware.
628 You can also perform cross-debugging and profiling.
629 The environment also supports a suite of tools that allows you
630 to perform remote profiling, tracing, collection of power data,
631 collection of latency data, and collection of performance data.
632 </para>
633
634 <para>
635 This section describes how to install and configure the Eclipse IDE
636 Yocto Plug-in and how to use it to develop your application.
637 </para>
638
639 <section id='setting-up-the-eclipse-ide'>
640 <title>Setting Up the Eclipse IDE</title>
641
642 <para>
643 To develop within the Eclipse IDE, you need to do the following:
644 <orderedlist>
645 <listitem><para>Install the optimal version of the Eclipse
646 IDE.</para></listitem>
647 <listitem><para>Configure the Eclipse IDE.
648 </para></listitem>
649 <listitem><para>Install the Eclipse Yocto Plug-in.
650 </para></listitem>
651 <listitem><para>Configure the Eclipse Yocto Plug-in.
652 </para></listitem>
653 </orderedlist>
654 <note>
655 Do not install Eclipse from your distribution's package
656 repository.
657 Be sure to install Eclipse from the official Eclipse
658 download site as directed in the next section.
659 </note>
660 </para>
661
662 <section id='installing-eclipse-ide'>
663 <title>Installing the Eclipse IDE</title>
664
665 <para>
666 It is recommended that you have the Kepler 4.3 version of
667 the Eclipse IDE installed on your development system.
668 However, if you currently have the Juno 4.2 version
669 installed and you do not want to upgrade the IDE, you can
670 configure Juno to work with the Yocto Project.
671 </para>
672
673 <para>
674 If you do not have the Kepler 4.3 Eclipse IDE installed, you
675 can find the tarball at
676 <ulink url='&ECLIPSE_MAIN_URL;'></ulink>.
677 From that site, choose the Eclipse Standard 4.3 version
678 particular to your development host.
679 This version contains the Eclipse Platform, the Java
680 Development Tools (JDT), and the Plug-in Development
681 Environment.
682 </para>
683
684 <para>
685 Once you have downloaded the tarball, extract it into a
686 clean directory.
687 For example, the following commands unpack and install the
688 downloaded Eclipse IDE tarball into a clean directory
689 using the default name <filename>eclipse</filename>:
690 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
691 $ cd ~
692 $ tar -xzvf ~/Downloads/eclipse-standard-kepler-R-linux-gtk-x86_64.tar.gz
693 </literallayout>
694 </para>
695 </section>
696
697 <section id='configuring-the-eclipse-ide'>
698 <title>Configuring the Eclipse IDE</title>
699
700 <para>
701 This section presents the steps needed to configure the
702 Eclipse IDE.
703 </para>
704
705 <para>
706 Before installing and configuring the Eclipse Yocto Plug-in,
707 you need to configure the Eclipse IDE.
708 Follow these general steps:
709 <orderedlist>
710 <listitem><para>Start the Eclipse IDE.</para></listitem>
711 <listitem><para>Make sure you are in your Workbench and
712 select "Install New Software" from the "Help"
713 pull-down menu.</para></listitem>
714 <listitem><para>Select
715 <filename>Kepler - &ECLIPSE_KEPLER_URL;</filename>
716 from the "Work with:" pull-down menu.
717 <note>
718 For Juno, select
719 <filename>Juno - &ECLIPSE_JUNO_URL;</filename>
720 </note>
721 </para></listitem>
722 <listitem><para>Expand the box next to "Linux Tools"
723 and select the
724 <filename>LTTng - Linux Tracing Toolkit</filename>
725 boxes.</para></listitem>
726 <listitem><para>Expand the box next to "Mobile and
727 Device Development" and select the following boxes:
728 <itemizedlist>
729 <listitem><para><filename>C/C++ Remote Launch</filename></para></listitem>
730 <listitem><para><filename>Remote System Explorer End-user Runtime</filename></para></listitem>
731 <listitem><para><filename>Remote System Explorer User Actions</filename></para></listitem>
732 <listitem><para><filename>Target Management Terminal</filename></para></listitem>
733 <listitem><para><filename>TCF Remote System Explorer add-in</filename></para></listitem>
734 <listitem><para><filename>TCF Target Explorer</filename></para></listitem>
735 </itemizedlist></para></listitem>
736 <listitem><para>Expand the box next to "Programming
737 Languages" and select the
738 <filename>Autotools Support for CDT</filename>
739 and <filename>C/C++ Development Tools</filename>
740 boxes.</para></listitem>
741 <listitem><para>Complete the installation and restart
742 the Eclipse IDE.</para></listitem>
743 </orderedlist>
744 </para>
745 </section>
746
747 <section id='installing-the-eclipse-yocto-plug-in'>
748 <title>Installing or Accessing the Eclipse Yocto Plug-in</title>
749
750 <para>
751 You can install the Eclipse Yocto Plug-in into the Eclipse
752 IDE one of two ways: use the Yocto Project's Eclipse
753 Update site to install the pre-built plug-in or build and
754 install the plug-in from the latest source code.
755 </para>
756
757 <section id='new-software'>
758 <title>Installing the Pre-built Plug-in from the Yocto Project Eclipse Update Site</title>
759
760 <para>
761 To install the Eclipse Yocto Plug-in from the update
762 site, follow these steps:
763 <orderedlist>
764 <listitem><para>Start up the Eclipse IDE.
765 </para></listitem>
766 <listitem><para>In Eclipse, select "Install New
767 Software" from the "Help" menu.
768 </para></listitem>
769 <listitem><para>Click "Add..." in the "Work with:"
770 area.</para></listitem>
771 <listitem><para>Enter
772 <filename>&ECLIPSE_DL_PLUGIN_URL;/kepler</filename>
773 in the URL field and provide a meaningful name
774 in the "Name" field.
775 <note>
776 If you are using Juno, use
777 <filename>&ECLIPSE_DL_PLUGIN_URL;/juno</filename>
778 in the URL field.
779 </note></para></listitem>
780 <listitem><para>Click "OK" to have the entry added
781 to the "Work with:" drop-down list.
782 </para></listitem>
783 <listitem><para>Select the entry for the plug-in
784 from the "Work with:" drop-down list.
785 </para></listitem>
786 <listitem><para>Check the boxes next to
787 <filename>Yocto Project ADT Plug-in</filename>,
788 <filename>Yocto Project Bitbake Commander Plug-in</filename>,
789 and
790 <filename>Yocto Project Documentation plug-in</filename>.
791 </para></listitem>
792 <listitem><para>Complete the remaining software
793 installation steps and then restart the Eclipse
794 IDE to finish the installation of the plug-in.
795 </para></listitem>
796 </orderedlist>
797 </para>
798 </section>
799
800 <section id='zip-file-method'>
801 <title>Installing the Plug-in Using the Latest Source Code</title>
802
803 <para>
804 To install the Eclipse Yocto Plug-in from the latest
805 source code, follow these steps:
806 <orderedlist>
807 <listitem><para>Be sure your development system
808 is not using OpenJDK to build the plug-in
809 by doing the following:
810 <orderedlist>
811 <listitem><para>Use the Oracle JDK.
812 If you don't have that, go to
813 <ulink url='http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/java/javase/downloads/jdk7-downloads-1880260.html'></ulink>
814 and download the appropriate tarball
815 for your development system and
816 extract it into your home directory.
817 </para></listitem>
818 <listitem><para>In the shell you are going
819 to do your work, export the location of
820 the Oracle Java as follows:
821 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
822 export PATH=~/jdk1.7.0_40/bin:$PATH
823 </literallayout></para></listitem>
824 </orderedlist></para></listitem>
825 <listitem><para>In the same shell, create a Git
826 repository with:
827 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
828 $ cd ~
829 $ git clone git://git.yoctoproject.org/eclipse-poky-kepler
830 </literallayout>
831 <note>
832 If you are using Juno, the repository is
833 located at
834 <filename>git://git.yoctoproject.org/eclipse-poky-juno</filename>.
835 </note>
836 For this example, the repository is named
837 <filename>~/eclipse-poky-kepler</filename>.
838 </para></listitem>
839 <listitem><para>Change to the directory where you
840 set up the Git repository:
841 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
842 $ cd ~/eclipse-poky-kepler
843 </literallayout></para></listitem>
844 <listitem><para>Be sure you are in the right branch
845 for your Git repository.
846 For this release set the branch to
847 <filename>&DISTRO_NAME;</filename>:
848 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
849 $ git checkout &DISTRO_NAME;
850 </literallayout></para></listitem>
851 <listitem><para>Change to the
852 <filename>scripts</filename>
853 directory within the Git repository:
854 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
855 $ cd scripts
856 </literallayout></para></listitem>
857 <listitem><para>Set up the local build environment
858 by running the setup script:
859 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
860 $ ./setup.sh
861 </literallayout></para></listitem>
862 <listitem><para>When the script finishes execution,
863 it prompts you with instructions on how to run
864 the <filename>build.sh</filename> script, which
865 is also in the <filename>scripts</filename> of
866 the Git repository created earlier.
867 </para></listitem>
868 <listitem><para>Run the <filename>build.sh</filename> script
869 as directed.
870 Be sure to provide the name of the Git branch
871 along with the Yocto Project release you are
872 using.
873 Here is an example that uses the
874 <filename>&DISTRO_NAME;</filename> branch:
875 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
876 $ ECLIPSE_HOME=/home/scottrif/eclipse-poky-kepler/scripts/eclipse ./build.sh &DISTRO_NAME; &DISTRO_NAME;
877 </literallayout>
878 After running the script, the file
879 <filename>org.yocto.sdk-&lt;release&gt;-&lt;date&gt;-archive.zip</filename>
880 is in the current directory.</para></listitem>
881 <listitem><para>If necessary, start the Eclipse IDE
882 and be sure you are in the Workbench.
883 </para></listitem>
884 <listitem><para>Select "Install New Software" from the "Help" pull-down menu.
885 </para></listitem>
886 <listitem><para>Click "Add".</para></listitem>
887 <listitem><para>Provide anything you want in the
888 "Name" field.</para></listitem>
889 <listitem><para>Click "Archive" and browse to the
890 ZIP file you built in step seven.
891 This ZIP file should not be "unzipped", and must
892 be the <filename>*archive.zip</filename> file
893 created by running the
894 <filename>build.sh</filename> script.
895 </para></listitem>
896 <listitem><para>Click through the "Okay" buttons.
897 </para></listitem>
898 <listitem><para>Check the boxes
899 in the installation window and complete
900 the installation.</para></listitem>
901 <listitem><para>Restart the Eclipse IDE if
902 necessary.</para></listitem>
903 </orderedlist>
904 </para>
905
906 <para>
907 At this point you should be able to configure the
908 Eclipse Yocto Plug-in as described in the
909 "<link linkend='configuring-the-eclipse-yocto-plug-in'>Configuring the Eclipse Yocto Plug-in</link>"
910 section.</para>
911 </section>
912 </section>
913
914 <section id='configuring-the-eclipse-yocto-plug-in'>
915 <title>Configuring the Eclipse Yocto Plug-in</title>
916
917 <para>
918 Configuring the Eclipse Yocto Plug-in involves setting the
919 Cross Compiler options and the Target options.
920 The configurations you choose become the default settings
921 for all projects.
922 You do have opportunities to change them later when
923 you configure the project (see the following section).
924 </para>
925
926 <para>
927 To start, you need to do the following from within the
928 Eclipse IDE:
929 <itemizedlist>
930 <listitem><para>Choose "Preferences" from the
931 "Windows" menu to display the Preferences Dialog.
932 </para></listitem>
933 <listitem><para>Click "Yocto Project ADT".
934 </para></listitem>
935 </itemizedlist>
936 </para>
937
938 <section id='configuring-the-cross-compiler-options'>
939 <title>Configuring the Cross-Compiler Options</title>
940
941 <para>
942 To configure the Cross Compiler Options, you must select
943 the type of toolchain, point to the toolchain, specify
944 the sysroot location, and select the target
945 architecture.
946 <itemizedlist>
947 <listitem><para><emphasis>Selecting the Toolchain Type:</emphasis>
948 Choose between
949 <filename>Standalone pre-built toolchain</filename>
950 and
951 <filename>Build system derived toolchain</filename>
952 for Cross Compiler Options.
953 <itemizedlist>
954 <listitem><para><emphasis>
955 <filename>Standalone Pre-built Toolchain:</filename></emphasis>
956 Select this mode when you are using
957 a stand-alone cross-toolchain.
958 For example, suppose you are an
959 application developer and do not
960 need to build a target image.
961 Instead, you just want to use an
962 architecture-specific toolchain on
963 an existing kernel and target root
964 filesystem.</para></listitem>
965 <listitem><para><emphasis>
966 <filename>Build System Derived Toolchain:</filename></emphasis>
967 Select this mode if the
968 cross-toolchain has been installed
969 and built as part of the
970 <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link>.
971 When you select
972 <filename>Build system derived toolchain</filename>,
973 you are using the toolchain bundled
974 inside the Build Directory.
975 </para></listitem>
976 </itemizedlist>
977 </para></listitem>
978 <listitem><para><emphasis>Point to the Toolchain:</emphasis>
979 If you are using a stand-alone pre-built
980 toolchain, you should be pointing to where it is
981 installed.
982 If you used the ADT Installer script and
983 accepted the default installation directory, the
984 toolchain will be installed in the
985 <filename>&YOCTO_ADTPATH_DIR;</filename>
986 directory.
987 Sections "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_ADT_URL;#configuring-and-running-the-adt-installer-script'>Configuring and Running the ADT Installer Script</ulink>"
988 and
989 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_ADT_URL;#using-an-existing-toolchain-tarball'>Using a Cross-Toolchain Tarball</ulink>"
990 in the Yocto Project Application Developer's
991 Guide describe how to install a stand-alone
992 cross-toolchain.</para>
993 <para>If you are using a system-derived
994 toolchain, the path you provide for the
995 <filename>Toolchain Root Location</filename>
996 field is the
997 <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link>.
998 See the
999 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_ADT_URL;#using-the-toolchain-from-within-the-build-tree'>Using BitBake and the Build Directory</ulink>"
1000 section in the Yocto Project Application
1001 Developer's Guide for information on how to
1002 install the toolchain into the Build
1003 Directory.</para></listitem>
1004 <listitem><para><emphasis>Specify the Sysroot Location:</emphasis>
1005 This location is where the root filesystem for
1006 the target hardware resides.
1007 If you used the ADT Installer script and
1008 accepted the default installation directory,
1009 then the location is
1010 <filename>/opt/poky/&lt;release&gt;</filename>.
1011 Additionally, when you use the ADT Installer
1012 script, the same location is used for the QEMU
1013 user-space tools and the NFS boot process.
1014 </para>
1015 <para>If you used either of the other two
1016 methods to install the toolchain or did not
1017 accept the ADT Installer script's default
1018 installation directory, then the location of
1019 the sysroot filesystem depends on where you
1020 separately extracted and installed the
1021 filesystem.</para>
1022 <para>For information on how to install the
1023 toolchain and on how to extract and install the
1024 sysroot filesystem, see the
1025 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_ADT_URL;#installing-the-adt'>Installing the ADT and Toolchains</ulink>" section.
1026 </para></listitem>
1027 <listitem><para><emphasis>Select the Target Architecture:</emphasis>
1028 The target architecture is the type of hardware
1029 you are going to use or emulate.
1030 Use the pull-down
1031 <filename>Target Architecture</filename> menu
1032 to make your selection.
1033 The pull-down menu should have the supported
1034 architectures.
1035 If the architecture you need is not listed in
1036 the menu, you will need to build the image.
1037 See the
1038 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_QS_URL;#building-image'>Building an Image</ulink>"
1039 section of the Yocto Project Quick Start for
1040 more information.</para></listitem>
1041 </itemizedlist>
1042 </para>
1043 </section>
1044
1045 <section id='configuring-the-target-options'>
1046 <title>Configuring the Target Options</title>
1047
1048 <para>
1049 You can choose to emulate hardware using the QEMU
1050 emulator, or you can choose to run your image on actual
1051 hardware.
1052 <itemizedlist>
1053 <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>QEMU:</filename></emphasis>
1054 Select this option if you will be using the
1055 QEMU emulator.
1056 If you are using the emulator, you also need to
1057 locate the kernel and specify any custom
1058 options.</para>
1059 <para>If you selected
1060 <filename>Build system derived toolchain</filename>,
1061 the target kernel you built will be located in
1062 the Build Directory in
1063 <filename>tmp/deploy/images/&lt;machine&gt;</filename>
1064 directory.
1065 If you selected
1066 <filename>Standalone pre-built toolchain</filename>,
1067 the pre-built image you downloaded is located
1068 in the directory you specified when you
1069 downloaded the image.</para>
1070 <para>Most custom options are for advanced QEMU
1071 users to further customize their QEMU instance.
1072 These options are specified between paired
1073 angled brackets.
1074 Some options must be specified outside the
1075 brackets.
1076 In particular, the options
1077 <filename>serial</filename>,
1078 <filename>nographic</filename>, and
1079 <filename>kvm</filename> must all be outside the
1080 brackets.
1081 Use the <filename>man qemu</filename> command
1082 to get help on all the options and their use.
1083 The following is an example:
1084 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
1085 serial ‘&lt;-m 256 -full-screen&gt;’
1086 </literallayout></para>
1087 <para>
1088 Regardless of the mode, Sysroot is already
1089 defined as part of the Cross-Compiler Options
1090 configuration in the
1091 <filename>Sysroot Location:</filename> field.
1092 </para></listitem>
1093 <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>External HW:</filename></emphasis>
1094 Select this option if you will be using actual
1095 hardware.</para></listitem>
1096 </itemizedlist>
1097 </para>
1098
1099 <para>
1100 Click the "OK" to save your plug-in configurations.
1101 </para>
1102 </section>
1103 </section>
1104 </section>
1105
1106 <section id='creating-the-project'>
1107 <title>Creating the Project</title>
1108
1109 <para>
1110 You can create two types of projects: Autotools-based, or
1111 Makefile-based.
1112 This section describes how to create Autotools-based projects
1113 from within the Eclipse IDE.
1114 For information on creating Makefile-based projects in a
1115 terminal window, see the section
1116 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_ADT_URL;#using-the-command-line'>Using the Command Line</ulink>"
1117 in the Yocto Project Application Developer's Guide.
1118 </para>
1119
1120 <para>
1121 To create a project based on a Yocto template and then display
1122 the source code, follow these steps:
1123 <orderedlist>
1124 <listitem><para>Select "Project" from the "File -> New" menu.
1125 </para></listitem>
1126 <listitem><para>Double click <filename>CC++</filename>.
1127 </para></listitem>
1128 <listitem><para>Double click <filename>C Project</filename>
1129 to create the project.</para></listitem>
1130 <listitem><para>Expand <filename>Yocto Project ADT Project</filename>.
1131 </para></listitem>
1132 <listitem><para>Select <filename>Hello World ANSI C Autotools Project</filename>.
1133 This is an Autotools-based project based on a Yocto
1134 template.</para></listitem>
1135 <listitem><para>Put a name in the <filename>Project name:</filename>
1136 field.
1137 Do not use hyphens as part of the name.
1138 </para></listitem>
1139 <listitem><para>Click "Next".</para></listitem>
1140 <listitem><para>Add information in the
1141 <filename>Author</filename> and
1142 <filename>Copyright notice</filename> fields.
1143 </para></listitem>
1144 <listitem><para>Be sure the <filename>License</filename>
1145 field is correct.</para></listitem>
1146 <listitem><para>Click "Finish".</para></listitem>
1147 <listitem><para>If the "open perspective" prompt appears,
1148 click "Yes" so that you in the C/C++ perspective.
1149 </para></listitem>
1150 <listitem><para>The left-hand navigation pane shows your
1151 project.
1152 You can display your source by double clicking the
1153 project's source file.</para></listitem>
1154 </orderedlist>
1155 </para>
1156 </section>
1157
1158 <section id='configuring-the-cross-toolchains'>
1159 <title>Configuring the Cross-Toolchains</title>
1160
1161 <para>
1162 The earlier section,
1163 "<link linkend='configuring-the-eclipse-yocto-plug-in'>Configuring the Eclipse Yocto Plug-in</link>",
1164 sets up the default project configurations.
1165 You can override these settings for a given project by following
1166 these steps:
1167 <orderedlist>
1168 <listitem><para>Select "Change Yocto Project Settings" from
1169 the "Project" menu.
1170 This selection brings up the Yocto Project Settings
1171 Dialog and allows you to make changes specific to an
1172 individual project.</para>
1173 <para>By default, the Cross Compiler Options and Target
1174 Options for a project are inherited from settings you
1175 provide using the Preferences Dialog as described
1176 earlier in the
1177 "<link linkend='configuring-the-eclipse-yocto-plug-in'>Configuring the Eclipse Yocto Plug-in</link>" section.
1178 The Yocto Project Settings Dialog allows you to override
1179 those default settings for a given project.
1180 </para></listitem>
1181 <listitem><para>Make your configurations for the project
1182 and click "OK".
1183 If you are running the Juno version of Eclipse, you can
1184 skip down to the next section where you build the
1185 project.
1186 If you are not working with Juno, you need to reconfigure the
1187 project as described in the next step.
1188 </para></listitem>
1189 <listitem><para>Select "Reconfigure Project" from the
1190 "Project" menu.
1191 This selection reconfigures the project by running
1192 <filename>autogen.sh</filename> in the workspace for
1193 your project.
1194 The script also runs <filename>libtoolize</filename>,
1195 <filename>aclocal</filename>,
1196 <filename>autoconf</filename>,
1197 <filename>autoheader</filename>,
1198 <filename>automake --a</filename>, and
1199 <filename>./configure</filename>.
1200 Click on the "Console" tab beneath your source code to
1201 see the results of reconfiguring your project.
1202 </para></listitem>
1203 </orderedlist>
1204 </para>
1205 </section>
1206
1207 <section id='building-the-project'>
1208 <title>Building the Project</title>
1209
1210 <para>
1211 To build the project in Juno, right click on the project in
1212 the navigator pane and select "Build Project".
1213 If you are not running Juno, select "Build Project" from the
1214 "Project" menu.
1215 The console should update and you can note the cross-compiler
1216 you are using.
1217 </para>
1218 </section>
1219
1220 <section id='starting-qemu-in-user-space-nfs-mode'>
1221 <title>Starting QEMU in User-Space NFS Mode</title>
1222
1223 <para>
1224 To start the QEMU emulator from within Eclipse, follow these
1225 steps:
1226 <orderedlist>
1227 <listitem><para>Expose and select "External Tools" from
1228 the "Run" menu.
1229 Your image should appear as a selectable menu item.
1230 </para></listitem>
1231 <listitem><para>Select your image from the menu to launch
1232 the emulator in a new window.</para></listitem>
1233 <listitem><para>If needed, enter your host root password in
1234 the shell window at the prompt.
1235 This sets up a <filename>Tap 0</filename> connection
1236 needed for running in user-space NFS mode.
1237 </para></listitem>
1238 <listitem><para>Wait for QEMU to launch.</para></listitem>
1239 <listitem><para>Once QEMU launches, you can begin operating
1240 within that environment.
1241 For example, you could determine the IP Address
1242 for the user-space NFS by using the
1243 <filename>ifconfig</filename> command.</para></listitem>
1244 </orderedlist>
1245 </para>
1246 </section>
1247
1248 <section id='deploying-and-debugging-the-application'>
1249 <title>Deploying and Debugging the Application</title>
1250
1251 <para>
1252 Once the QEMU emulator is running the image, you can deploy
1253 your application using the Eclipse IDE and use then use
1254 the emulator to perform debugging.
1255 Follow these steps to deploy the application.
1256 <orderedlist>
1257 <listitem><para>Select "Debug Configurations..." from the
1258 "Run" menu.</para></listitem>
1259 <listitem><para>In the left area, expand
1260 <filename>C/C++Remote Application</filename>.
1261 </para></listitem>
1262 <listitem><para>Locate your project and select it to bring
1263 up a new tabbed view in the Debug Configurations Dialog.
1264 </para></listitem>
1265 <listitem><para>Enter the absolute path into which you want
1266 to deploy the application.
1267 Use the "Remote Absolute File Path for
1268 C/C++Application:" field.
1269 For example, enter
1270 <filename>/usr/bin/&lt;programname&gt;</filename>.
1271 </para></listitem>
1272 <listitem><para>Click on the "Debugger" tab to see the
1273 cross-tool debugger you are using.</para></listitem>
1274 <listitem><para>Click on the "Main" tab.</para></listitem>
1275 <listitem><para>Create a new connection to the QEMU instance
1276 by clicking on "new".</para></listitem>
1277 <listitem><para>Select <filename>TCF</filename>, which means
1278 Target Communication Framework.</para></listitem>
1279 <listitem><para>Click "Next".</para></listitem>
1280 <listitem><para>Clear out the "host name" field and enter
1281 the IP Address determined earlier.</para></listitem>
1282 <listitem><para>Click "Finish" to close the
1283 New Connections Dialog.</para></listitem>
1284 <listitem><para>Use the drop-down menu now in the
1285 "Connection" field and pick the IP Address you entered.
1286 </para></listitem>
1287 <listitem><para>Click "Run" to bring up a login screen
1288 and login.</para></listitem>
1289 <listitem><para>Accept the debug perspective.
1290 </para></listitem>
1291 </orderedlist>
1292 </para>
1293 </section>
1294
1295 <section id='running-user-space-tools'>
1296 <title>Running User-Space Tools</title>
1297
1298 <para>
1299 As mentioned earlier in the manual, several tools exist that
1300 enhance your development experience.
1301 These tools are aids in developing and debugging applications
1302 and images.
1303 You can run these user-space tools from within the Eclipse
1304 IDE through the "YoctoTools" menu.
1305 </para>
1306
1307 <para>
1308 Once you pick a tool, you need to configure it for the remote
1309 target.
1310 Every tool needs to have the connection configured.
1311 You must select an existing TCF-based RSE connection to the
1312 remote target.
1313 If one does not exist, click "New" to create one.
1314 </para>
1315
1316 <para>
1317 Here are some specifics about the remote tools:
1318 <itemizedlist>
1319 <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>OProfile</filename>:</emphasis>
1320 Selecting this tool causes the
1321 <filename>oprofile-server</filename> on the remote
1322 target to launch on the local host machine.
1323 The <filename>oprofile-viewer</filename> must be
1324 installed on the local host machine and the
1325 <filename>oprofile-server</filename> must be installed
1326 on the remote target, respectively, in order to use.
1327 You must compile and install the
1328 <filename>oprofile-viewer</filename> from the source
1329 code on your local host machine.
1330 Furthermore, in order to convert the target's sample
1331 format data into a form that the host can use, you must
1332 have OProfile version 0.9.4 or greater installed on the
1333 host.</para>
1334 <para>You can locate both the viewer and server from
1335 <ulink url='&YOCTO_GIT_URL;/cgit/cgit.cgi/oprofileui/'></ulink>.
1336 You can also find more information on setting up and
1337 using this tool in the
1338 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_PROF_URL;#profile-manual-oprofile'>OProfile</ulink>"
1339 section of the Yocto Project Profiling and Tracing
1340 Manual.
1341 <note>The <filename>oprofile-server</filename> is
1342 installed by default on the
1343 <filename>core-image-sato-sdk</filename> image.</note>
1344 </para></listitem>
1345 <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>Lttng2.0 ust trace import</filename>:</emphasis>
1346 Selecting this tool transfers the remote target's
1347 <filename>Lttng</filename> tracing data back to the
1348 local host machine and uses the Lttng Eclipse plug-in
1349 to graphically display the output.
1350 For information on how to use Lttng to trace an
1351 application,
1352 see <ulink url='http://lttng.org/documentation'></ulink>
1353 and the
1354 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_PROF_URL;#lttng-linux-trace-toolkit-next-generation'>LTTng (Linux Trace Toolkit, next generation)</ulink>"
1355 section, which is in the Yocto Project Profiling and
1356 Tracing Manual.
1357 <note>Do not use
1358 <filename>Lttng-user space (legacy)</filename> tool.
1359 This tool no longer has any upstream support.</note>
1360 </para>
1361 <para>Before you use the
1362 <filename>Lttng2.0 ust trace import</filename> tool,
1363 you need to setup the Lttng Eclipse plug-in and create a
1364 Tracing project.
1365 Do the following:
1366 <orderedlist>
1367 <listitem><para>Select "Open Perspective" from the
1368 "Window" menu and then select "Tracing".
1369 </para></listitem>
1370 <listitem><para>Click "OK" to change the Eclipse
1371 perspective into the Tracing perspective.
1372 </para></listitem>
1373 <listitem><para>Create a new Tracing project by
1374 selecting "Project" from the "File -> New" menu.
1375 </para></listitem>
1376 <listitem><para>Choose "Tracing Project" from the
1377 "Tracing" menu.
1378 </para></listitem>
1379 <listitem><para>Generate your tracing data on the
1380 remote target.</para></listitem>
1381 <listitem><para>Select "Lttng2.0 ust trace import"
1382 from the "Yocto Project Tools" menu to
1383 start the data import process.</para></listitem>
1384 <listitem><para>Specify your remote connection name.
1385 </para></listitem>
1386 <listitem><para>For the Ust directory path, specify
1387 the location of your remote tracing data.
1388 Make sure the location ends with
1389 <filename>ust</filename> (e.g.
1390 <filename>/usr/mysession/ust</filename>).
1391 </para></listitem>
1392 <listitem><para>Click "OK" to complete the import
1393 process.
1394 The data is now in the local tracing project
1395 you created.</para></listitem>
1396 <listitem><para>Right click on the data and then use
1397 the menu to Select "Generic CTF Trace" from the
1398 "Trace Type... -> Common Trace Format" menu to
1399 map the tracing type.</para></listitem>
1400 <listitem><para>Right click the mouse and select
1401 "Open" to bring up the Eclipse Lttng Trace
1402 Viewer so you view the tracing data.
1403 </para></listitem>
1404 </orderedlist></para></listitem>
1405 <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>PowerTOP</filename>:</emphasis>
1406 Selecting this tool runs PowerTOP on the remote target
1407 machine and displays the results in a new view called
1408 PowerTOP.</para>
1409 <para>The "Time to gather data(sec):" field is the time
1410 passed in seconds before data is gathered from the
1411 remote target for analysis.</para>
1412 <para>The "show pids in wakeups list:" field corresponds
1413 to the <filename>-p</filename> argument passed to
1414 <filename>PowerTOP</filename>.</para></listitem>
1415 <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>LatencyTOP and Perf</filename>:</emphasis>
1416 LatencyTOP identifies system latency, while
1417 Perf monitors the system's performance counter
1418 registers.
1419 Selecting either of these tools causes an RSE terminal
1420 view to appear from which you can run the tools.
1421 Both tools refresh the entire screen to display results
1422 while they run.
1423 For more information on setting up and using
1424 <filename>perf</filename>, see the
1425 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_PROF_URL;#profile-manual-perf'>perf</ulink>"
1426 section in the Yocto Project Profiling and Tracing
1427 Manual.
1428 </para></listitem>
1429 </itemizedlist>
1430 </para>
1431 </section>
1432
1433 <section id='customizing-an-image-using-a-bitbake-commander-project-and-hob'>
1434 <title>Customizing an Image Using a BitBake Commander Project and Hob</title>
1435
1436 <para>
1437 Within the Eclipse IDE, you can create a Yocto BitBake Commander
1438 project, edit the <link linkend='metadata'>Metadata</link>, and
1439 then use
1440 <ulink url='&YOCTO_HOME_URL;/tools-resources/projects/hob'>Hob</ulink> to build a customized image all within one IDE.
1441 </para>
1442
1443 <section id='creating-the-yocto-bitbake-commander-project'>
1444 <title>Creating the Yocto BitBake Commander Project</title>
1445
1446 <para>
1447 To create a Yocto BitBake Commander project, follow these
1448 steps:
1449 <orderedlist>
1450 <listitem><para>Select "Other" from the
1451 "Window -> Open Perspective" menu
1452 and then choose "Bitbake Commander".
1453 </para></listitem>
1454 <listitem><para>Click "OK" to change the perspective to
1455 Bitbake Commander.</para></listitem>
1456 <listitem><para>Select "Project" from the "File -> New"
1457 menu to create a new Yocto
1458 Bitbake Commander project.</para></listitem>
1459 <listitem><para>Choose "New Yocto Project" from the
1460 "Yocto Project Bitbake Commander" menu and click
1461 "Next".</para></listitem>
1462 <listitem><para>Enter the Project Name and choose the
1463 Project Location.
1464 The Yocto project's Metadata files will be put under
1465 the directory
1466 <filename>&lt;project_location&gt;/&lt;project_name&gt;</filename>.
1467 If that directory does not exist, you need to check
1468 the "Clone from Yocto Git Repository" box, which
1469 would execute a <filename>git clone</filename>
1470 command to get the project's Metadata files.
1471 <note>
1472 Do not specify your BitBake Commander project
1473 location as your Eclipse workspace.
1474 Doing so causes an error indicating that the
1475 current project overlaps the location of
1476 another project.
1477 This error occurs even if no such project exits.
1478 </note></para></listitem>
1479 <listitem><para>Select <filename>Finish</filename> to
1480 create the project.</para></listitem>
1481 </orderedlist>
1482 </para>
1483 </section>
1484
1485 <section id='editing-the-metadata'>
1486 <title>Editing the Metadata</title>
1487
1488 <para>
1489 After you create the Yocto Bitbake Commander project, you
1490 can modify the <link linkend='metadata'>Metadata</link>
1491 files by opening them in the project.
1492 When editing recipe files (<filename>.bb</filename> files),
1493 you can view BitBake variable values and information by
1494 hovering the mouse pointer over the variable name and
1495 waiting a few seconds.
1496 </para>
1497
1498 <para>
1499 To edit the Metadata, follow these steps:
1500 <orderedlist>
1501 <listitem><para>Select your Yocto Bitbake Commander
1502 project.</para></listitem>
1503 <listitem><para>Select "BitBake Recipe" from the
1504 "File -> New -> Yocto BitBake Commander" menu
1505 to open a new recipe wizard.</para></listitem>
1506 <listitem><para>Point to your source by filling in the
1507 "SRC_URL" field.
1508 For example, you can add a recipe to your
1509 <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link>
1510 by defining "SRC_URL" as follows:
1511 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
1512 ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/m4/m4-1.4.9.tar.gz
1513 </literallayout></para></listitem>
1514 <listitem><para>Click "Populate" to calculate the
1515 archive md5, sha256, license checksum values and to
1516 auto-generate the recipe filename.</para></listitem>
1517 <listitem><para>Fill in the "Description" field.
1518 </para></listitem>
1519 <listitem><para>Be sure values for all required
1520 fields exist.</para></listitem>
1521 <listitem><para>Click "Finish".</para></listitem>
1522 </orderedlist>
1523 </para>
1524 </section>
1525
1526 <section id='biding-and-customizing-the-image-using-hob'>
1527 <title>Building and Customizing the Image Using Hob</title>
1528
1529 <para>
1530 To build and customize the image using Hob from within the
1531 Eclipse IDE, follow these steps:
1532 <orderedlist>
1533 <listitem><para>Select your Yocto Bitbake Commander
1534 project.</para></listitem>
1535 <listitem><para>Select "Launch Hob" from the "Project"
1536 menu.</para></listitem>
1537 <listitem><para>Enter the
1538 <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link>
1539 where you want to put your final images.
1540 </para></listitem>
1541 <listitem><para>Click "OK" to launch Hob.
1542 </para></listitem>
1543 <listitem><para>Use Hob to customize and build your own
1544 images.
1545 For information on Hob, see the
1546 <ulink url='&YOCTO_HOME_URL;/tools-resources/projects/hob'>Hob Project Page</ulink>
1547 on the Yocto Project website.</para></listitem>
1548 </orderedlist>
1549 </para>
1550 </section>
1551 </section>
1552 </section>
1553
1554 <section id='workflow-using-stand-alone-cross-development-toolchains'>
1555 <title>Workflow Using Stand-Alone Cross-Development Toolchains</title>
1556
1557 <para>
1558 If you want to develop an application without prior installation
1559 of the ADT, you still can employ the
1560 <link linkend='cross-development-toolchain'>Cross Development Toolchain</link>,
1561 the QEMU emulator, and a number of supported target image files.
1562 You just need to follow these general steps:
1563 <orderedlist>
1564 <listitem><para><emphasis>Install the cross-development
1565 toolchain for your target hardware:</emphasis>
1566 For information on how to install the toolchain, see the
1567 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_ADT_URL;#using-an-existing-toolchain-tarball'>Using a Cross-Toolchain Tarball</ulink>"
1568 section in the Yocto Project Application Developer's
1569 Guide.</para></listitem>
1570 <listitem><para><emphasis>Download the Target Image:</emphasis>
1571 The Yocto Project supports several target architectures
1572 and has many pre-built kernel images and root filesystem
1573 images.</para>
1574 <para>If you are going to develop your application on
1575 hardware, go to the
1576 <ulink url='&YOCTO_MACHINES_DL_URL;'><filename>machines</filename></ulink>
1577 download area and choose a target machine area
1578 from which to download the kernel image and root filesystem.
1579 This download area could have several files in it that
1580 support development using actual hardware.
1581 For example, the area might contain
1582 <filename>.hddimg</filename> files that combine the
1583 kernel image with the filesystem, boot loaders, and
1584 so forth.
1585 Be sure to get the files you need for your particular
1586 development process.</para>
1587 <para>If you are going to develop your application and
1588 then run and test it using the QEMU emulator, go to the
1589 <ulink url='&YOCTO_QEMU_DL_URL;'><filename>machines/qemu</filename></ulink>
1590 download area.
1591 From this area, go down into the directory for your
1592 target architecture (e.g. <filename>qemux86_64</filename>
1593 for an <trademark class='registered'>Intel</trademark>-based
1594 64-bit architecture).
1595 Download kernel, root filesystem, and any other files you
1596 need for your process.
1597 <note>In order to use the root filesystem in QEMU, you
1598 need to extract it.
1599 See the
1600 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_ADT_URL;#extracting-the-root-filesystem'>Extracting the Root Filesystem</ulink>"
1601 section for information on how to extract the root
1602 filesystem.</note></para></listitem>
1603 <listitem><para><emphasis>Develop and Test your
1604 Application:</emphasis> At this point, you have the tools
1605 to develop your application.
1606 If you need to separately install and use the QEMU
1607 emulator, you can go to
1608 <ulink url='http://wiki.qemu.org/Main_Page'>QEMU Home Page</ulink>
1609 to download and learn about the emulator.</para></listitem>
1610 </orderedlist>
1611 </para>
1612 </section>
1613</section>
1614
1615<section id="modifying-temporary-source-code">
1616 <title>Modifying Temporary Source Code</title>
1617
1618 <para>
1619 You might
1620 find it helpful during development to modify the temporary source code used by recipes
1621 to build packages.
1622 For example, suppose you are developing a patch and you need to experiment a bit
1623 to figure out your solution.
1624 After you have initially built the package, you can iteratively tweak the
1625 source code, which is located in the
1626 <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link>, and then
1627 you can force a re-compile and quickly test your altered code.
1628 Once you settle on a solution, you can then preserve your changes in the form of
1629 patches.
1630 You can accomplish these steps all within either a
1631 <ulink url='http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/quilt'>Quilt</ulink> or
1632 <link linkend='git'>Git</link> workflow.
1633 </para>
1634
1635 <section id='finding-the-temporary-source-code'>
1636 <title>Finding the Temporary Source Code</title>
1637
1638 <para>
1639 During a build, the unpacked temporary source code used by recipes
1640 to build packages is available in the Build Directory as
1641 defined by the
1642 <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-S'>S</ulink></filename> variable.
1643 Below is the default value for the <filename>S</filename> variable as defined in the
1644 <filename>meta/conf/bitbake.conf</filename> configuration file in the
1645 <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link>:
1646 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
1647 S = "${WORKDIR}/${BP}"
1648 </literallayout>
1649 You should be aware that many recipes override the <filename>S</filename> variable.
1650 For example, recipes that fetch their source from Git usually set
1651 <filename>S</filename> to <filename>${WORKDIR}/git</filename>.
1652 <note>
1653 The
1654 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-BP'><filename>BP</filename></ulink>
1655 represents the base recipe name, which consists of the name and version:
1656 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
1657 BP = "${BPN}-${PV}"
1658 </literallayout>
1659 </note>
1660 </para>
1661
1662 <para>
1663 The path to the work directory for the recipe
1664 (<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-WORKDIR'><filename>WORKDIR</filename></ulink>) depends
1665 on the recipe name and the architecture of the target device.
1666 For example, here is the work directory for recipes and resulting packages that are
1667 not device-dependent:
1668 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
1669 ${TMPDIR}/work/${PACKAGE_ARCH}-poky-${TARGET_OS}/${PN}/${EXTENDPE}${PV}-${PR}
1670 </literallayout>
1671 Let's look at an example without variables.
1672 Assuming a top-level <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link>
1673 named <filename>poky</filename>
1674 and a default Build Directory of <filename>poky/build</filename>,
1675 the following is the work directory for the <filename>acl</filename> recipe that
1676 creates the <filename>acl</filename> package:
1677 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
1678 poky/build/tmp/work/i586-poky-linux/acl/2.2.51-r3/
1679 </literallayout>
1680 </para>
1681
1682 <para>
1683 If your resulting package is dependent on the target device,
1684 the work directory varies slightly:
1685 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
1686 ${TMPDIR}/work/${MACHINE}-poky-${TARGET_OS}/${PN}/${EXTENDPE}${PV}-${PR}
1687 </literallayout>
1688 Again, assuming top-level Source Directory named <filename>poky</filename>
1689 and a default Build Directory of <filename>poky/build</filename>, the
1690 following are the work and temporary source directories, respectively,
1691 for the <filename>acl</filename> package that is being
1692 built for a MIPS-based device:
1693 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
1694 poky/build/tmp/work/mips-poky-linux/acl/2.2.51-r2
1695 poky/build/tmp/work/mips-poky-linux/acl/2.2.51-r2/acl-2.2.51
1696 </literallayout>
1697 </para>
1698
1699 <note>
1700 To better understand how the OpenEmbedded build system resolves directories during the
1701 build process, see the glossary entries for the
1702 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-WORKDIR'><filename>WORKDIR</filename></ulink>,
1703 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-TMPDIR'><filename>TMPDIR</filename></ulink>,
1704 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-TOPDIR'><filename>TOPDIR</filename></ulink>,
1705 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PACKAGE_ARCH'><filename>PACKAGE_ARCH</filename></ulink>,
1706 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS'><filename>MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS</filename></ulink>,
1707 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-TARGET_OS'><filename>TARGET_OS</filename></ulink>,
1708 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PN'><filename>PN</filename></ulink>,
1709 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PV'><filename>PV</filename></ulink>,
1710 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-EXTENDPE'><filename>EXTENDPE</filename></ulink>,
1711 and
1712 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PR'><filename>PR</filename></ulink>
1713 variables in the Yocto Project Reference Manual.
1714 </note>
1715
1716 <para>
1717 Now that you know where to locate the directory that has the temporary source code,
1718 you can use a Quilt or Git workflow to make your edits, test the changes,
1719 and preserve the changes in the form of patches.
1720 </para>
1721 </section>
1722
1723 <section id="using-a-quilt-workflow">
1724 <title>Using a Quilt Workflow</title>
1725
1726 <para>
1727 <ulink url='http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/quilt'>Quilt</ulink>
1728 is a powerful tool that allows you to capture source code changes without having
1729 a clean source tree.
1730 This section outlines the typical workflow you can use to modify temporary source code,
1731 test changes, and then preserve the changes in the form of a patch all using Quilt.
1732 </para>
1733
1734 <para>
1735 Follow these general steps:
1736 <orderedlist>
1737 <listitem><para><emphasis>Find the Source Code:</emphasis>
1738 The temporary source code used by the OpenEmbedded build system is kept in the
1739 Build Directory.
1740 See the
1741 "<link linkend='finding-the-temporary-source-code'>Finding the Temporary Source Code</link>"
1742 section to learn how to locate the directory that has the temporary source code for a
1743 particular package.</para></listitem>
1744 <listitem><para><emphasis>Change Your Working Directory:</emphasis>
1745 You need to be in the directory that has the temporary source code.
1746 That directory is defined by the
1747 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-S'><filename>S</filename></ulink>
1748 variable.</para></listitem>
1749 <listitem><para><emphasis>Create a New Patch:</emphasis>
1750 Before modifying source code, you need to create a new patch.
1751 To create a new patch file, use <filename>quilt new</filename> as below:
1752 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
1753 $ quilt new my_changes.patch
1754 </literallayout></para></listitem>
1755 <listitem><para><emphasis>Notify Quilt and Add Files:</emphasis>
1756 After creating the patch, you need to notify Quilt about the files
1757 you plan to edit.
1758 You notify Quilt by adding the files to the patch you just created:
1759 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
1760 $ quilt add file1.c file2.c file3.c
1761 </literallayout>
1762 </para></listitem>
1763 <listitem><para><emphasis>Edit the Files:</emphasis>
1764 Make your changes in the temporary source code to the files you added
1765 to the patch.</para></listitem>
1766 <listitem><para><emphasis>Test Your Changes:</emphasis>
1767 Once you have modified the source code, the easiest way to test your changes
1768 is by calling the <filename>compile</filename> task as shown in the following example:
1769 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
1770 $ bitbake -c compile -f &lt;name_of_package&gt;
1771 </literallayout>
1772 The <filename>-f</filename> or <filename>--force</filename>
1773 option forces the specified task to execute.
1774 If you find problems with your code, you can just keep editing and
1775 re-testing iteratively until things work as expected.
1776 <note>All the modifications you make to the temporary source code
1777 disappear once you <filename>-c clean</filename> or
1778 <filename>-c cleanall</filename> with BitBake for the package.
1779 Modifications will also disappear if you use the <filename>rm_work</filename>
1780 feature as described in the
1781 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_QS_URL;#building-image'>Building an Image</ulink>"
1782 section of the Yocto Project Quick Start.
1783 </note></para></listitem>
1784 <listitem><para><emphasis>Generate the Patch:</emphasis>
1785 Once your changes work as expected, you need to use Quilt to generate the final patch that
1786 contains all your modifications.
1787 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
1788 $ quilt refresh
1789 </literallayout>
1790 At this point, the <filename>my_changes.patch</filename> file has all your edits made
1791 to the <filename>file1.c</filename>, <filename>file2.c</filename>, and
1792 <filename>file3.c</filename> files.</para>
1793 <para>You can find the resulting patch file in the <filename>patches/</filename>
1794 subdirectory of the source (<filename>S</filename>) directory.</para></listitem>
1795 <listitem><para><emphasis>Copy the Patch File:</emphasis>
1796 For simplicity, copy the patch file into a directory named <filename>files</filename>,
1797 which you can create in the same directory that holds the recipe
1798 (<filename>.bb</filename>) file or the
1799 append (<filename>.bbappend</filename>) file.
1800 Placing the patch here guarantees that the OpenEmbedded build system will find
1801 the patch.
1802 Next, add the patch into the
1803 <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-SRC_URI'>SRC_URI</ulink></filename>
1804 of the recipe.
1805 Here is an example:
1806 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
1807 SRC_URI += "file://my_changes.patch"
1808 </literallayout></para></listitem>
1809 <listitem><para><emphasis>Increment the Recipe Revision Number:</emphasis>
1810 Finally, don't forget to 'bump' the
1811 <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PR'>PR</ulink></filename>
1812 value in the recipe since the resulting packages have changed.</para></listitem>
1813 </orderedlist>
1814 </para> </section>
1815
1816 <section id='using-a-git-workflow'>
1817 <title>Using a Git Workflow</title>
1818 <para>
1819 Git is an even more powerful tool that allows you to capture source code changes without having
1820 a clean source tree.
1821 This section outlines the typical workflow you can use to modify temporary source code,
1822 test changes, and then preserve the changes in the form of a patch all using Git.
1823 For general information on Git as it is used in the Yocto Project, see the
1824 "<link linkend='git'>Git</link>" section.
1825 </para>
1826
1827 <note>
1828 This workflow uses Git only for its ability to manage local changes to the source code
1829 and produce patches independent of any version control system used with the Yocto Project.
1830 </note>
1831
1832 <para>
1833 Follow these general steps:
1834 <orderedlist>
1835 <listitem><para><emphasis>Find the Source Code:</emphasis>
1836 The temporary source code used by the OpenEmbedded build system is kept in the
1837 Build Directory.
1838 See the
1839 "<link linkend='finding-the-temporary-source-code'>Finding the Temporary Source Code</link>"
1840 section to learn how to locate the directory that has the temporary source code for a
1841 particular package.</para></listitem>
1842 <listitem><para><emphasis>Change Your Working Directory:</emphasis>
1843 You need to be in the directory that has the temporary source code.
1844 That directory is defined by the
1845 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-S'><filename>S</filename></ulink>
1846 variable.</para></listitem>
1847 <listitem><para><emphasis>If needed, initialize a Git Repository:</emphasis>
1848 If the recipe you are working with does not use a Git fetcher,
1849 you need to set up a Git repository as follows:
1850 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
1851 $ git init
1852 $ git add *
1853 $ git commit -m "initial revision"
1854 </literallayout>
1855 The above Git commands initialize a Git repository that is based on the
1856 files in your current working directory, stage all the files, and commit
1857 the files.
1858 At this point, your Git repository is aware of all the source code files.
1859 Any edits you now make to files can be committed later and will be tracked by
1860 Git.</para></listitem>
1861 <listitem><para><emphasis>Edit the Files:</emphasis>
1862 Make your changes to the temporary source code.</para></listitem>
1863 <listitem><para><emphasis>Test Your Changes:</emphasis>
1864 Once you have modified the source code, the easiest way to test your changes
1865 is by calling the <filename>compile</filename> task as shown in the following example:
1866 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
1867 $ bitbake -c compile -f &lt;name_of_package&gt;
1868 </literallayout>
1869 The <filename>-f</filename> or <filename>--force</filename>
1870 option forces the specified task to execute.
1871 If you find problems with your code, you can just keep editing and
1872 re-testing iteratively until things work as expected.
1873 <note>All the modifications you make to the temporary source code
1874 disappear once you <filename>-c clean</filename>, <filename>-c cleansstate</filename>,
1875 or <filename>-c cleanall</filename> with BitBake for the package.
1876 Modifications will also disappear if you use the <filename>rm_work</filename>
1877 feature as described in the
1878 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_QS_URL;#building-image'>Building an Image</ulink>"
1879 section of the Yocto Project Quick Start.
1880 </note></para></listitem>
1881 <listitem><para><emphasis>See the List of Files You Changed:</emphasis>
1882 Use the <filename>git status</filename> command to see what files you have actually edited.
1883 The ability to have Git track the files you have changed is an advantage that this
1884 workflow has over the Quilt workflow.
1885 Here is the Git command to list your changed files:
1886 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
1887 $ git status
1888 </literallayout></para></listitem>
1889 <listitem><para><emphasis>Stage the Modified Files:</emphasis>
1890 Use the <filename>git add</filename> command to stage the changed files so they
1891 can be committed as follows:
1892 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
1893 $ git add file1.c file2.c file3.c
1894 </literallayout></para></listitem>
1895 <listitem><para><emphasis>Commit the Staged Files and View Your Changes:</emphasis>
1896 Use the <filename>git commit</filename> command to commit the changes to the
1897 local repository.
1898 Once you have committed the files, you can use the <filename>git log</filename>
1899 command to see your changes:
1900 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
1901 $ git commit -m "&lt;commit-summary-message&gt;"
1902 $ git log
1903 </literallayout>
1904 <note>The name of the patch file created in the next step is based on your
1905 <filename>commit-summary-message</filename>.</note></para></listitem>
1906 <listitem><para><emphasis>Generate the Patch:</emphasis>
1907 Once the changes are committed, use the <filename>git format-patch</filename>
1908 command to generate a patch file:
1909 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
1910 $ git format-patch -1
1911 </literallayout>
1912 Specifying "-1" causes Git to generate the
1913 patch file for the most recent commit.</para>
1914 <para>At this point, the patch file has all your edits made
1915 to the <filename>file1.c</filename>, <filename>file2.c</filename>, and
1916 <filename>file3.c</filename> files.
1917 You can find the resulting patch file in the current directory and it
1918 is named according to the <filename>git commit</filename> summary line.
1919 The patch file ends with <filename>.patch</filename>.</para></listitem>
1920 <listitem><para><emphasis>Copy the Patch File:</emphasis>
1921 For simplicity, copy the patch file into a directory named <filename>files</filename>,
1922 which you can create in the same directory that holds the recipe
1923 (<filename>.bb</filename>) file or the
1924 append (<filename>.bbappend</filename>) file.
1925 Placing the patch here guarantees that the OpenEmbedded build system will find
1926 the patch.
1927 Next, add the patch into the
1928 <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-SRC_URI'>SRC_URI</ulink></filename>
1929 of the recipe.
1930 Here is an example:
1931 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
1932 SRC_URI += "file://0001-&lt;commit-summary-message&gt;.patch"
1933 </literallayout></para></listitem>
1934 <listitem><para><emphasis>Increment the Recipe Revision Number:</emphasis>
1935 Finally, don't forget to 'bump' the
1936 <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PR'>PR</ulink></filename>
1937 value in the recipe since the resulting packages have changed.</para></listitem>
1938 </orderedlist>
1939 </para>
1940 </section>
1941</section>
1942
1943<section id='image-development-using-hob'>
1944 <title>Image Development Using Hob</title>
1945
1946 <para>
1947 The <ulink url='&YOCTO_HOME_URL;/tools-resources/projects/hob'>Hob</ulink> is a graphical user interface for the
1948 OpenEmbedded build system, which is based on BitBake.
1949 You can use the Hob to build custom operating system images within the Yocto Project build environment.
1950 Hob simply provides a friendly interface over the build system used during development.
1951 In other words, building images with the Hob lets you take care of common build tasks more easily.
1952 </para>
1953
1954 <para>
1955 For a better understanding of Hob, see the project page at
1956 <ulink url='&YOCTO_HOME_URL;/tools-resources/projects/hob'></ulink>
1957 on the Yocto Project website.
1958 If you follow the "Documentation" link from the Hob page, you will
1959 find a short introductory training video on Hob.
1960 The following lists some features of Hob:
1961 <itemizedlist>
1962 <listitem><para>You can setup and run Hob using these commands:
1963 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
1964 $ source oe-init-build-env
1965 $ hob
1966 </literallayout></para></listitem>
1967 <listitem><para>You can set the
1968 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-MACHINE'><filename>MACHINE</filename></ulink>
1969 for which you are building the image.</para></listitem>
1970 <listitem><para>You can modify various policy settings such as the
1971 package format with which to build,
1972 the parallelism BitBake uses, whether or not to build an
1973 external toolchain, and which host to build against.
1974 </para></listitem>
1975 <listitem><para>You can manage
1976 <link linkend='understanding-and-creating-layers'>layers</link>.</para></listitem>
1977 <listitem><para>You can select a base image and then add extra packages for your custom build.
1978 </para></listitem>
1979 <listitem><para>You can launch and monitor the build from within Hob.</para></listitem>
1980 </itemizedlist>
1981 </para>
1982</section>
1983
1984<section id="platdev-appdev-devshell">
1985 <title>Using a Development Shell</title>
1986
1987 <para>
1988 When debugging certain commands or even when just editing packages,
1989 <filename>devshell</filename> can be a useful tool.
1990 When you invoke <filename>devshell</filename>, source files are
1991 extracted into your working directory and patches are applied.
1992 Then, a new terminal is opened and you are placed in the working directory.
1993 In the new terminal, all the OpenEmbedded build-related environment variables are
1994 still defined so you can use commands such as <filename>configure</filename> and
1995 <filename>make</filename>.
1996 The commands execute just as if the OpenEmbedded build system were executing them.
1997 Consequently, working this way can be helpful when debugging a build or preparing
1998 software to be used with the OpenEmbedded build system.
1999 </para>
2000
2001 <para>
2002 Following is an example that uses <filename>devshell</filename> on a target named
2003 <filename>matchbox-desktop</filename>:
2004 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
2005 $ bitbake matchbox-desktop -c devshell
2006 </literallayout>
2007 </para>
2008
2009 <para>
2010 This command spawns a terminal with a shell prompt within the OpenEmbedded build environment.
2011 The <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-OE_TERMINAL'><filename>OE_TERMINAL</filename></ulink>
2012 variable controls what type of shell is opened.
2013 </para>
2014
2015 <para>
2016 For spawned terminals, the following occurs:
2017 <itemizedlist>
2018 <listitem><para>The <filename>PATH</filename> variable includes the
2019 cross-toolchain.</para></listitem>
2020 <listitem><para>The <filename>pkgconfig</filename> variables find the correct
2021 <filename>.pc</filename> files.</para></listitem>
2022 <listitem><para>The <filename>configure</filename> command finds the
2023 Yocto Project site files as well as any other necessary files.</para></listitem>
2024 </itemizedlist>
2025 </para>
2026
2027 <para>
2028 Within this environment, you can run configure or compile
2029 commands as if they were being run by
2030 the OpenEmbedded build system itself.
2031 As noted earlier, the working directory also automatically changes to the
2032 Source Directory (<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-S'><filename>S</filename></ulink>).
2033 </para>
2034
2035 <para>
2036 When you are finished, you just exit the shell or close the terminal window.
2037 </para>
2038
2039 <note>
2040 <para>
2041 It is worth remembering that when using <filename>devshell</filename>
2042 you need to use the full compiler name such as <filename>arm-poky-linux-gnueabi-gcc</filename>
2043 instead of just using <filename>gcc</filename>.
2044 The same applies to other applications such as <filename>binutils</filename>,
2045 <filename>libtool</filename> and so forth.
2046 BitBake sets up environment variables such as <filename>CC</filename>
2047 to assist applications, such as <filename>make</filename> to find the correct tools.
2048 </para>
2049
2050 <para>
2051 It is also worth noting that <filename>devshell</filename> still works over
2052 X11 forwarding and similar situations.
2053 </para>
2054 </note>
2055</section>
2056
2057</chapter>
2058<!--
2059vim: expandtab tw=80 ts=4
2060-->
diff --git a/documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual-newbie.xml b/documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual-newbie.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..694bb7c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual-newbie.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,1590 @@
1<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN"
2"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd"
3[<!ENTITY % poky SYSTEM "../poky.ent"> %poky; ] >
4
5<chapter id='dev-manual-newbie'>
6
7<title>The Yocto Project Open Source Development Environment</title>
8
9<para>
10 This chapter helps you understand the Yocto Project as an open source development project.
11 In general, working in an open source environment is very different from working in a
12 closed, proprietary environment.
13 Additionally, the Yocto Project uses specific tools and constructs as part of its development
14 environment.
15 This chapter specifically addresses open source philosophy, using the
16 Yocto Project in a team environment, source repositories, Yocto Project
17 terms, licensing, the open source distributed version control system Git,
18 workflows, bug tracking, and how to submit changes.
19</para>
20
21<section id='open-source-philosophy'>
22 <title>Open Source Philosophy</title>
23
24 <para>
25 Open source philosophy is characterized by software development directed by peer production
26 and collaboration through an active community of developers.
27 Contrast this to the more standard centralized development models used by commercial software
28 companies where a finite set of developers produces a product for sale using a defined set
29 of procedures that ultimately result in an end product whose architecture and source material
30 are closed to the public.
31 </para>
32
33 <para>
34 Open source projects conceptually have differing concurrent agendas, approaches, and production.
35 These facets of the development process can come from anyone in the public (community) that has a
36 stake in the software project.
37 The open source environment contains new copyright, licensing, domain, and consumer issues
38 that differ from the more traditional development environment.
39 In an open source environment, the end product, source material, and documentation are
40 all available to the public at no cost.
41 </para>
42
43 <para>
44 A benchmark example of an open source project is the Linux Kernel, which was initially conceived
45 and created by Finnish computer science student Linus Torvalds in 1991.
46 Conversely, a good example of a non-open source project is the
47 <trademark class='registered'>Windows</trademark> family of operating
48 systems developed by <trademark class='registered'>Microsoft</trademark> Corporation.
49 </para>
50
51 <para>
52 Wikipedia has a good historical description of the Open Source Philosophy
53 <ulink url='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Open_source'>here</ulink>.
54 You can also find helpful information on how to participate in the Linux Community
55 <ulink url='http://ldn.linuxfoundation.org/book/how-participate-linux-community'>here</ulink>.
56 </para>
57</section>
58
59<section id="usingpoky-changes-collaborate">
60 <title>Using the Yocto Project in a Team Environment</title>
61
62 <para>
63 It might not be immediately clear how you can use the Yocto
64 Project in a team environment, or scale it for a large team of
65 developers.
66 One of the strengths of the Yocto Project is that it is extremely
67 flexible.
68 Thus, you can adapt it to many different use cases and scenarios.
69 However, these characteristics can cause a struggle if you are trying
70 to create a working setup that scales across a large team.
71 </para>
72
73 <para>
74 To help with these types of situations, this section presents
75 some of the project's most successful experiences,
76 practices, solutions, and available technologies that work well.
77 Keep in mind, the information here is a starting point.
78 You can build off it and customize it to fit any
79 particular working environment and set of practices.
80 </para>
81
82 <section id='best-practices-system-configurations'>
83 <title>System Configurations</title>
84
85 <para>
86 Systems across a large team should meet the needs of
87 two types of developers: those working on the contents of the
88 operating system image itself and those developing applications.
89 Regardless of the type of developer, their workstations must
90 be both reasonably powerful and run Linux.
91 </para>
92
93 <section id='best-practices-application-development'>
94 <title>Application Development</title>
95
96 <para>
97 For developers who mainly do application level work
98 on top of an existing software stack,
99 here are some practices that work best:
100 <itemizedlist>
101 <listitem><para>Use a pre-built toolchain that
102 contains the software stack itself.
103 Then, develop the application code on top of the
104 stack.
105 This method works well for small numbers of relatively
106 isolated applications.</para></listitem>
107 <listitem><para>When possible, use the Yocto Project
108 plug-in for the <trademark class='trade'>Eclipse</trademark> IDE
109 and other pieces of Application Development
110 Technology (ADT).
111 For more information, see the
112 "<link linkend='application-development-workflow'>Application
113 Development Workflow</link>" section as well as the
114 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_ADT_URL;'>Yocto Project Application Developer's Guide</ulink>.
115 </para></listitem>
116 <listitem><para>Keep your cross-development toolchains
117 updated.
118 You can do this through provisioning either as new
119 toolchain downloads or as updates through a package
120 update mechanism using <filename>opkg</filename>
121 to provide updates to an existing toolchain.
122 The exact mechanics of how and when to do this are a
123 question for local policy.</para></listitem>
124 <listitem><para>Use multiple toolchains installed locally
125 into different locations to allow development across
126 versions.</para></listitem>
127 </itemizedlist>
128 </para>
129 </section>
130
131 <section id='best-practices-core-system-development'>
132 <title>Core System Development</title>
133
134 <para>
135 For core system development, it is often best to have the
136 build system itself available on the developer workstations
137 so developers can run their own builds and directly
138 rebuild the software stack.
139 You should keep the core system unchanged as much as
140 possible and do your work in layers on top of the core system.
141 Doing so gives you a greater level of portability when
142 upgrading to new versions of the core system or Board
143 Support Packages (BSPs).
144 You can share layers amongst the developers of a particular
145 project and contain the policy configuration that defines
146 the project.
147 </para>
148
149 <para>
150 Aside from the previous best practices, there exists a number
151 of tips and tricks that can help speed up core development
152 projects:
153 <itemizedlist>
154 <listitem><para>Use a
155 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#shared-state-cache'>Shared State Cache</ulink>
156 (sstate) among groups of developers who are on a
157 fast network.
158 The best way to share sstate is through a
159 Network File System (NFS) share.
160 The first user to build a given component for the
161 first time contributes that object to the sstate,
162 while subsequent builds from other developers then
163 reuse the object rather than rebuild it themselves.
164 </para>
165 <para>Although it is possible to use other protocols for the
166 sstate such as HTTP and FTP, you should avoid these.
167 Using HTTP limits the sstate to read-only and
168 FTP provides poor performance.
169 </para></listitem>
170 <listitem><para>Have autobuilders contribute to the sstate
171 pool similarly to how the developer workstations
172 contribute.
173 For information, see the
174 <link linkend='best-practices-autobuilders'>Autobuilders</link>
175 section.</para></listitem>
176 <listitem><para>Build stand-alone tarballs that contain
177 "missing" system requirements if for some reason
178 developer workstations do not meet minimum system
179 requirements such as latest Python versions,
180 <filename>chrpath</filename>, or other tools.
181 You can install and relocate the tarball exactly as you
182 would the usual cross-development toolchain so that
183 all developers can meet minimum version requirements
184 on most distributions.</para></listitem>
185 <listitem><para>Use a small number of shared,
186 high performance systems for testing purposes
187 (e.g. dual six core Xeons with 24GB RAM and plenty of
188 disk space).
189 Developers can use these systems for wider, more
190 extensive testing while they continue to develop
191 locally using their primary development system.
192 </para></listitem>
193 <listitem><para>Enable the PR Service when package feeds
194 need to be incremental with continually increasing
195 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PR'>PR</ulink>
196 values.
197 Typically, this situation occurs when you use or
198 publish package feeds and use a shared state.
199 You should enable the PR Service for all users who
200 use the shared state pool.
201 For more information on the PR Service, see the
202 "<link linkend='working-with-a-pr-service'>Working With a PR Service</link>".
203 </para></listitem>
204 </itemizedlist>
205 </para>
206 </section>
207 </section>
208
209 <section id='best-practices-source-control-management'>
210 <title>Source Control Management (SCM)</title>
211
212 <para>
213 Keeping your
214 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_DEV_URL;#metadata'>Metadata</ulink>
215 and any software you are developing under the
216 control of an SCM system that is compatible
217 with the OpenEmbedded build system is advisable.
218 Of the SCMs BitBake supports, the
219 Yocto Project team strongly recommends using
220 <link linkend='git'>Git</link>.
221 Git is a distributed system that is easy to backup,
222 allows you to work remotely, and then connects back to the
223 infrastructure.
224 <note>
225 For information about BitBake and SCMs, see the
226 BitBake manual located in the
227 <filename>bitbake/doc/manual</filename> directory of the
228 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_DEV_URL;#source-directory'>Source Directory</ulink>.
229 </note>
230 </para>
231
232 <para>
233 It is relatively easy to set up Git services and create
234 infrastructure like
235 <ulink url='&YOCTO_GIT_URL;'>http://git.yoctoproject.org</ulink>,
236 which is based on server software called
237 <filename>gitolite</filename> with <filename>cgit</filename>
238 being used to generate the web interface that lets you view the
239 repositories.
240 The <filename>gitolite</filename> software identifies users
241 using <filename>ssh</filename> keys and allows branch-based
242 access controls to repositories that you can control as little
243 or as much as necessary.
244 </para>
245
246 <note>
247 The setup of these services is beyond the scope of this manual.
248 However, sites such as these exist that describe how to perform
249 setup:
250 <itemizedlist>
251 <listitem><para><ulink url='http://git-scm.com/book/ch4-8.html'>Git documentation</ulink>:
252 Describes how to install <filename>gitolite</filename>
253 on the server.</para></listitem>
254 <listitem><para><ulink url='http://sitaramc.github.com/gitolite/master-toc.html'>The <filename>gitolite</filename> master index</ulink>:
255 All topics for <filename>gitolite</filename>.
256 </para></listitem>
257 <listitem><para><ulink url='https://git.wiki.kernel.org/index.php/Interfaces,_frontends,_and_tools'>Interfaces, frontends, and tools</ulink>:
258 Documentation on how to create interfaces and frontends
259 for Git.</para></listitem>
260 </itemizedlist>
261 </note>
262 </section>
263
264 <section id='best-practices-autobuilders'>
265 <title>Autobuilders</title>
266
267 <para>
268 Autobuilders are often the core of a development project.
269 It is here that changes from individual developers are brought
270 together and centrally tested and subsequent decisions about
271 releases can be made.
272 Autobuilders also allow for "continuous integration" style
273 testing of software components and regression identification
274 and tracking.
275 </para>
276
277 <para>
278 See "<ulink url='http://autobuilder.yoctoproject.org'>Yocto Project Autobuilder</ulink>"
279 for more information and links to buildbot.
280 The Yocto Project team has found this implementation
281 works well in this role.
282 A public example of this is the Yocto Project
283 Autobuilders, which we use to test the overall health of the
284 project.
285 </para>
286
287 <para>
288 The features of this system are:
289 <itemizedlist>
290 <listitem><para>Highlights when commits break the build.
291 </para></listitem>
292 <listitem><para>Populates an sstate cache from which
293 developers can pull rather than requiring local
294 builds.</para></listitem>
295 <listitem><para>Allows commit hook triggers,
296 which trigger builds when commits are made.
297 </para></listitem>
298 <listitem><para>Allows triggering of automated image booting
299 and testing under the QuickEMUlator (QEMU).
300 </para></listitem>
301 <listitem><para>Supports incremental build testing and from
302 scratch builds.</para></listitem>
303 <listitem><para>Shares output that allows developer
304 testing and historical regression investigation.
305 </para></listitem>
306 <listitem><para>Creates output that can be used for releases.
307 </para></listitem>
308 <listitem><para>Allows scheduling of builds so that resources
309 can be used efficiently.</para></listitem>
310 </itemizedlist>
311 </para>
312 </section>
313
314 <section id='best-practices-policies-and-change-flow'>
315 <title>Policies and Change Flow</title>
316
317 <para>
318 The Yocto Project itself uses a hierarchical structure and a
319 pull model.
320 Scripts exist to create and send pull requests
321 (i.e. <filename>create-pull-request</filename> and
322 <filename>send-pull-request</filename>).
323 This model is in line with other open source projects where
324 maintainers are responsible for specific areas of the project
325 and a single maintainer handles the final "top-of-tree" merges.
326 </para>
327
328 <note>
329 You can also use a more collective push model.
330 The <filename>gitolite</filename> software supports both the
331 push and pull models quite easily.
332 </note>
333
334 <para>
335 As with any development environment, it is important
336 to document the policy used as well as any main project
337 guidelines so they are understood by everyone.
338 It is also a good idea to have well structured
339 commit messages, which are usually a part of a project's
340 guidelines.
341 Good commit messages are essential when looking back in time and
342 trying to understand why changes were made.
343 </para>
344
345 <para>
346 If you discover that changes are needed to the core layer of the
347 project, it is worth sharing those with the community as soon
348 as possible.
349 Chances are if you have discovered the need for changes, someone
350 else in the community needs them also.
351 </para>
352 </section>
353
354 <section id='best-practices-summary'>
355 <title>Summary</title>
356
357 <para>
358 This section summarizes the key recommendations described in the
359 previous sections:
360 <itemizedlist>
361 <listitem><para>Use <link linkend='git'>Git</link>
362 as the source control system.</para></listitem>
363 <listitem><para>Maintain your Metadata in layers that make sense
364 for your situation.
365 See the "<link linkend='understanding-and-creating-layers'>Understanding
366 and Creating Layers</link>" section for more information on
367 layers.</para></listitem>
368 <listitem><para>Separate the project's Metadata and code by using
369 separate Git repositories.
370 See the "<link linkend='yocto-project-repositories'>Yocto Project
371 Source Repositories</link>" section for information on these
372 repositories.
373 See the "<link linkend='getting-setup'>Getting Set Up</link>" section
374 for information on how to set up various Yocto Project related
375 Git repositories.</para></listitem>
376 <listitem><para>Set up the directory for the shared state cache
377 (<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-SSTATE_DIR'><filename>SSTATE_DIR</filename></ulink>)
378 where it makes sense.
379 For example, set up the sstate cache on a system used
380 by developers in the same organization and share the
381 same source directories on their machines.
382 </para></listitem>
383 <listitem><para>Set up an Autobuilder and have it populate the
384 sstate cache and source directories.</para></listitem>
385 <listitem><para>The Yocto Project community encourages you
386 to send patches to the project to fix bugs or add features.
387 If you do submit patches, follow the project commit
388 guidelines for writing good commit messages.
389 See the "<link linkend='how-to-submit-a-change'>How to Submit a Change</link>"
390 section.</para></listitem>
391 <listitem><para>Send changes to the core sooner than later
392 as others likely run into the same issues.
393 For some guidance on mailing lists to use, see the list in the
394 "<link linkend='how-to-submit-a-change'>How to Submit a Change</link>"
395 section.
396 For a description of the available mailing lists, see the
397 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#resources-mailinglist'>Mailing Lists</ulink>"
398 section in the Yocto Project Reference Manual.
399 </para></listitem>
400 </itemizedlist>
401 </para>
402 </section>
403</section>
404
405<section id='yocto-project-repositories'>
406 <title>Yocto Project Source Repositories</title>
407
408 <para>
409 The Yocto Project team maintains complete source repositories for all Yocto Project files
410 at <ulink url='&YOCTO_GIT_URL;/cgit/cgit.cgi'></ulink>.
411 This web-based source code browser is organized into categories by function such as
412 IDE Plugins, Matchbox, Poky, Yocto Linux Kernel, and so forth.
413 From the interface, you can click on any particular item in the "Name" column and
414 see the URL at the bottom of the page that you need to clone a Git repository for
415 that particular item.
416 Having a local Git repository of the Source Directory (poky) allows you to
417 make changes, contribute to the history, and ultimately enhance the Yocto Project's
418 tools, Board Support Packages, and so forth.
419 </para>
420
421 <para>
422 Conversely, if you are a developer that is not interested in contributing back to the
423 Yocto Project, you have the ability to simply download and extract release tarballs
424 and use them within the Yocto Project environment.
425 All that is required is a particular release of the Yocto Project and
426 your application source code.
427 </para>
428
429 <para>
430 For any supported release of Yocto Project, you can go to the
431 <ulink url='&YOCTO_HOME_URL;'>Yocto Project Website</ulink> and
432 select the "Downloads" tab and get a released tarball of the
433 <filename>poky</filename> repository or any supported BSP tarballs.
434 Unpacking these tarballs gives you a snapshot of the released
435 files.
436 <note>
437 The recommended method for setting up the Yocto Project
438 <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link> and the
439 files for supported BSPs (eg., <filename>meta-intel</filename>) is to
440 use <link linkend='git'>Git</link> to create a local copy of the
441 upstream repositories.
442 </note>
443 </para>
444
445 <para>
446 In summary, here is where you can get the project files needed for development:
447 <itemizedlist>
448 <listitem><para id='source-repositories'><emphasis><ulink url='&YOCTO_GIT_URL;/cgit/cgit.cgi'>Source Repositories:</ulink></emphasis>
449 This area contains IDE Plugins, Matchbox, Poky, Poky Support, Tools, Yocto Linux Kernel, and Yocto
450 Metadata Layers.
451 You can create local copies of Git repositories for each of these areas.</para>
452 <para>
453 <imagedata fileref="figures/source-repos.png" align="center" width="6in" depth="4in" />
454 </para></listitem>
455 <listitem><para><anchor id='index-downloads' /><emphasis><ulink url='&YOCTO_DL_URL;/releases/'>Index of /releases:</ulink></emphasis>
456 This area contains index releases such as
457 the <trademark class='trade'>Eclipse</trademark>
458 Yocto Plug-in, miscellaneous support, poky, pseudo, installers for cross-development toolchains,
459 and all released versions of Yocto Project in the form of images or tarballs.
460 Downloading and extracting these files does not produce a local copy of the
461 Git repository but rather a snapshot of a particular release or image.</para>
462 <para>
463 <imagedata fileref="figures/index-downloads.png" align="center" width="6in" depth="3.5in" />
464 </para></listitem>
465 <listitem><para><emphasis>"Downloads" page for the
466 <ulink url='&YOCTO_HOME_URL;'>Yocto Project Website</ulink>:</emphasis>
467 Access this page by going to the website and then selecting
468 the "Downloads" tab.
469 This page allows you to download any Yocto Project
470 release or Board Support Package (BSP) in tarball form.
471 The tarballs are similar to those found in the
472 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DL_URL;/releases/'>Index of /releases:</ulink> area.</para>
473 <para>
474 <imagedata fileref="figures/yp-download.png" align="center" width="6in" depth="4in" />
475 </para></listitem>
476 </itemizedlist>
477 </para>
478</section>
479
480<section id='yocto-project-terms'>
481 <title>Yocto Project Terms</title>
482
483 <para>
484 Following is a list of terms and definitions users new to the Yocto Project development
485 environment might find helpful.
486 While some of these terms are universal, the list includes them just in case:
487 <itemizedlist>
488 <listitem><para><emphasis>Append Files:</emphasis> Files that append build information to
489 a recipe file.
490 Append files are known as BitBake append files and <filename>.bbappend</filename> files.
491 The OpenEmbedded build system expects every append file to have a corresponding
492 recipe (<filename>.bb</filename>) file.
493 Furthermore, the append file and corresponding recipe file
494 must use the same root filename.
495 The filenames can differ only in the file type suffix used (e.g.
496 <filename>formfactor_0.0.bb</filename> and <filename>formfactor_0.0.bbappend</filename>).
497 </para>
498 <para>Information in append files overrides the information in the similarly-named recipe file.
499 For an example of an append file in use, see the
500 "<link linkend='using-bbappend-files'>Using .bbappend Files</link>" section.
501 </para></listitem>
502 <listitem><para id='bitbake-term'><emphasis>BitBake:</emphasis>
503 The task executor and scheduler used by
504 the OpenEmbedded build system to build images.
505 For more information on BitBake, see the BitBake documentation
506 in the <filename>bitbake/doc/manual</filename> directory of the
507 <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link>.</para></listitem>
508 <listitem>
509 <para id='build-directory'><emphasis>Build Directory:</emphasis>
510 This term refers to the area used by the OpenEmbedded build system for builds.
511 The area is created when you <filename>source</filename> the setup
512 environment script that is found in the Source Directory
513 (i.e. <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#structure-core-script'><filename>&OE_INIT_FILE;</filename></ulink>
514 or
515 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#structure-memres-core-script'><filename>oe-init-build-env-memres</filename></ulink>).
516 The <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-TOPDIR'><filename>TOPDIR</filename></ulink>
517 variable points to the Build Directory.</para>
518
519 <para>
520 You have a lot of flexibility when creating the Build
521 Directory.
522 Following are some examples that show how to create the
523 directory.
524 The examples assume your
525 <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link> is
526 named <filename>poky</filename>:
527 <itemizedlist>
528 <listitem><para>Create the Build Directory inside your
529 Source Directory and let the name of the Build
530 Directory default to <filename>build</filename>:
531 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
532 $ cd $HOME/poky
533 $ source &OE_INIT_FILE;
534 </literallayout></para></listitem>
535 <listitem><para>Create the Build Directory inside your
536 home directory and specifically name it
537 <filename>test-builds</filename>:
538 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
539 $ cd $HOME
540 $ source poky/&OE_INIT_FILE; test-builds
541 </literallayout></para></listitem>
542 <listitem><para>Provide a directory path and
543 specifically name the build directory.
544 Any intermediate folders in the pathname must
545 exist.
546 This next example creates a Build Directory named
547 <filename>YP-&POKYVERSION;</filename>
548 in your home directory within the existing
549 directory <filename>mybuilds</filename>:
550 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
551 $cd $HOME
552 $ source $HOME/poky/&OE_INIT_FILE; $HOME/mybuilds/YP-&POKYVERSION;
553 </literallayout></para></listitem>
554 </itemizedlist>
555 </para></listitem>
556 <listitem><para><emphasis>Build System:</emphasis> In the context of the Yocto Project,
557 this term refers to the OpenEmbedded build system used by the project.
558 This build system is based on the project known as "Poky."
559 For some historical information about Poky, see the
560 <link linkend='poky'>Poky</link> term.
561 </para></listitem>
562 <listitem><para><emphasis>Classes:</emphasis> Files that provide for logic encapsulation
563 and inheritance so that commonly used patterns can be defined once and then easily used
564 in multiple recipes.
565 Class files end with the <filename>.bbclass</filename> filename extension.
566 </para></listitem>
567 <listitem><para><emphasis>Configuration File:</emphasis> Configuration information in various
568 <filename>.conf</filename> files provides global definitions of variables.
569 The <filename>conf/local.conf</filename> configuration file in the
570 <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link>
571 contains user-defined variables that affect each build.
572 The <filename>meta-yocto/conf/distro/poky.conf</filename> configuration file
573 defines Yocto "distro" configuration
574 variables used only when building with this policy.
575 Machine configuration files, which
576 are located throughout the
577 <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link>, define
578 variables for specific hardware and are only used when building for that target
579 (e.g. the <filename>machine/beagleboard.conf</filename> configuration file defines
580 variables for the Texas Instruments ARM Cortex-A8 development board).
581 Configuration files end with a <filename>.conf</filename> filename extension.
582 </para></listitem>
583 <listitem><para id='cross-development-toolchain'>
584 <emphasis>Cross-Development Toolchain:</emphasis>
585 In general, a cross-development toolchain is a collection of
586 software development tools and utilities that run on one
587 architecture and allow you to develop software for a
588 different, or targeted, architecture.
589 These toolchains contain cross-compilers, linkers, and
590 debuggers that are specific to the target architecture.
591 </para>
592
593 <para>The Yocto Project supports two different cross-development
594 toolchains:
595 <itemizedlist>
596 <listitem><para>A toolchain only used by and within
597 BitBake when building an image for a target
598 architecture.</para></listitem>
599 <listitem><para>A relocatable toolchain used outside of
600 BitBake by developers when developing applications
601 that will run on a targeted device.
602 Sometimes this relocatable cross-development
603 toolchain is referred to as the meta-toolchain.
604 </para></listitem>
605 </itemizedlist>
606 </para>
607
608 <para>
609 Creation of these toolchains is simple and automated.
610 For information on toolchain concepts as they apply to the
611 Yocto Project, see the
612 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#cross-development-toolchain-generation'>Cross-Development Toolchain Generation</ulink>"
613 section in the Yocto Project Reference Manual.
614 You can also find more information on using the
615 relocatable toolchain in the
616 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_ADT_URL;'>Yocto Project
617 Application Developer's Guide</ulink>.
618 </para></listitem>
619 <listitem><para><emphasis>Image:</emphasis> An image is the result produced when
620 BitBake processes a given collection of recipes and related Metadata.
621 Images are the binary output that run on specific hardware or QEMU
622 and for specific use cases.
623 For a list of the supported image types that the Yocto Project provides, see the
624 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#ref-images'>Images</ulink>"
625 chapter in the Yocto Project Reference Manual.</para></listitem>
626 <listitem><para id='layer'><emphasis>Layer:</emphasis> A collection of recipes representing the core,
627 a BSP, or an application stack.
628 For a discussion on BSP Layers, see the
629 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_BSP_URL;#bsp-layers'>BSP Layers</ulink>"
630 section in the Yocto Project Board Support Packages (BSP)
631 Developer's Guide.</para></listitem>
632 <listitem><para id='meta-toolchain'><emphasis>Meta-Toolchain:</emphasis>
633 A term sometimes used for
634 <link linkend='cross-development-toolchain'>Cross-Development Toolchain</link>.
635 </para></listitem>
636 <listitem><para id='metadata'><emphasis>Metadata:</emphasis>
637 The files that BitBake parses when building an image.
638 In general, Metadata includes recipes, classes, and
639 configuration files.
640 In the context of the kernel ("kernel Metadata"),
641 it refers to Metadata in the <filename>meta</filename>
642 branches of the kernel source Git repositories.
643 </para></listitem>
644 <listitem><para id='oe-core'><emphasis>OE-Core:</emphasis> A core set of Metadata originating
645 with OpenEmbedded (OE) that is shared between OE and the Yocto Project.
646 This Metadata is found in the <filename>meta</filename> directory of the
647 <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link>.</para></listitem>
648 <listitem><para><emphasis>Package:</emphasis> In the context of the Yocto Project,
649 this term refers to the packaged output from a baked recipe.
650 A package is generally the compiled binaries produced from the recipe's sources.
651 You "bake" something by running it through BitBake.</para>
652 <para>It is worth noting that the term "package" can, in general, have subtle
653 meanings. For example, the packages referred to in the
654 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_QS_URL;#packages'>The Packages</ulink>" section are
655 compiled binaries that when installed add functionality to your Linux
656 distribution.</para>
657 <para>Another point worth noting is that historically within the Yocto Project,
658 recipes were referred to as packages - thus, the existence of several BitBake
659 variables that are seemingly mis-named,
660 (e.g. <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PR'><filename>PR</filename></ulink>,
661 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PRINC'><filename>PRINC</filename></ulink>,
662 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PV'><filename>PV</filename></ulink>, and
663 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PE'><filename>PE</filename></ulink>).
664 </para></listitem>
665 <listitem><para id='poky'><emphasis>Poky:</emphasis> The term "poky" can mean several things.
666 In its most general sense, it is an open-source project that was initially developed
667 by OpenedHand. With OpenedHand, poky was developed off of the existing OpenEmbedded
668 build system becoming a build system for embedded images.
669 After Intel Corporation acquired OpenedHand, the project poky became the basis for
670 the Yocto Project's build system.
671 Within the Yocto Project source repositories, <filename>poky</filename>
672 exists as a separate Git repository
673 that can be cloned to yield a local copy on the host system.
674 Thus, "poky" can refer to the local copy of the Source Directory used to develop within
675 the Yocto Project.</para></listitem>
676 <listitem><para><emphasis>Recipe:</emphasis> A set of instructions for building packages.
677 A recipe describes where you get source code and which patches to apply.
678 Recipes describe dependencies for libraries or for other recipes, and they
679 also contain configuration and compilation options.
680 Recipes contain the logical unit of execution, the software/images to build, and
681 use the <filename>.bb</filename> file extension.</para></listitem>
682 <listitem>
683 <para id='source-directory'><emphasis>Source Directory:</emphasis>
684 This term refers to the directory structure created as a result of either downloading
685 and unpacking a Yocto Project release tarball or creating a local copy of
686 the <filename>poky</filename> Git repository
687 <filename>git://git.yoctoproject.org/poky</filename>.
688 Sometimes you might hear the term "poky directory" used to refer to this
689 directory structure.
690 <note>
691 The OpenEmbedded build system does not support file or directory names that
692 contain spaces.
693 Be sure that the Source Directory you use does not contain these types
694 of names.
695 </note></para>
696 <para>The Source Directory contains BitBake, Documentation, Metadata and
697 other files that all support the Yocto Project.
698 Consequently, you must have the Source Directory in place on your development
699 system in order to do any development using the Yocto Project.</para>
700
701 <para>For tarball expansion, the name of the top-level directory of the Source Directory
702 is derived from the Yocto Project release tarball.
703 For example, downloading and unpacking <filename>&YOCTO_POKY_TARBALL;</filename>
704 results in a Source Directory whose top-level folder is named
705 <filename>&YOCTO_POKY;</filename>.
706 If you create a local copy of the Git repository, you can name the repository
707 anything you like.
708 Throughout much of the documentation, <filename>poky</filename> is used as the name of
709 the top-level folder of the local copy of the poky Git repository.
710 So, for example, cloning the <filename>poky</filename> Git repository results in a
711 local Git repository whose top-level folder is also named <filename>poky</filename>.</para>
712
713 <para>It is important to understand the differences between the Source Directory created
714 by unpacking a released tarball as compared to cloning
715 <filename>git://git.yoctoproject.org/poky</filename>.
716 When you unpack a tarball, you have an exact copy of the files based on the time of
717 release - a fixed release point.
718 Any changes you make to your local files in the Source Directory are on top of the release.
719 On the other hand, when you clone the <filename>poky</filename> Git repository, you have an
720 active development repository.
721 In this case, any local changes you make to the Source Directory can be later applied
722 to active development branches of the upstream <filename>poky</filename> Git
723 repository.</para>
724
725 <para>Finally, if you want to track a set of local changes while starting from the same point
726 as a release tarball, you can create a local Git branch that
727 reflects the exact copy of the files at the time of their release.
728 You do this by using Git tags that are part of the repository.</para>
729
730 <para>For more information on concepts related to Git repositories, branches, and tags,
731 see the
732 "<link linkend='repositories-tags-and-branches'>Repositories, Tags, and Branches</link>"
733 section.</para></listitem>
734 <listitem><para><emphasis>Tasks:</emphasis> Arbitrary groups of software Recipes.
735 You use tasks to hold recipes that, when built, usually accomplish a single task.
736 For example, a task could contain the recipes for a company’s proprietary or value-add software.
737 Or, the task could contain the recipes that enable graphics.
738 A task is really just another recipe.
739 Because task files are recipes, they end with the <filename>.bb</filename> filename
740 extension.</para></listitem>
741 <listitem><para><emphasis>Upstream:</emphasis> A reference to source code or repositories
742 that are not local to the development system but located in a master area that is controlled
743 by the maintainer of the source code.
744 For example, in order for a developer to work on a particular piece of code, they need to
745 first get a copy of it from an "upstream" source.</para></listitem>
746 </itemizedlist>
747 </para>
748</section>
749
750<section id='licensing'>
751 <title>Licensing</title>
752
753 <para>
754 Because open source projects are open to the public, they have different licensing structures in place.
755 License evolution for both Open Source and Free Software has an interesting history.
756 If you are interested in this history, you can find basic information here:
757 <itemizedlist>
758 <listitem><para><ulink url='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Open-source_license'>Open source license history</ulink>
759 </para></listitem>
760 <listitem><para><ulink url='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Free_software_license'>Free software license
761 history</ulink></para></listitem>
762 </itemizedlist>
763 </para>
764
765 <para>
766 In general, the Yocto Project is broadly licensed under the Massachusetts Institute of Technology
767 (MIT) License.
768 MIT licensing permits the reuse of software within proprietary software as long as the
769 license is distributed with that software.
770 MIT is also compatible with the GNU General Public License (GPL).
771 Patches to the Yocto Project follow the upstream licensing scheme.
772 You can find information on the MIT license at
773 <ulink url='http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php'>here</ulink>.
774 You can find information on the GNU GPL <ulink url='http://www.opensource.org/licenses/LGPL-3.0'>
775 here</ulink>.
776 </para>
777
778 <para>
779 When you build an image using the Yocto Project, the build process uses a
780 known list of licenses to ensure compliance.
781 You can find this list in the
782 <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link> at
783 <filename>meta/files/common-licenses</filename>.
784 Once the build completes, the list of all licenses found and used during that build are
785 kept in the
786 <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link> at
787 <filename>tmp/deploy/licenses</filename>.
788 </para>
789
790 <para>
791 If a module requires a license that is not in the base list, the build process
792 generates a warning during the build.
793 These tools make it easier for a developer to be certain of the licenses with which
794 their shipped products must comply.
795 However, even with these tools it is still up to the developer to resolve potential licensing issues.
796 </para>
797
798 <para>
799 The base list of licenses used by the build process is a combination of the Software Package
800 Data Exchange (SPDX) list and the Open Source Initiative (OSI) projects.
801 <ulink url='http://spdx.org'>SPDX Group</ulink> is a working group of the Linux Foundation
802 that maintains a specification
803 for a standard format for communicating the components, licenses, and copyrights
804 associated with a software package.
805 <ulink url='http://opensource.org'>OSI</ulink> is a corporation dedicated to the Open Source
806 Definition and the effort for reviewing and approving licenses that are OSD-conformant.
807 </para>
808
809 <para>
810 You can find a list of the combined SPDX and OSI licenses that the Yocto Project uses
811 <ulink url='&YOCTO_GIT_URL;/cgit/cgit.cgi/poky/tree/meta/files/common-licenses'>here</ulink>.
812 </para>
813
814 <para>
815 For information that can help you to maintain compliance with various open source licensing
816 during the lifecycle of a product created using the Yocto Project, see the
817 "<link linkend='maintaining-open-source-license-compliance-during-your-products-lifecycle'>Maintaining Open Source License Compliance During Your Product's Lifecycle</link>" section.
818 </para>
819</section>
820
821<section id='git'>
822 <title>Git</title>
823
824 <para>
825 The Yocto Project makes extensive use of Git,
826 which is a free, open source distributed version control system.
827 Git supports distributed development, non-linear development, and can handle large projects.
828 It is best that you have some fundamental understanding of how Git tracks projects and
829 how to work with Git if you are going to use the Yocto Project for development.
830 This section provides a quick overview of how Git works and provides you with a summary
831 of some essential Git commands.
832 </para>
833
834 <para>
835 For more information on Git, see
836 <ulink url='http://git-scm.com/documentation'></ulink>.
837 If you need to download Git, go to <ulink url='http://git-scm.com/download'></ulink>.
838 </para>
839
840 <section id='repositories-tags-and-branches'>
841 <title>Repositories, Tags, and Branches</title>
842
843 <para>
844 As mentioned earlier in the section
845 "<link linkend='yocto-project-repositories'>Yocto Project Source Repositories</link>",
846 the Yocto Project maintains source repositories at
847 <ulink url='&YOCTO_GIT_URL;/cgit.cgi'></ulink>.
848 If you look at this web-interface of the repositories, each item is a separate
849 Git repository.
850 </para>
851
852 <para>
853 Git repositories use branching techniques that track content change (not files)
854 within a project (e.g. a new feature or updated documentation).
855 Creating a tree-like structure based on project divergence allows for excellent historical
856 information over the life of a project.
857 This methodology also allows for an environment from which you can do lots of
858 local experimentation on projects as you develop changes or new features.
859 </para>
860
861 <para>
862 A Git repository represents all development efforts for a given project.
863 For example, the Git repository <filename>poky</filename> contains all changes
864 and developments for Poky over the course of its entire life.
865 That means that all changes that make up all releases are captured.
866 The repository maintains a complete history of changes.
867 </para>
868
869 <para>
870 You can create a local copy of any repository by "cloning" it with the Git
871 <filename>clone</filename> command.
872 When you clone a Git repository, you end up with an identical copy of the
873 repository on your development system.
874 Once you have a local copy of a repository, you can take steps to develop locally.
875 For examples on how to clone Git repositories, see the
876 "<link linkend='getting-setup'>Getting Set Up</link>" section.
877 </para>
878
879 <para>
880 It is important to understand that Git tracks content change and not files.
881 Git uses "branches" to organize different development efforts.
882 For example, the <filename>poky</filename> repository has
883 <filename>denzil</filename>, <filename>danny</filename>,
884 <filename>dylan</filename>, <filename>dora</filename>,
885 and <filename>master</filename> branches among others.
886 You can see all the branches by going to
887 <ulink url='&YOCTO_GIT_URL;/cgit.cgi/poky/'></ulink> and
888 clicking on the
889 <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_GIT_URL;/cgit.cgi/poky/refs/heads'>[...]</ulink></filename>
890 link beneath the "Branch" heading.
891 </para>
892
893 <para>
894 Each of these branches represents a specific area of development.
895 The <filename>master</filename> branch represents the current or most recent
896 development.
897 All other branches represent off-shoots of the <filename>master</filename>
898 branch.
899 </para>
900
901 <para>
902 When you create a local copy of a Git repository, the copy has the same set
903 of branches as the original.
904 This means you can use Git to create a local working area (also called a branch)
905 that tracks a specific development branch from the source Git repository.
906 in other words, you can define your local Git environment to work on any development
907 branch in the repository.
908 To help illustrate, here is a set of commands that creates a local copy of the
909 <filename>poky</filename> Git repository and then creates and checks out a local
910 Git branch that tracks the Yocto Project &DISTRO; Release (&DISTRO_NAME;) development:
911 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
912 $ cd ~
913 $ git clone git://git.yoctoproject.org/poky
914 $ cd poky
915 $ git checkout -b &DISTRO_NAME; origin/&DISTRO_NAME;
916 </literallayout>
917 In this example, the name of the top-level directory of your local
918 <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link>
919 is <filename>poky</filename>,
920 and the name of that local working area (local branch) you just
921 created and checked out is <filename>&DISTRO_NAME;</filename>.
922 The files in your local repository now reflect the same files that
923 are in the <filename>&DISTRO_NAME;</filename> development
924 branch of the Yocto Project's <filename>poky</filename>
925 upstream repository.
926 It is important to understand that when you create and checkout a
927 local working branch based on a branch name,
928 your local environment matches the "tip" of that development branch
929 at the time you created your local branch, which could be
930 different from the files at the time of a similarly named release.
931 In other words, creating and checking out a local branch based on the
932 <filename>&DISTRO_NAME;</filename> branch name is not the same as
933 cloning and checking out the <filename>master</filename> branch.
934 Keep reading to see how you create a local snapshot of a Yocto Project Release.
935 </para>
936
937 <para>
938 Git uses "tags" to mark specific changes in a repository.
939 Typically, a tag is used to mark a special point such as the final change
940 before a project is released.
941 You can see the tags used with the <filename>poky</filename> Git repository
942 by going to <ulink url='&YOCTO_GIT_URL;/cgit.cgi/poky/'></ulink> and
943 clicking on the
944 <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_GIT_URL;/cgit.cgi/poky/refs/tags'>[...]</ulink></filename>
945 link beneath the "Tag" heading.
946 </para>
947
948 <para>
949 Some key tags are <filename>bernard-5.0</filename>, <filename>denzil-7.0</filename>,
950 and <filename>&DISTRO_NAME;-&POKYVERSION;</filename>.
951 These tags represent Yocto Project releases.
952 </para>
953
954 <para>
955 When you create a local copy of the Git repository, you also have access to all the
956 tags.
957 Similar to branches, you can create and checkout a local working Git branch based
958 on a tag name.
959 When you do this, you get a snapshot of the Git repository that reflects
960 the state of the files when the change was made associated with that tag.
961 The most common use is to checkout a working branch that matches a specific
962 Yocto Project release.
963 Here is an example:
964 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
965 $ cd ~
966 $ git clone git://git.yoctoproject.org/poky
967 $ cd poky
968 $ git checkout -b my-&DISTRO_NAME;-&POKYVERSION; &DISTRO_NAME;-&POKYVERSION;
969 </literallayout>
970 In this example, the name of the top-level directory of your local Yocto Project
971 Files Git repository is <filename>poky</filename>.
972 And, the name of the local branch you have created and checked out is
973 <filename>my-&DISTRO_NAME;-&POKYVERSION;</filename>.
974 The files in your repository now exactly match the Yocto Project &DISTRO;
975 Release tag (<filename>&DISTRO_NAME;-&POKYVERSION;</filename>).
976 It is important to understand that when you create and checkout a local
977 working branch based on a tag, your environment matches a specific point
978 in time and not the entire development branch.
979 </para>
980 </section>
981
982 <section id='basic-commands'>
983 <title>Basic Commands</title>
984
985 <para>
986 Git has an extensive set of commands that lets you manage changes and perform
987 collaboration over the life of a project.
988 Conveniently though, you can manage with a small set of basic operations and workflows
989 once you understand the basic philosophy behind Git.
990 You do not have to be an expert in Git to be functional.
991 A good place to look for instruction on a minimal set of Git commands is
992 <ulink url='http://git-scm.com/documentation'>here</ulink>.
993 If you need to download Git, you can do so
994 <ulink url='http://git-scm.com/download'>here</ulink>.
995 </para>
996
997 <para>
998 If you don’t know much about Git, you should educate
999 yourself by visiting the links previously mentioned.
1000 </para>
1001
1002 <para>
1003 The following list briefly describes some basic Git operations as a way to get started.
1004 As with any set of commands, this list (in most cases) simply shows the base command and
1005 omits the many arguments they support.
1006 See the Git documentation for complete descriptions and strategies on how to use these commands:
1007 <itemizedlist>
1008 <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>git init</filename>:</emphasis> Initializes an empty Git repository.
1009 You cannot use Git commands unless you have a <filename>.git</filename> repository.</para></listitem>
1010 <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>git clone</filename>:</emphasis> Creates a clone of a repository.
1011 During collaboration, this command allows you to create a local repository that is on
1012 equal footing with a fellow developer’s repository.</para></listitem>
1013 <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>git add</filename>:</emphasis> Stages updated file contents
1014 to the index that
1015 Git uses to track changes.
1016 You must stage all files that have changed before you can commit them.</para></listitem>
1017 <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>git commit</filename>:</emphasis> Creates a "commit" that documents
1018 the changes you made.
1019 Commits are used for historical purposes, for determining if a maintainer of a project
1020 will allow the change, and for ultimately pushing the change from your local Git repository
1021 into the project’s upstream (or master) repository.</para></listitem>
1022 <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>git status</filename>:</emphasis> Reports any modified files that
1023 possibly need to be staged and committed.</para></listitem>
1024 <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>git checkout &lt;branch-name&gt;</filename>:</emphasis> Changes
1025 your working branch.
1026 This command is analogous to "cd".</para></listitem>
1027 <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>git checkout –b &lt;working-branch&gt;</filename>:</emphasis> Creates
1028 a working branch on your local machine where you can isolate work.
1029 It is a good idea to use local branches when adding specific features or changes.
1030 This way if you do not like what you have done you can easily get rid of the work.</para></listitem>
1031 <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>git branch</filename>:</emphasis> Reports
1032 existing local branches and
1033 tells you the branch in which you are currently working.</para></listitem>
1034 <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>git branch -D &lt;branch-name&gt;</filename>:</emphasis>
1035 Deletes an existing local branch.
1036 You need to be in a local branch other than the one you are deleting
1037 in order to delete <filename>&lt;branch-name&gt;</filename>.</para></listitem>
1038 <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>git pull</filename>:</emphasis> Retrieves information
1039 from an upstream Git
1040 repository and places it in your local Git repository.
1041 You use this command to make sure you are synchronized with the repository
1042 from which you are basing changes (.e.g. the master branch).</para></listitem>
1043 <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>git push</filename>:</emphasis>
1044 Sends all your committed local changes to an upstream Git
1045 repository (e.g. a contribution repository).
1046 The maintainer of the project draws from these repositories
1047 when adding changes to the project’s master repository or
1048 other development branch.
1049 </para></listitem>
1050 <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>git merge</filename>:</emphasis> Combines or adds changes from one
1051 local branch of your repository with another branch.
1052 When you create a local Git repository, the default branch is named "master".
1053 A typical workflow is to create a temporary branch for isolated work, make and commit your
1054 changes, switch to your local master branch, merge the changes from the temporary branch into the
1055 local master branch, and then delete the temporary branch.</para></listitem>
1056 <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>git cherry-pick</filename>:</emphasis> Choose and apply specific
1057 commits from one branch into another branch.
1058 There are times when you might not be able to merge all the changes in one branch with
1059 another but need to pick out certain ones.</para></listitem>
1060 <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>gitk</filename>:</emphasis> Provides a GUI view of the branches
1061 and changes in your local Git repository.
1062 This command is a good way to graphically see where things have diverged in your
1063 local repository.</para></listitem>
1064 <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>git log</filename>:</emphasis> Reports a history of your changes to the
1065 repository.</para></listitem>
1066 <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>git diff</filename>:</emphasis> Displays line-by-line differences
1067 between your local working files and the same files in the upstream Git repository that your
1068 branch currently tracks.</para></listitem>
1069 </itemizedlist>
1070 </para>
1071 </section>
1072</section>
1073
1074<section id='workflows'>
1075 <title>Workflows</title>
1076
1077 <para>
1078 This section provides some overview on workflows using Git.
1079 In particular, the information covers basic practices that describe roles and actions in a
1080 collaborative development environment.
1081 Again, if you are familiar with this type of development environment, you might want to just
1082 skip this section.
1083 </para>
1084
1085 <para>
1086 The Yocto Project files are maintained using Git in a "master" branch whose Git history
1087 tracks every change and whose structure provides branches for all diverging functionality.
1088 Although there is no need to use Git, many open source projects do so.
1089 For the Yocto Project, a key individual called the "maintainer" is responsible for the "master"
1090 branch of a given Git repository.
1091 The "master" branch is the “upstream” repository where the final builds of the project occur.
1092 The maintainer is responsible for allowing changes in from other developers and for
1093 organizing the underlying branch structure to reflect release strategies and so forth.
1094 <note>For information on finding out who is responsible (maintains)
1095 for a particular area of code, see the
1096 "<link linkend='how-to-submit-a-change'>How to Submit a Change</link>"
1097 section.
1098 </note>
1099 </para>
1100
1101 <para>
1102 The project also has contribution repositories known as "contrib" areas.
1103 These areas temporarily hold changes to the project that have been submitted or committed
1104 by the Yocto Project development team and by community members that contribute to the project.
1105 The maintainer determines if the changes are qualified to be moved from the "contrib" areas
1106 into the "master" branch of the Git repository.
1107 </para>
1108
1109 <para>
1110 Developers (including contributing community members) create and maintain cloned repositories
1111 of the upstream "master" branch.
1112 These repositories are local to their development platforms and are used to develop changes.
1113 When a developer is satisfied with a particular feature or change, they "push" the changes
1114 to the appropriate "contrib" repository.
1115 </para>
1116
1117 <para>
1118 Developers are responsible for keeping their local repository up-to-date with "master".
1119 They are also responsible for straightening out any conflicts that might arise within files
1120 that are being worked on simultaneously by more than one person.
1121 All this work is done locally on the developer’s machines before anything is pushed to a
1122 "contrib" area and examined at the maintainer’s level.
1123 </para>
1124
1125 <para>
1126 A somewhat formal method exists by which developers commit changes and push them into the
1127 "contrib" area and subsequently request that the maintainer include them into "master"
1128 This process is called “submitting a patch” or "submitting a change."
1129 For information on submitting patches and changes, see the
1130 "<link linkend='how-to-submit-a-change'>How to Submit a Change</link>" section.
1131 </para>
1132
1133 <para>
1134 To summarize the environment: we have a single point of entry for changes into the project’s
1135 "master" branch of the Git repository, which is controlled by the project’s maintainer.
1136 And, we have a set of developers who independently develop, test, and submit changes
1137 to "contrib" areas for the maintainer to examine.
1138 The maintainer then chooses which changes are going to become a permanent part of the project.
1139 </para>
1140
1141 <para>
1142 <imagedata fileref="figures/git-workflow.png" width="6in" depth="3in" align="left" scalefit="1" />
1143 </para>
1144
1145 <para>
1146 While each development environment is unique, there are some best practices or methods
1147 that help development run smoothly.
1148 The following list describes some of these practices.
1149 For more information about Git workflows, see the workflow topics in the
1150 <ulink url='http://book.git-scm.com'>Git Community Book</ulink>.
1151 <itemizedlist>
1152 <listitem><para><emphasis>Make Small Changes:</emphasis> It is best to keep the changes you commit
1153 small as compared to bundling many disparate changes into a single commit.
1154 This practice not only keeps things manageable but also allows the maintainer
1155 to more easily include or refuse changes.</para>
1156 <para>It is also good practice to leave the repository in a state that allows you to
1157 still successfully build your project. In other words, do not commit half of a feature,
1158 then add the other half as a separate, later commit.
1159 Each commit should take you from one buildable project state to another
1160 buildable state.</para></listitem>
1161 <listitem><para><emphasis>Use Branches Liberally:</emphasis> It is very easy to create, use, and
1162 delete local branches in your working Git repository.
1163 You can name these branches anything you like.
1164 It is helpful to give them names associated with the particular feature or change
1165 on which you are working.
1166 Once you are done with a feature or change and have merged it
1167 into your local master branch, simply discard the temporary
1168 branch.</para></listitem>
1169 <listitem><para><emphasis>Merge Changes:</emphasis> The <filename>git merge</filename>
1170 command allows you to take the
1171 changes from one branch and fold them into another branch.
1172 This process is especially helpful when more than a single developer might be working
1173 on different parts of the same feature.
1174 Merging changes also automatically identifies any collisions or "conflicts"
1175 that might happen as a result of the same lines of code being altered by two different
1176 developers.</para></listitem>
1177 <listitem><para><emphasis>Manage Branches:</emphasis> Because branches are easy to use, you should
1178 use a system where branches indicate varying levels of code readiness.
1179 For example, you can have a "work" branch to develop in, a "test" branch where the code or
1180 change is tested, a "stage" branch where changes are ready to be committed, and so forth.
1181 As your project develops, you can merge code across the branches to reflect ever-increasing
1182 stable states of the development.</para></listitem>
1183 <listitem><para><emphasis>Use Push and Pull:</emphasis> The push-pull workflow is based on the
1184 concept of developers "pushing" local commits to a remote repository, which is
1185 usually a contribution repository.
1186 This workflow is also based on developers "pulling" known states of the project down into their
1187 local development repositories.
1188 The workflow easily allows you to pull changes submitted by other developers from the
1189 upstream repository into your work area ensuring that you have the most recent software
1190 on which to develop.
1191 The Yocto Project has two scripts named <filename>create-pull-request</filename> and
1192 <filename>send-pull-request</filename> that ship with the release to facilitate this
1193 workflow.
1194 You can find these scripts in the <filename>scripts</filename>
1195 folder of the
1196 <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link>.
1197 For information on how to use these scripts, see the
1198 "<link linkend='pushing-a-change-upstream'>Using Scripts to Push a Change Upstream and Request a Pull</link>" section.
1199 </para></listitem>
1200 <listitem><para><emphasis>Patch Workflow:</emphasis> This workflow allows you to notify the
1201 maintainer through an email that you have a change (or patch) you would like considered
1202 for the "master" branch of the Git repository.
1203 To send this type of change, you format the patch and then send the email using the Git commands
1204 <filename>git format-patch</filename> and <filename>git send-email</filename>.
1205 For information on how to use these scripts, see the
1206 "<link linkend='how-to-submit-a-change'>How to Submit a Change</link>"
1207 section.
1208 </para></listitem>
1209 </itemizedlist>
1210 </para>
1211</section>
1212
1213<section id='tracking-bugs'>
1214 <title>Tracking Bugs</title>
1215
1216 <para>
1217 The Yocto Project uses its own implementation of
1218 <ulink url='http://www.bugzilla.org/about/'>Bugzilla</ulink> to track bugs.
1219 Implementations of Bugzilla work well for group development because they track bugs and code
1220 changes, can be used to communicate changes and problems with developers, can be used to
1221 submit and review patches, and can be used to manage quality assurance.
1222 The home page for the Yocto Project implementation of Bugzilla is
1223 <ulink url='&YOCTO_BUGZILLA_URL;'>&YOCTO_BUGZILLA_URL;</ulink>.
1224 </para>
1225
1226 <para>
1227 Sometimes it is helpful to submit, investigate, or track a bug against the Yocto Project itself
1228 such as when discovering an issue with some component of the build system that acts contrary
1229 to the documentation or your expectations.
1230 Following is the general procedure for submitting a new bug using the Yocto Project
1231 Bugzilla.
1232 You can find more information on defect management, bug tracking, and feature request
1233 processes all accomplished through the Yocto Project Bugzilla on the wiki page
1234 <ulink url='&YOCTO_WIKI_URL;/wiki/Bugzilla_Configuration_and_Bug_Tracking'>here</ulink>.
1235 <orderedlist>
1236 <listitem><para>Always use the Yocto Project implementation of Bugzilla to submit
1237 a bug.</para></listitem>
1238 <listitem><para>When submitting a new bug, be sure to choose the appropriate
1239 Classification, Product, and Component for which the issue was found.
1240 Defects for the Yocto Project fall into one of six classifications: Yocto Project
1241 Components, Infrastructure, Build System &amp; Metadata, Documentation,
1242 QA/Testing, and Runtime.
1243 Each of these Classifications break down into multiple Products and, in some
1244 cases, multiple Components.</para></listitem>
1245 <listitem><para>Use the bug form to choose the correct Hardware and Architecture
1246 for which the bug applies.</para></listitem>
1247 <listitem><para>Indicate the Yocto Project version you were using when the issue
1248 occurred.</para></listitem>
1249 <listitem><para>Be sure to indicate the Severity of the bug.
1250 Severity communicates how the bug impacted your work.</para></listitem>
1251 <listitem><para>Select the appropriate "Documentation change" item
1252 for the bug.
1253 Fixing a bug may or may not affect the Yocto Project
1254 documentation.</para></listitem>
1255 <listitem><para>Provide a brief summary of the issue.
1256 Try to limit your summary to just a line or two and be sure to capture the
1257 essence of the issue.</para></listitem>
1258 <listitem><para>Provide a detailed description of the issue.
1259 You should provide as much detail as you can about the context, behavior, output,
1260 and so forth that surrounds the issue.
1261 You can even attach supporting files for output from logs by
1262 using the "Add an attachment" button.</para></listitem>
1263 <listitem><para>Be sure to copy the appropriate people in the
1264 "CC List" for the bug.
1265 See the "<link linkend='how-to-submit-a-change'>How to Submit a Change</link>"
1266 section for information about finding out who is responsible
1267 for code.</para></listitem>
1268 <listitem><para>Submit the bug by clicking the "Submit Bug" button.</para></listitem>
1269 </orderedlist>
1270 </para>
1271</section>
1272
1273<section id='how-to-submit-a-change'>
1274 <title>How to Submit a Change</title>
1275
1276 <para>
1277 Contributions to the Yocto Project and OpenEmbedded are very welcome.
1278 Because the system is extremely configurable and flexible, we recognize that developers
1279 will want to extend, configure or optimize it for their specific uses.
1280 You should send patches to the appropriate mailing list so that they
1281 can be reviewed and merged by the appropriate maintainer.
1282 </para>
1283
1284 <para>
1285 Before submitting any change, be sure to find out who you should be
1286 notifying.
1287 Several methods exist through which you find out who you should be copying
1288 or notifying:
1289 <itemizedlist>
1290 <listitem><para><emphasis>Maintenance File:</emphasis>
1291 Examine the <filename>maintainers.inc</filename> file, which is
1292 located in the
1293 <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link>
1294 at <filename>meta-yocto/conf/distro/include</filename>, to
1295 see who is responsible for code.
1296 </para></listitem>
1297 <listitem><para><emphasis>Board Support Package (BSP) README Files:</emphasis>
1298 For BSP maintainers of supported BSPs, you can examine
1299 individual BSP <filename>README</filename> files.
1300 In addition, some layers (such as the <filename>meta-intel</filename> layer),
1301 include a <filename>MAINTAINERS</filename> file which contains
1302 a list of all supported BSP maintainers for that layer.
1303 </para></listitem>
1304 <listitem><para><emphasis>Search by File:</emphasis>
1305 Using <link linkend='git'>Git</link>, you can enter the
1306 following command to bring up a short list of all commits
1307 against a specific file:
1308 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
1309 git shortlog -- &lt;filename&gt;
1310 </literallayout>
1311 Just provide the name of the file for which you are interested.
1312 The information returned is not ordered by history but does
1313 include a list of all committers grouped by name.
1314 From the list, you can see who is responsible for the bulk of
1315 the changes against the file.
1316 </para></listitem>
1317 </itemizedlist>
1318 </para>
1319
1320 <para>
1321 For a list of the Yocto Project and related mailing lists, see the
1322 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#resources-mailinglist'>Mailing lists</ulink>" section in
1323 the Yocto Project Reference Manual.
1324 </para>
1325
1326 <para>
1327 Here is some guidance on which mailing list to use for what type of change:
1328 <itemizedlist>
1329 <listitem><para>For changes to the core
1330 <link linkend='metadata'>Metadata</link>, send your patch to the
1331 <ulink url='&OE_LISTS_URL;/listinfo/openembedded-core'>openembedded-core</ulink> mailing list.
1332 For example, a change to anything under the <filename>meta</filename> or
1333 <filename>scripts</filename> directories
1334 should be sent to this mailing list.</para></listitem>
1335 <listitem><para>For changes to BitBake (anything under the <filename>bitbake</filename>
1336 directory), send your patch to the
1337 <ulink url='&OE_LISTS_URL;/listinfo/bitbake-devel'>bitbake-devel</ulink> mailing list.</para></listitem>
1338 <listitem><para>For changes to <filename>meta-yocto</filename>, send your patch to the
1339 <ulink url='&YOCTO_LISTS_URL;/listinfo/poky'>poky</ulink> mailing list.</para></listitem>
1340 <listitem><para>For changes to other layers hosted on
1341 <filename>yoctoproject.org</filename> (unless the
1342 layer's documentation specifies otherwise), tools, and Yocto Project
1343 documentation, use the
1344 <ulink url='&YOCTO_LISTS_URL;/listinfo/yocto'>yocto</ulink> mailing list.</para></listitem>
1345 <listitem><para>For additional recipes that do not fit into the core Metadata,
1346 you should determine which layer the recipe should go into and submit the
1347 change in the manner recommended by the documentation (e.g. README) supplied
1348 with the layer. If in doubt, please ask on the
1349 <ulink url='&YOCTO_LISTS_URL;/listinfo/yocto'>yocto</ulink> or
1350 <ulink url='&OE_LISTS_URL;/listinfo/openembedded-devel'>openembedded-devel</ulink>
1351 mailing lists.</para></listitem>
1352 </itemizedlist>
1353 </para>
1354
1355 <para>
1356 When you send a patch, be sure to include a "Signed-off-by:"
1357 line in the same style as required by the Linux kernel.
1358 Adding this line signifies that you, the submitter, have agreed to the Developer's Certificate of Origin 1.1
1359 as follows:
1360 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
1361 Developer's Certificate of Origin 1.1
1362
1363 By making a contribution to this project, I certify that:
1364
1365 (a) The contribution was created in whole or in part by me and I
1366 have the right to submit it under the open source license
1367 indicated in the file; or
1368
1369 (b) The contribution is based upon previous work that, to the best
1370 of my knowledge, is covered under an appropriate open source
1371 license and I have the right under that license to submit that
1372 work with modifications, whether created in whole or in part
1373 by me, under the same open source license (unless I am
1374 permitted to submit under a different license), as indicated
1375 in the file; or
1376
1377 (c) The contribution was provided directly to me by some other
1378 person who certified (a), (b) or (c) and I have not modified
1379 it.
1380
1381 (d) I understand and agree that this project and the contribution
1382 are public and that a record of the contribution (including all
1383 personal information I submit with it, including my sign-off) is
1384 maintained indefinitely and may be redistributed consistent with
1385 this project or the open source license(s) involved.
1386 </literallayout>
1387 </para>
1388
1389 <para>
1390 In a collaborative environment, it is necessary to have some sort of standard
1391 or method through which you submit changes.
1392 Otherwise, things could get quite chaotic.
1393 One general practice to follow is to make small, controlled changes.
1394 Keeping changes small and isolated aids review, makes merging/rebasing easier
1395 and keeps the change history clean when anyone needs to refer to it in future.
1396 </para>
1397
1398 <para>
1399 When you make a commit, you must follow certain standards established by the
1400 OpenEmbedded and Yocto Project development teams.
1401 For each commit, you must provide a single-line summary of the change and you
1402 should almost always provide a more detailed description of what you did (i.e.
1403 the body of the commit message).
1404 The only exceptions for not providing a detailed description would be if your
1405 change is a simple, self-explanatory change that needs no further description
1406 beyond the summary.
1407 Here are the guidelines for composing a commit message:
1408 <itemizedlist>
1409 <listitem><para>Provide a single-line, short summary of the change.
1410 This summary is typically viewable in the "shortlist" of changes.
1411 Thus, providing something short and descriptive that gives the reader
1412 a summary of the change is useful when viewing a list of many commits.
1413 This short description should be prefixed by the recipe name (if changing a recipe), or
1414 else the short form path to the file being changed.
1415 </para></listitem>
1416 <listitem><para>For the body of the commit message, provide detailed information
1417 that describes what you changed, why you made the change, and the approach
1418 you used. It may also be helpful if you mention how you tested the change.
1419 Provide as much detail as you can in the body of the commit message.
1420 </para></listitem>
1421 <listitem><para>If the change addresses a specific bug or issue that is
1422 associated with a bug-tracking ID, include a reference to that ID in
1423 your detailed description.
1424 For example, the Yocto Project uses a specific convention for bug
1425 references - any commit that addresses a specific bug should include the
1426 bug ID in the description (typically at the beginning) as follows:
1427 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
1428 [YOCTO #&lt;bug-id&gt;]
1429
1430 &lt;detailed description of change&gt;
1431 </literallayout></para></listitem>
1432 Where &lt;bug-id&gt; is replaced with the specific bug ID from the
1433 Yocto Project Bugzilla instance.
1434 </itemizedlist>
1435 </para>
1436
1437 <para>
1438 You can find more guidance on creating well-formed commit messages at this OpenEmbedded
1439 wiki page:
1440 <ulink url='&OE_HOME_URL;/wiki/Commit_Patch_Message_Guidelines'></ulink>.
1441 </para>
1442
1443 <para>
1444 The next two sections describe general instructions for both pushing
1445 changes upstream and for submitting changes as patches.
1446 </para>
1447
1448 <section id='pushing-a-change-upstream'>
1449 <title>Using Scripts to Push a Change Upstream and Request a Pull</title>
1450
1451 <para>
1452 The basic flow for pushing a change to an upstream "contrib" Git repository is as follows:
1453 <itemizedlist>
1454 <listitem><para>Make your changes in your local Git repository.</para></listitem>
1455 <listitem><para>Stage your changes by using the <filename>git add</filename>
1456 command on each file you changed.</para></listitem>
1457 <listitem><para>Commit the change by using the <filename>git commit</filename>
1458 command and push it to the "contrib" repository.
1459 Be sure to provide a commit message that follows the project’s commit message standards
1460 as described earlier.</para></listitem>
1461 <listitem><para>Notify the maintainer that you have pushed a change by making a pull
1462 request.
1463 The Yocto Project provides two scripts that conveniently let you generate and send
1464 pull requests to the Yocto Project.
1465 These scripts are <filename>create-pull-request</filename> and
1466 <filename>send-pull-request</filename>.
1467 You can find these scripts in the <filename>scripts</filename> directory
1468 within the <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link>.</para>
1469 <para>Using these scripts correctly formats the requests without introducing any
1470 whitespace or HTML formatting.
1471 The maintainer that receives your patches needs to be able to save and apply them
1472 directly from your emails.
1473 Using these scripts is the preferred method for sending patches.</para>
1474 <para>For help on using these scripts, simply provide the
1475 <filename>-h</filename> argument as follows:
1476 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
1477 $ poky/scripts/create-pull-request -h
1478 $ poky/scripts/send-pull-request -h
1479 </literallayout></para></listitem>
1480 </itemizedlist>
1481 </para>
1482
1483 <para>
1484 You can find general Git information on how to push a change upstream in the
1485 <ulink url='http://book.git-scm.com/3_distributed_workflows.html'>Git Community Book</ulink>.
1486 </para>
1487 </section>
1488
1489 <section id='submitting-a-patch'>
1490 <title>Using Email to Submit a Patch</title>
1491
1492 <para>
1493 You can submit patches without using the <filename>create-pull-request</filename> and
1494 <filename>send-pull-request</filename> scripts described in the previous section.
1495 However, keep in mind, the preferred method is to use the scripts.
1496 </para>
1497
1498 <para>
1499 Depending on the components changed, you need to submit the email to a specific
1500 mailing list.
1501 For some guidance on which mailing list to use, see the list in the
1502 "<link linkend='how-to-submit-a-change'>How to Submit a Change</link>"
1503 section.
1504 For a description of the available mailing lists, see the
1505 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#resources-mailinglist'>Mailing Lists</ulink>"
1506 section in the Yocto Project Reference Manual.
1507 </para>
1508
1509 <para>
1510 Here is the general procedure on how to submit a patch through email without using the
1511 scripts:
1512 <itemizedlist>
1513 <listitem><para>Make your changes in your local Git repository.</para></listitem>
1514 <listitem><para>Stage your changes by using the <filename>git add</filename>
1515 command on each file you changed.</para></listitem>
1516 <listitem><para>Commit the change by using the
1517 <filename>git commit --signoff</filename> command.
1518 Using the <filename>--signoff</filename> option identifies you as the person
1519 making the change and also satisfies the Developer's Certificate of
1520 Origin (DCO) shown earlier.</para>
1521 <para>When you form a commit, you must follow certain standards established by the
1522 Yocto Project development team.
1523 See the earlier section
1524 "<link linkend='how-to-submit-a-change'>How to Submit a Change</link>"
1525 for Yocto Project commit message standards.</para></listitem>
1526 <listitem><para>Format the commit into an email message.
1527 To format commits, use the <filename>git format-patch</filename> command.
1528 When you provide the command, you must include a revision list or a number of patches
1529 as part of the command.
1530 For example, either of these two commands takes your most
1531 recent single commit and formats it as an email message in
1532 the current directory:
1533 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
1534 $ git format-patch -1
1535 </literallayout>
1536 or
1537 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
1538 $ git format-patch HEAD~
1539 </literallayout></para>
1540 <para>After the command is run, the current directory contains a
1541 numbered <filename>.patch</filename> file for the commit.</para>
1542 <para>If you provide several commits as part of the command,
1543 the <filename>git format-patch</filename> command produces a
1544 series of numbered files in the current directory – one for each commit.
1545 If you have more than one patch, you should also use the
1546 <filename>--cover</filename> option with the command, which generates a
1547 cover letter as the first "patch" in the series.
1548 You can then edit the cover letter to provide a description for
1549 the series of patches.
1550 For information on the <filename>git format-patch</filename> command,
1551 see <filename>GIT_FORMAT_PATCH(1)</filename> displayed using the
1552 <filename>man git-format-patch</filename> command.</para>
1553 <note>If you are or will be a frequent contributor to the Yocto Project
1554 or to OpenEmbedded, you might consider requesting a contrib area and the
1555 necessary associated rights.</note></listitem>
1556 <listitem><para>Import the files into your mail client by using the
1557 <filename>git send-email</filename> command.
1558 <note>In order to use <filename>git send-email</filename>, you must have the
1559 the proper Git packages installed.
1560 For Ubuntu, Debian, and Fedora the package is <filename>git-email</filename>.</note></para>
1561 <para>The <filename>git send-email</filename> command sends email by using a local
1562 or remote Mail Transport Agent (MTA) such as
1563 <filename>msmtp</filename>, <filename>sendmail</filename>, or through a direct
1564 <filename>smtp</filename> configuration in your Git <filename>config</filename>
1565 file.
1566 If you are submitting patches through email only, it is very important
1567 that you submit them without any whitespace or HTML formatting that
1568 either you or your mailer introduces.
1569 The maintainer that receives your patches needs to be able to save and
1570 apply them directly from your emails.
1571 A good way to verify that what you are sending will be applicable by the
1572 maintainer is to do a dry run and send them to yourself and then
1573 save and apply them as the maintainer would.</para>
1574 <para>The <filename>git send-email</filename> command is the preferred method
1575 for sending your patches since there is no risk of compromising whitespace
1576 in the body of the message, which can occur when you use your own mail client.
1577 The command also has several options that let you
1578 specify recipients and perform further editing of the email message.
1579 For information on how to use the <filename>git send-email</filename> command,
1580 see <filename>GIT-SEND-EMAIL(1)</filename> displayed using
1581 the <filename>man git-send-email</filename> command.
1582 </para></listitem>
1583 </itemizedlist>
1584 </para>
1585 </section>
1586</section>
1587</chapter>
1588<!--
1589vim: expandtab tw=80 ts=4
1590-->
diff --git a/documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual-start.xml b/documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual-start.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c1d89bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual-start.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,445 @@
1<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN"
2"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd"
3[<!ENTITY % poky SYSTEM "../poky.ent"> %poky; ] >
4
5<chapter id='dev-manual-start'>
6
7<title>Getting Started with the Yocto Project</title>
8
9<para>
10 This chapter introduces the Yocto Project and gives you an idea of what you need to get started.
11 You can find enough information to set up your development host and build or use images for
12 hardware supported by the Yocto Project by reading the
13 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_QS_URL;'>Yocto Project Quick Start</ulink>.
14</para>
15
16<para>
17 The remainder of this chapter summarizes what is in the Yocto Project Quick Start and provides
18 some higher-level concepts you might want to consider.
19</para>
20
21<section id='introducing-the-yocto-project'>
22 <title>Introducing the Yocto Project</title>
23
24 <para>
25 The Yocto Project is an open-source collaboration project focused on embedded Linux development.
26 The project currently provides a build system that is
27 referred to as the OpenEmbedded build system in the Yocto Project documentation.
28 The Yocto Project provides various ancillary tools for the embedded developer
29 and also features the Sato reference User Interface, which is optimized for
30 stylus driven, low-resolution screens.
31 </para>
32
33 <para>
34 You can use the OpenEmbedded build system, which uses
35 BitBake, to develop complete Linux
36 images and associated user-space applications for architectures based
37 on ARM, MIPS, PowerPC, x86 and x86-64.
38 <note>
39 By default, using the Yocto Project creates a Poky distribution.
40 However, you can create your own distribution by providing key
41 <link linkend='metadata'>Metadata</link>.
42 See the "<link linkend='creating-your-own-distribution'>Creating Your Own Distribution</link>"
43 section for more information.
44 </note>
45 While the Yocto Project does not provide a strict testing framework,
46 it does provide or generate for you artifacts that let you perform target-level and
47 emulated testing and debugging.
48 Additionally, if you are an <trademark class='trade'>Eclipse</trademark>
49 IDE user, you can install an Eclipse Yocto Plug-in to allow you to
50 develop within that familiar environment.
51 </para>
52</section>
53
54<section id='getting-setup'>
55 <title>Getting Set Up</title>
56
57 <para>
58 Here is what you need to use the Yocto Project:
59 <itemizedlist>
60 <listitem><para><emphasis>Host System:</emphasis>
61 You should have a reasonably current Linux-based host system.
62 You will have the best results with a recent release of Fedora,
63 openSUSE, Debian, Ubuntu, or CentOS as these releases are frequently tested against the Yocto Project
64 and officially supported.
65 For a list of the distributions under validation and their status, see the
66 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#detailed-supported-distros'>Supported Linux Distributions</ulink>" section
67 in the Yocto Project Reference Manual and the wiki page at
68 <ulink url='&YOCTO_WIKI_URL;/wiki/Distribution_Support'>Distribution Support</ulink>.</para>
69 <para>
70 You should also have about 100 gigabytes of free disk space for building images.
71 </para></listitem>
72 <listitem><para><emphasis>Packages:</emphasis>
73 The OpenEmbedded build system requires that certain packages
74 exist on your development system (e.g. Python 2.6 or 2.7).
75 See "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_QS_URL;#packages'>The Packages</ulink>"
76 section in the Yocto Project Quick Start and the
77 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#required-packages-for-the-host-development-system'>Required Packages for the Host Development System</ulink>"
78 section in the Yocto Project Reference Manual for the exact
79 package requirements and the installation commands to install
80 them for the supported distributions.</para></listitem>
81 <listitem id='local-yp-release'><para><emphasis>Yocto Project Release:</emphasis>
82 You need a release of the Yocto Project installed locally on
83 your development system.
84 This local area is referred to as the
85 <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link>
86 and is created when you use
87 <link linkend='git'>Git</link> to clone a local copy
88 of the upstream <filename>poky</filename> repository,
89 or when you download an official release of the corresponding
90 tarball.</para>
91 <para>Working from a copy of the upstream repository allows you
92 to contribute back into the Yocto Project or simply work with
93 the latest software on a development branch.
94 Because Git maintains and creates an upstream repository with
95 a complete history of changes and you are working with a local
96 clone of that repository, you have access to all the Yocto
97 Project development branches and tag names used in the upstream
98 repository.
99 <note>You can view the Yocto Project Source Repositories at
100 <ulink url='&YOCTO_GIT_URL;/cgit.cgi'></ulink>
101 </note>
102 <itemizedlist>
103 <listitem><para><emphasis>Tarball Extraction:</emphasis>
104 If you are not going to contribute back into the Yocto
105 Project, you can simply go to the
106 <ulink url='&YOCTO_HOME_URL;'>Yocto Project Website</ulink>,
107 select the "Downloads" tab, and choose what you want.
108 Once you have the tarball, just extract it into a
109 directory of your choice.</para>
110 <para>For example, the following command extracts the
111 Yocto Project &DISTRO; release tarball
112 into the current working directory and sets up the local
113 Source Directory
114 with a top-level folder named
115 <filename>&YOCTO_POKY;</filename>:
116 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
117 $ tar xfj &YOCTO_POKY_TARBALL;
118 </literallayout></para>
119 <para>This method does not produce a local Git
120 repository.
121 Instead, you simply end up with a snapshot of the
122 release.</para></listitem>
123 <listitem><para><emphasis>Git Repository Method:</emphasis>
124 If you are going to be contributing back into the Yocto
125 Project or you simply want to keep up with the latest
126 developments, you should use Git commands to set up a
127 local Git repository of the upstream
128 <filename>poky</filename> source repository.
129 Doing so creates a repository with a complete history
130 of changes and allows you to easily submit your changes
131 upstream to the project.
132 Because you clone the repository, you have access to all
133 the Yocto Project development branches and tag names
134 used in the upstream repository.
135 <note>You can view the Yocto Project Source Repositories
136 at
137 <ulink url='&YOCTO_GIT_URL;/cgit.cgi'></ulink>
138 </note></para>
139 <para>The following transcript shows how to clone the
140 <filename>poky</filename> Git repository into the
141 current working directory.
142 The command creates the local repository in a directory
143 named <filename>poky</filename>.
144 For information on Git used within the Yocto Project,
145 see the
146 "<link linkend='git'>Git</link>" section.
147 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
148 $ git clone git://git.yoctoproject.org/poky
149 Cloning into 'poky'...
150 remote: Counting objects: 203728, done.
151 remote: Compressing objects: 100% (52371/52371), done.
152 remote: Total 203728 (delta 147444), reused 202891 (delta 146614)
153 Receiving objects: 100% (203728/203728), 95.54 MiB | 308 KiB/s, done.
154 Resolving deltas: 100% (147444/147444), done.
155 </literallayout>
156 For another example of how to set up your own local
157 Git repositories, see this
158 <ulink url='&YOCTO_WIKI_URL;/wiki/Transcript:_from_git_checkout_to_meta-intel_BSP'>wiki page</ulink>,
159 which describes how to create both
160 <filename>poky</filename> and
161 <filename>meta-intel</filename> Git repositories.
162 </para></listitem>
163 </itemizedlist></para></listitem>
164 <listitem id='local-kernel-files'><para><emphasis>Yocto Project Kernel:</emphasis>
165 If you are going to be making modifications to a supported Yocto Project kernel, you
166 need to establish local copies of the source.
167 You can find Git repositories of supported Yocto Project kernels organized under
168 "Yocto Linux Kernel" in the Yocto Project Source Repositories at
169 <ulink url='&YOCTO_GIT_URL;/cgit.cgi'></ulink>.</para>
170 <para>This setup can involve creating a bare clone of the Yocto Project kernel and then
171 copying that cloned repository.
172 You can create the bare clone and the copy of the bare clone anywhere you like.
173 For simplicity, it is recommended that you create these structures outside of the
174 Source Directory (usually <filename>poky</filename>).</para>
175 <para>As an example, the following transcript shows how to create the bare clone
176 of the <filename>linux-yocto-3.10</filename> kernel and then create a copy of
177 that clone.
178 <note>When you have a local Yocto Project kernel Git repository, you can
179 reference that repository rather than the upstream Git repository as
180 part of the <filename>clone</filename> command.
181 Doing so can speed up the process.</note></para>
182 <para>In the following example, the bare clone is named
183 <filename>linux-yocto-3.10.git</filename>, while the
184 copy is named <filename>my-linux-yocto-3.10-work</filename>:
185 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
186 $ git clone &dash;&dash;bare git://git.yoctoproject.org/linux-yocto-3.10 linux-yocto-3.10.git
187 Cloning into bare repository 'linux-yocto-3.10.git'...
188 remote: Counting objects: 3364487, done.
189 remote: Compressing objects: 100% (507178/507178), done.
190 remote: Total 3364487 (delta 2827715), reused 3364481 (delta 2827709)
191 Receiving objects: 100% (3364487/3364487), 722.95 MiB | 423 KiB/s, done.
192 Resolving deltas: 100% (2827715/2827715), done.
193 </literallayout></para>
194 <para>Now create a clone of the bare clone just created:
195 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
196 $ git clone linux-yocto-3.10.git my-linux-yocto-3.10-work
197 Cloning into 'my-linux-yocto-3.10-work'...
198 done.
199 </literallayout></para></listitem>
200 <listitem id='meta-yocto-kernel-extras-repo'><para><emphasis>
201 The <filename>meta-yocto-kernel-extras</filename> Git Repository</emphasis>:
202 The <filename>meta-yocto-kernel-extras</filename> Git repository contains Metadata needed
203 only if you are modifying and building the kernel image.
204 In particular, it contains the kernel BitBake append (<filename>.bbappend</filename>)
205 files that you
206 edit to point to your locally modified kernel source files and to build the kernel
207 image.
208 Pointing to these local files is much more efficient than requiring a download of the
209 kernel's source files from upstream each time you make changes to the kernel.</para>
210 <para>You can find the <filename>meta-yocto-kernel-extras</filename> Git Repository in the
211 "Yocto Metadata Layers" area of the Yocto Project Source Repositories at
212 <ulink url='&YOCTO_GIT_URL;/cgit.cgi'></ulink>.
213 It is good practice to create this Git repository inside the Source Directory.</para>
214 <para>Following is an example that creates the <filename>meta-yocto-kernel-extras</filename> Git
215 repository inside the Source Directory, which is named <filename>poky</filename>
216 in this case:
217 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
218 $ cd ~/poky
219 $ git clone git://git.yoctoproject.org/meta-yocto-kernel-extras meta-yocto-kernel-extras
220 Cloning into 'meta-yocto-kernel-extras'...
221 remote: Counting objects: 727, done.
222 remote: Compressing objects: 100% (452/452), done.
223 remote: Total 727 (delta 260), reused 719 (delta 252)
224 Receiving objects: 100% (727/727), 536.36 KiB | 102 KiB/s, done.
225 Resolving deltas: 100% (260/260), done.
226 </literallayout></para></listitem>
227 <listitem><para id='supported-board-support-packages-(bsps)'><emphasis>Supported Board
228 Support Packages (BSPs):</emphasis>
229 The Yocto Project provides a layer called <filename>meta-intel</filename> and
230 it is maintained in its own separate Git repository.
231 The <filename>meta-intel</filename> layer contains many supported
232 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_BSP_URL;#bsp-layers'>BSP Layers</ulink>.</para>
233 <para>Similar considerations exist for setting up the <filename>meta-intel</filename>
234 layer.
235 You can get set up for BSP development one of two ways: tarball extraction or
236 with a local Git repository.
237 It is a good idea to use the same method that you used to set up the Source Directory.
238 Regardless of the method you use, the Yocto Project uses the following BSP layer
239 naming scheme:
240 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
241 meta-&lt;BSP_name&gt;
242 </literallayout>
243 where <filename>&lt;BSP_name&gt;</filename> is the recognized BSP name.
244 Here are some examples:
245 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
246 meta-crownbay
247 meta-emenlow
248 meta-n450
249 </literallayout>
250 See the
251 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_BSP_URL;#bsp-layers'>BSP Layers</ulink>"
252 section in the Yocto Project Board Support Package (BSP)
253 Developer's Guide for more information on BSP Layers.
254 <itemizedlist>
255 <listitem><para><emphasis>Tarball Extraction:</emphasis>
256 You can download any released BSP tarball from the same
257 "Downloads" page of the Yocto Project
258 <ulink url='https://www.yoctoproject.org/downloads'>Website</ulink>
259 to get the Yocto Project release.
260 Once on the "Download" page, look to the right of the
261 page and scroll down to find the BSP tarballs.</para>
262 <para>Once you have the tarball, just extract it into a
263 directory of your choice.
264 Again, this method just produces a snapshot of the BSP
265 layer in the form of a hierarchical directory
266 structure.</para></listitem>
267 <listitem><para><emphasis>Git Repository Method:</emphasis>
268 If you are working with a local Git repository for your
269 Source Directory, you should also use this method to
270 set up the <filename>meta-intel</filename> Git
271 repository.
272 You can locate the <filename>meta-intel</filename> Git
273 repository in the "Yocto Metadata Layers" area of the
274 Yocto Project Source Repositories at
275 <ulink url='&YOCTO_GIT_URL;/cgit.cgi'></ulink>.</para>
276 <para>Using
277 <link linkend='git'>Git</link> to create a local clone
278 of the upstream repository can be helpful if you are
279 working with BSPs.
280 Typically, you set up the
281 <filename>meta-intel</filename> Git repository inside
282 the Source Directory.
283 For example, the following transcript shows the steps
284 to clone <filename>meta-intel</filename>.
285 <literallayout class='monospaced'>
286 $ cd ~/poky
287 $ git clone git://git.yoctoproject.org/meta-intel.git
288 Cloning into 'meta-intel'...
289 remote: Counting objects: 7366, done.
290 remote: Compressing objects: 100% (2491/2491), done.
291 remote: Total 7366 (delta 3997), reused 7299 (delta 3930)
292 Receiving objects: 100% (7366/7366), 2.31 MiB | 95 KiB/s, done.
293 Resolving deltas: 100% (3997/3997), done.
294 </literallayout>
295 The same
296 <ulink url='&YOCTO_WIKI_URL;/wiki/Transcript:_from_git_checkout_to_meta-intel_BSP'>wiki page</ulink>
297 referenced earlier covers how to
298 set up the <filename>meta-intel</filename> Git
299 repository.</para></listitem>
300 </itemizedlist></para></listitem>
301 <listitem><para><emphasis>Eclipse Yocto Plug-in:</emphasis> If you are developing
302 applications using the Eclipse Integrated Development Environment (IDE),
303 you will need this plug-in.
304 See the
305 "<link linkend='setting-up-the-eclipse-ide'>Setting up the Eclipse IDE</link>"
306 section for more information.</para></listitem>
307 </itemizedlist>
308 </para>
309</section>
310
311<section id='building-images'>
312 <title>Building Images</title>
313
314 <para>
315 The build process creates an entire Linux distribution, including the toolchain, from source.
316 For more information on this topic, see the
317 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_QS_URL;#building-image'>Building an Image</ulink>"
318 section in the Yocto Project Quick Start.
319 </para>
320
321 <para>
322 The build process is as follows:
323 <orderedlist>
324 <listitem><para>Make sure you have set up the Source Directory described in the
325 previous section.</para></listitem>
326 <listitem><para>Initialize the build environment by sourcing a build environment
327 script.</para></listitem>
328 <listitem><para>Optionally ensure the <filename>conf/local.conf</filename> configuration file,
329 which is found in the
330 <link linkend='build-directory'>Build Directory</link>,
331 is set up how you want it.
332 This file defines many aspects of the build environment including
333 the target machine architecture through the
334 <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-MACHINE'>MACHINE</ulink></filename> variable,
335 the development machine's processor use through the
336 <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-BB_NUMBER_THREADS'>BB_NUMBER_THREADS</ulink></filename> and
337 <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PARALLEL_MAKE'>PARALLEL_MAKE</ulink></filename> variables, and
338 a centralized tarball download directory through the
339 <filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DL_DIR'>DL_DIR</ulink></filename> variable.</para></listitem>
340 <listitem><para>Build the image using the <filename>bitbake</filename> command.
341 If you want information on BitBake, see the user manual included in the
342 <filename>bitbake/doc/manual</filename> directory of the
343 <link linkend='source-directory'>Source Directory</link>.</para></listitem>
344 <listitem><para>Run the image either on the actual hardware or using the QEMU
345 emulator.</para></listitem>
346 </orderedlist>
347 </para>
348</section>
349
350<section id='using-pre-built-binaries-and-qemu'>
351 <title>Using Pre-Built Binaries and QEMU</title>
352
353 <para>
354 Another option you have to get started is to use pre-built binaries.
355 The Yocto Project provides many types of binaries with each release.
356 See the "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#ref-images'>Images</ulink>"
357 chapter in the Yocto Project Reference Manual
358 for descriptions of the types of binaries that ship with a Yocto Project
359 release.
360 </para>
361
362 <para>
363 Using a pre-built binary is ideal for developing software applications to run on your
364 target hardware.
365 To do this, you need to be able to access the appropriate cross-toolchain tarball for
366 the architecture on which you are developing.
367 If you are using an SDK type image, the image ships with the complete toolchain native to
368 the architecture.
369 If you are not using an SDK type image, you need to separately download and
370 install the stand-alone Yocto Project cross-toolchain tarball.
371 </para>
372
373 <para>
374 Regardless of the type of image you are using, you need to download the pre-built kernel
375 that you will boot in the QEMU emulator and then download and extract the target root
376 filesystem for your target machine’s architecture.
377 You can get architecture-specific binaries and file systems from
378 <ulink url='&YOCTO_MACHINES_DL_URL;'>machines</ulink>.
379 You can get installation scripts for stand-alone toolchains from
380 <ulink url='&YOCTO_TOOLCHAIN_DL_URL;'>toolchains</ulink>.
381 Once you have all your files, you set up the environment to emulate the hardware
382 by sourcing an environment setup script.
383 Finally, you start the QEMU emulator.
384 You can find details on all these steps in the
385 "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_QS_URL;#using-pre-built'>Using Pre-Built Binaries and QEMU</ulink>"
386 section of the Yocto Project Quick Start.
387 </para>
388
389 <para>
390 Using QEMU to emulate your hardware can result in speed issues
391 depending on the target and host architecture mix.
392 For example, using the <filename>qemux86</filename> image in the emulator
393 on an Intel-based 32-bit (x86) host machine is fast because the target and
394 host architectures match.
395 On the other hand, using the <filename>qemuarm</filename> image on the same Intel-based
396 host can be slower.
397 But, you still achieve faithful emulation of ARM-specific issues.
398 </para>
399
400 <para>
401 To speed things up, the QEMU images support using <filename>distcc</filename>
402 to call a cross-compiler outside the emulated system.
403 If you used <filename>runqemu</filename> to start QEMU, and the
404 <filename>distccd</filename> application is present on the host system, any
405 BitBake cross-compiling toolchain available from the build system is automatically
406 used from within QEMU simply by calling <filename>distcc</filename>.
407 You can accomplish this by defining the cross-compiler variable
408 (e.g. <filename>export CC="distcc"</filename>).
409 Alternatively, if you are using a suitable SDK image or the appropriate
410 stand-alone toolchain is present,
411 the toolchain is also automatically used.
412 </para>
413
414 <note>
415 Several mechanisms exist that let you connect to the system running on the
416 QEMU emulator:
417 <itemizedlist>
418 <listitem><para>QEMU provides a framebuffer interface that makes standard
419 consoles available.</para></listitem>
420 <listitem><para>Generally, headless embedded devices have a serial port.
421 If so, you can configure the operating system of the running image
422 to use that port to run a console.
423 The connection uses standard IP networking.</para></listitem>
424 <listitem><para>SSH servers exist in some QEMU images.
425 The <filename>core-image-sato</filename> QEMU image has a Dropbear secure
426 shell (SSH) server that runs with the root password disabled.
427 The <filename>core-image-basic</filename> and <filename>core-image-lsb</filename> QEMU images
428 have OpenSSH instead of Dropbear.
429 Including these SSH servers allow you to use standard <filename>ssh</filename> and
430 <filename>scp</filename> commands.
431 The <filename>core-image-minimal</filename> QEMU image, however, contains no SSH
432 server.</para></listitem>
433 <listitem><para>You can use a provided, user-space NFS server to boot the QEMU session
434 using a local copy of the root filesystem on the host.
435 In order to make this connection, you must extract a root filesystem tarball by using the
436 <filename>runqemu-extract-sdk</filename> command.
437 After running the command, you must then point the <filename>runqemu</filename>
438 script to the extracted directory instead of a root filesystem image file.</para></listitem>
439 </itemizedlist>
440 </note>
441</section>
442</chapter>
443<!--
444vim: expandtab tw=80 ts=4
445-->
diff --git a/documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual.xml b/documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ca400fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
1<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN"
2"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd"
3[<!ENTITY % poky SYSTEM "../poky.ent"> %poky; ] >
4
5<book id='dev-manual' lang='en'
6 xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude"
7 xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
8 >
9 <bookinfo>
10
11 <mediaobject>
12 <imageobject>
13 <imagedata fileref='figures/dev-title.png'
14 format='SVG'
15 align='left' scalefit='1' width='100%'/>
16 </imageobject>
17 </mediaobject>
18
19 <title>
20 Yocto Project Development Manual
21 </title>
22
23 <authorgroup>
24 <author>
25 <firstname>Scott</firstname> <surname>Rifenbark</surname>
26 <affiliation>
27 <orgname>Intel Corporation</orgname>
28 </affiliation>
29 <email>scott.m.rifenbark@intel.com</email>
30 </author>
31 </authorgroup>
32
33 <revhistory>
34 <revision>
35 <revnumber>1.1</revnumber>
36 <date>6 October 2011</date>
37 <revremark>The initial document released with the Yocto Project 1.1 Release.</revremark>
38 </revision>
39 <revision>
40 <revnumber>1.2</revnumber>
41 <date>April 2012</date>
42 <revremark>Released with the Yocto Project 1.2 Release.</revremark>
43 </revision>
44 <revision>
45 <revnumber>1.3</revnumber>
46 <date>October 2012</date>
47 <revremark>Released with the Yocto Project 1.3 Release.</revremark>
48 </revision>
49 <revision>
50 <revnumber>1.4</revnumber>
51 <date>April 2013</date>
52 <revremark>Released with the Yocto Project 1.4 Release.</revremark>
53 </revision>
54 <revision>
55 <revnumber>1.5</revnumber>
56 <date>October 2013</date>
57 <revremark>Released with the Yocto Project 1.5 Release.</revremark>
58 </revision>
59 <revision>
60 <revnumber>1.5.1</revnumber>
61 <date>Sometime in 2013</date>
62 <revremark>Released with the Yocto Project 1.5.1 Release.</revremark>
63 </revision>
64 </revhistory>
65
66 <copyright>
67 <year>&COPYRIGHT_YEAR;</year>
68 <holder>Linux Foundation</holder>
69 </copyright>
70
71 <legalnotice>
72 <para>
73 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under
74 the terms of the <ulink type="http" url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/2.0/uk/">
75 Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 2.0 UK: England &amp; Wales</ulink> as published by
76 Creative Commons.
77 </para>
78
79 <note>
80 For the latest version of this manual associated with this
81 Yocto Project release, see the
82 <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_DEV_URL;'>Yocto Project Development Manual</ulink>
83 from the Yocto Project website.
84 </note>
85 </legalnotice>
86
87 </bookinfo>
88
89 <xi:include href="dev-manual-intro.xml"/>
90
91 <xi:include href="dev-manual-start.xml"/>
92
93 <xi:include href="dev-manual-newbie.xml"/>
94
95 <xi:include href="dev-manual-model.xml"/>
96
97 <xi:include href="dev-manual-common-tasks.xml"/>
98
99</book>
100<!--
101vim: expandtab tw=80 ts=4
102-->
diff --git a/documentation/dev-manual/dev-style.css b/documentation/dev-manual/dev-style.css
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..23c8e74
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/dev-manual/dev-style.css
@@ -0,0 +1,979 @@
1/*
2 Generic XHTML / DocBook XHTML CSS Stylesheet.
3
4 Browser wrangling and typographic design by
5 Oyvind Kolas / pippin@gimp.org
6
7 Customised for Poky by
8 Matthew Allum / mallum@o-hand.com
9
10 Thanks to:
11 Liam R. E. Quin
12 William Skaggs
13 Jakub Steiner
14
15 Structure
16 ---------
17
18 The stylesheet is divided into the following sections:
19
20 Positioning
21 Margins, paddings, width, font-size, clearing.
22 Decorations
23 Borders, style
24 Colors
25 Colors
26 Graphics
27 Graphical backgrounds
28 Nasty IE tweaks
29 Workarounds needed to make it work in internet explorer,
30 currently makes the stylesheet non validating, but up until
31 this point it is validating.
32 Mozilla extensions
33 Transparency for footer
34 Rounded corners on boxes
35
36*/
37
38
39 /*************** /
40 / Positioning /
41/ ***************/
42
43body {
44 font-family: Verdana, Sans, sans-serif;
45
46 min-width: 640px;
47 width: 80%;
48 margin: 0em auto;
49 padding: 2em 5em 5em 5em;
50 color: #333;
51}
52
53h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6,h7 {
54 font-family: Arial, Sans;
55 color: #00557D;
56 clear: both;
57}
58
59h1 {
60 font-size: 2em;
61 text-align: left;
62 padding: 0em 0em 0em 0em;
63 margin: 2em 0em 0em 0em;
64}
65
66h2.subtitle {
67 margin: 0.10em 0em 3.0em 0em;
68 padding: 0em 0em 0em 0em;
69 font-size: 1.8em;
70 padding-left: 20%;
71 font-weight: normal;
72 font-style: italic;
73}
74
75h2 {
76 margin: 2em 0em 0.66em 0em;
77 padding: 0.5em 0em 0em 0em;
78 font-size: 1.5em;
79 font-weight: bold;
80}
81
82h3.subtitle {
83 margin: 0em 0em 1em 0em;
84 padding: 0em 0em 0em 0em;
85 font-size: 142.14%;
86 text-align: right;
87}
88
89h3 {
90 margin: 1em 0em 0.5em 0em;
91 padding: 1em 0em 0em 0em;
92 font-size: 140%;
93 font-weight: bold;
94}
95
96h4 {
97 margin: 1em 0em 0.5em 0em;
98 padding: 1em 0em 0em 0em;
99 font-size: 120%;
100 font-weight: bold;
101}
102
103h5 {
104 margin: 1em 0em 0.5em 0em;
105 padding: 1em 0em 0em 0em;
106 font-size: 110%;
107 font-weight: bold;
108}
109
110h6 {
111 margin: 1em 0em 0em 0em;
112 padding: 1em 0em 0em 0em;
113 font-size: 110%;
114 font-weight: bold;
115}
116
117.authorgroup {
118 background-color: transparent;
119 background-repeat: no-repeat;
120 padding-top: 256px;
121 background-image: url("figures/dev-title.png");
122 background-position: left top;
123 margin-top: -256px;
124 padding-right: 50px;
125 margin-left: 0px;
126 text-align: right;
127 width: 740px;
128}
129
130h3.author {
131 margin: 0em 0me 0em 0em;
132 padding: 0em 0em 0em 0em;
133 font-weight: normal;
134 font-size: 100%;
135 color: #333;
136 clear: both;
137}
138
139.author tt.email {
140 font-size: 66%;
141}
142
143.titlepage hr {
144 width: 0em;
145 clear: both;
146}
147
148.revhistory {
149 padding-top: 2em;
150 clear: both;
151}
152
153.toc,
154.list-of-tables,
155.list-of-examples,
156.list-of-figures {
157 padding: 1.33em 0em 2.5em 0em;
158 color: #00557D;
159}
160
161.toc p,
162.list-of-tables p,
163.list-of-figures p,
164.list-of-examples p {
165 padding: 0em 0em 0em 0em;
166 padding: 0em 0em 0.3em;
167 margin: 1.5em 0em 0em 0em;
168}
169
170.toc p b,
171.list-of-tables p b,
172.list-of-figures p b,
173.list-of-examples p b{
174 font-size: 100.0%;
175 font-weight: bold;
176}
177
178.toc dl,
179.list-of-tables dl,
180.list-of-figures dl,
181.list-of-examples dl {
182 margin: 0em 0em 0.5em 0em;
183 padding: 0em 0em 0em 0em;
184}
185
186.toc dt {
187 margin: 0em 0em 0em 0em;
188 padding: 0em 0em 0em 0em;
189}
190
191.toc dd {
192 margin: 0em 0em 0em 2.6em;
193 padding: 0em 0em 0em 0em;
194}
195
196div.glossary dl,
197div.variablelist dl {
198}
199
200.glossary dl dt,
201.variablelist dl dt,
202.variablelist dl dt span.term {
203 font-weight: normal;
204 width: 20em;
205 text-align: right;
206}
207
208.variablelist dl dt {
209 margin-top: 0.5em;
210}
211
212.glossary dl dd,
213.variablelist dl dd {
214 margin-top: -1em;
215 margin-left: 25.5em;
216}
217
218.glossary dd p,
219.variablelist dd p {
220 margin-top: 0em;
221 margin-bottom: 1em;
222}
223
224
225div.calloutlist table td {
226 padding: 0em 0em 0em 0em;
227 margin: 0em 0em 0em 0em;
228}
229
230div.calloutlist table td p {
231 margin-top: 0em;
232 margin-bottom: 1em;
233}
234
235div p.copyright {
236 text-align: left;
237}
238
239div.legalnotice p.legalnotice-title {
240 margin-bottom: 0em;
241}
242
243p {
244 line-height: 1.5em;
245 margin-top: 0em;
246
247}
248
249dl {
250 padding-top: 0em;
251}
252
253hr {
254 border: solid 1px;
255}
256
257
258.mediaobject,
259.mediaobjectco {
260 text-align: center;
261}
262
263img {
264 border: none;
265}
266
267ul {
268 padding: 0em 0em 0em 1.5em;
269}
270
271ul li {
272 padding: 0em 0em 0em 0em;
273}
274
275ul li p {
276 text-align: left;
277}
278
279table {
280 width :100%;
281}
282
283th {
284 padding: 0.25em;
285 text-align: left;
286 font-weight: normal;
287 vertical-align: top;
288}
289
290td {
291 padding: 0.25em;
292 vertical-align: top;
293}
294
295p a[id] {
296 margin: 0px;
297 padding: 0px;
298 display: inline;
299 background-image: none;
300}
301
302a {
303 text-decoration: underline;
304 color: #444;
305}
306
307pre {
308 overflow: auto;
309}
310
311a:hover {
312 text-decoration: underline;
313 /*font-weight: bold;*/
314}
315
316
317div.informalfigure,
318div.informalexample,
319div.informaltable,
320div.figure,
321div.table,
322div.example {
323 margin: 1em 0em;
324 padding: 1em;
325 page-break-inside: avoid;
326}
327
328
329div.informalfigure p.title b,
330div.informalexample p.title b,
331div.informaltable p.title b,
332div.figure p.title b,
333div.example p.title b,
334div.table p.title b{
335 padding-top: 0em;
336 margin-top: 0em;
337 font-size: 100%;
338 font-weight: normal;
339}
340
341.mediaobject .caption,
342.mediaobject .caption p {
343 text-align: center;
344 font-size: 80%;
345 padding-top: 0.5em;
346 padding-bottom: 0.5em;
347}
348
349.epigraph {
350 padding-left: 55%;
351 margin-bottom: 1em;
352}
353
354.epigraph p {
355 text-align: left;
356}
357
358.epigraph .quote {
359 font-style: italic;
360}
361.epigraph .attribution {
362 font-style: normal;
363 text-align: right;
364}
365
366span.application {
367 font-style: italic;
368}
369
370.programlisting {
371 font-family: monospace;
372 font-size: 80%;
373 white-space: pre;
374 margin: 1.33em 0em;
375 padding: 1.33em;
376}
377
378.tip,
379.warning,
380.caution,
381.note {
382 margin-top: 1em;
383 margin-bottom: 1em;
384
385}
386
387/* force full width of table within div */
388.tip table,
389.warning table,
390.caution table,
391.note table {
392 border: none;
393 width: 100%;
394}
395
396
397.tip table th,
398.warning table th,
399.caution table th,
400.note table th {
401 padding: 0.8em 0.0em 0.0em 0.0em;
402 margin : 0em 0em 0em 0em;
403}
404
405.tip p,
406.warning p,
407.caution p,
408.note p {
409 margin-top: 0.5em;
410 margin-bottom: 0.5em;
411 padding-right: 1em;
412 text-align: left;
413}
414
415.acronym {
416 text-transform: uppercase;
417}
418
419b.keycap,
420.keycap {
421 padding: 0.09em 0.3em;
422 margin: 0em;
423}
424
425.itemizedlist li {
426 clear: none;
427}
428
429.filename {
430 font-size: medium;
431 font-family: Courier, monospace;
432}
433
434
435div.navheader, div.heading{
436 position: absolute;
437 left: 0em;
438 top: 0em;
439 width: 100%;
440 background-color: #cdf;
441 width: 100%;
442}
443
444div.navfooter, div.footing{
445 position: fixed;
446 left: 0em;
447 bottom: 0em;
448 background-color: #eee;
449 width: 100%;
450}
451
452
453div.navheader td,
454div.navfooter td {
455 font-size: 66%;
456}
457
458div.navheader table th {
459 /*font-family: Georgia, Times, serif;*/
460 /*font-size: x-large;*/
461 font-size: 80%;
462}
463
464div.navheader table {
465 border-left: 0em;
466 border-right: 0em;
467 border-top: 0em;
468 width: 100%;
469}
470
471div.navfooter table {
472 border-left: 0em;
473 border-right: 0em;
474 border-bottom: 0em;
475 width: 100%;
476}
477
478div.navheader table td a,
479div.navfooter table td a {
480 color: #777;
481 text-decoration: none;
482}
483
484/* normal text in the footer */
485div.navfooter table td {
486 color: black;
487}
488
489div.navheader table td a:visited,
490div.navfooter table td a:visited {
491 color: #444;
492}
493
494
495/* links in header and footer */
496div.navheader table td a:hover,
497div.navfooter table td a:hover {
498 text-decoration: underline;
499 background-color: transparent;
500 color: #33a;
501}
502
503div.navheader hr,
504div.navfooter hr {
505 display: none;
506}
507
508
509.qandaset tr.question td p {
510 margin: 0em 0em 1em 0em;
511 padding: 0em 0em 0em 0em;
512}
513
514.qandaset tr.answer td p {
515 margin: 0em 0em 1em 0em;
516 padding: 0em 0em 0em 0em;
517}
518.answer td {
519 padding-bottom: 1.5em;
520}
521
522.emphasis {
523 font-weight: bold;
524}
525
526
527 /************* /
528 / decorations /
529/ *************/
530
531.titlepage {
532}
533
534.part .title {
535}
536
537.subtitle {
538 border: none;
539}
540
541/*
542h1 {
543 border: none;
544}
545
546h2 {
547 border-top: solid 0.2em;
548 border-bottom: solid 0.06em;
549}
550
551h3 {
552 border-top: 0em;
553 border-bottom: solid 0.06em;
554}
555
556h4 {
557 border: 0em;
558 border-bottom: solid 0.06em;
559}
560
561h5 {
562 border: 0em;
563}
564*/
565
566.programlisting {
567 border: solid 1px;
568}
569
570div.figure,
571div.table,
572div.informalfigure,
573div.informaltable,
574div.informalexample,
575div.example {
576 border: 1px solid;
577}
578
579
580
581.tip,
582.warning,
583.caution,
584.note {
585 border: 1px solid;
586}
587
588.tip table th,
589.warning table th,
590.caution table th,
591.note table th {
592 border-bottom: 1px solid;
593}
594
595.question td {
596 border-top: 1px solid black;
597}
598
599.answer {
600}
601
602
603b.keycap,
604.keycap {
605 border: 1px solid;
606}
607
608
609div.navheader, div.heading{
610 border-bottom: 1px solid;
611}
612
613
614div.navfooter, div.footing{
615 border-top: 1px solid;
616}
617
618 /********* /
619 / colors /
620/ *********/
621
622body {
623 color: #333;
624 background: white;
625}
626
627a {
628 background: transparent;
629}
630
631a:hover {
632 background-color: #dedede;
633}
634
635
636h1,
637h2,
638h3,
639h4,
640h5,
641h6,
642h7,
643h8 {
644 background-color: transparent;
645}
646
647hr {
648 border-color: #aaa;
649}
650
651
652.tip, .warning, .caution, .note {
653 border-color: #fff;
654}
655
656
657.tip table th,
658.warning table th,
659.caution table th,
660.note table th {
661 border-bottom-color: #fff;
662}
663
664
665.warning {
666 background-color: #f0f0f2;
667}
668
669.caution {
670 background-color: #f0f0f2;
671}
672
673.tip {
674 background-color: #f0f0f2;
675}
676
677.note {
678 background-color: #f0f0f2;
679}
680
681.glossary dl dt,
682.variablelist dl dt,
683.variablelist dl dt span.term {
684 color: #044;
685}
686
687div.figure,
688div.table,
689div.example,
690div.informalfigure,
691div.informaltable,
692div.informalexample {
693 border-color: #aaa;
694}
695
696pre.programlisting {
697 color: black;
698 background-color: #fff;
699 border-color: #aaa;
700 border-width: 2px;
701}
702
703.guimenu,
704.guilabel,
705.guimenuitem {
706 background-color: #eee;
707}
708
709
710b.keycap,
711.keycap {
712 background-color: #eee;
713 border-color: #999;
714}
715
716
717div.navheader {
718 border-color: black;
719}
720
721
722div.navfooter {
723 border-color: black;
724}
725
726
727 /*********** /
728 / graphics /
729/ ***********/
730
731/*
732body {
733 background-image: url("images/body_bg.jpg");
734 background-attachment: fixed;
735}
736
737.navheader,
738.note,
739.tip {
740 background-image: url("images/note_bg.jpg");
741 background-attachment: fixed;
742}
743
744.warning,
745.caution {
746 background-image: url("images/warning_bg.jpg");
747 background-attachment: fixed;
748}
749
750.figure,
751.informalfigure,
752.example,
753.informalexample,
754.table,
755.informaltable {
756 background-image: url("images/figure_bg.jpg");
757 background-attachment: fixed;
758}
759
760*/
761h1,
762h2,
763h3,
764h4,
765h5,
766h6,
767h7{
768}
769
770/*
771Example of how to stick an image as part of the title.
772
773div.article .titlepage .title
774{
775 background-image: url("figures/white-on-black.png");
776 background-position: center;
777 background-repeat: repeat-x;
778}
779*/
780
781div.preface .titlepage .title,
782div.colophon .title,
783div.chapter .titlepage .title,
784div.article .titlepage .title
785{
786}
787
788div.section div.section .titlepage .title,
789div.sect2 .titlepage .title {
790 background: none;
791}
792
793
794h1.title {
795 background-color: transparent;
796 background-image: url("figures/yocto-project-bw.png");
797 background-repeat: no-repeat;
798 height: 256px;
799 text-indent: -9000px;
800 overflow:hidden;
801}
802
803h2.subtitle {
804 background-color: transparent;
805 text-indent: -9000px;
806 overflow:hidden;
807 width: 0px;
808 display: none;
809}
810
811 /*************************************** /
812 / pippin.gimp.org specific alterations /
813/ ***************************************/
814
815/*
816div.heading, div.navheader {
817 color: #777;
818 font-size: 80%;
819 padding: 0;
820 margin: 0;
821 text-align: left;
822 position: absolute;
823 top: 0px;
824 left: 0px;
825 width: 100%;
826 height: 50px;
827 background: url('/gfx/heading_bg.png') transparent;
828 background-repeat: repeat-x;
829 background-attachment: fixed;
830 border: none;
831}
832
833div.heading a {
834 color: #444;
835}
836
837div.footing, div.navfooter {
838 border: none;
839 color: #ddd;
840 font-size: 80%;
841 text-align:right;
842
843 width: 100%;
844 padding-top: 10px;
845 position: absolute;
846 bottom: 0px;
847 left: 0px;
848
849 background: url('/gfx/footing_bg.png') transparent;
850}
851*/
852
853
854
855 /****************** /
856 / nasty ie tweaks /
857/ ******************/
858
859/*
860div.heading, div.navheader {
861 width:expression(document.body.clientWidth + "px");
862}
863
864div.footing, div.navfooter {
865 width:expression(document.body.clientWidth + "px");
866 margin-left:expression("-5em");
867}
868body {
869 padding:expression("4em 5em 0em 5em");
870}
871*/
872
873 /**************************************** /
874 / mozilla vendor specific css extensions /
875/ ****************************************/
876/*
877div.navfooter, div.footing{
878 -moz-opacity: 0.8em;
879}
880
881div.figure,
882div.table,
883div.informalfigure,
884div.informaltable,
885div.informalexample,
886div.example,
887.tip,
888.warning,
889.caution,
890.note {
891 -moz-border-radius: 0.5em;
892}
893
894b.keycap,
895.keycap {
896 -moz-border-radius: 0.3em;
897}
898*/
899
900table tr td table tr td {
901 display: none;
902}
903
904
905hr {
906 display: none;
907}
908
909table {
910 border: 0em;
911}
912
913 .photo {
914 float: right;
915 margin-left: 1.5em;
916 margin-bottom: 1.5em;
917 margin-top: 0em;
918 max-width: 17em;
919 border: 1px solid gray;
920 padding: 3px;
921 background: white;
922}
923 .seperator {
924 padding-top: 2em;
925 clear: both;
926 }
927
928 #validators {
929 margin-top: 5em;
930 text-align: right;
931 color: #777;
932 }
933 @media print {
934 body {
935 font-size: 8pt;
936 }
937 .noprint {
938 display: none;
939 }
940 }
941
942
943.tip,
944.note {
945 background: #f0f0f2;
946 color: #333;
947 padding: 20px;
948 margin: 20px;
949}
950
951.tip h3,
952.note h3 {
953 padding: 0em;
954 margin: 0em;
955 font-size: 2em;
956 font-weight: bold;
957 color: #333;
958}
959
960.tip a,
961.note a {
962 color: #333;
963 text-decoration: underline;
964}
965
966.footnote {
967 font-size: small;
968 color: #333;
969}
970
971/* Changes the announcement text */
972.tip h3,
973.warning h3,
974.caution h3,
975.note h3 {
976 font-size:large;
977 color: #00557D;
978}
979
diff --git a/documentation/dev-manual/figures/app-dev-flow.png b/documentation/dev-manual/figures/app-dev-flow.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec93374
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/dev-manual/figures/app-dev-flow.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/documentation/dev-manual/figures/bsp-dev-flow.png b/documentation/dev-manual/figures/bsp-dev-flow.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1ccd9c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/dev-manual/figures/bsp-dev-flow.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/documentation/dev-manual/figures/dev-title.png b/documentation/dev-manual/figures/dev-title.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d3cac4a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/dev-manual/figures/dev-title.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/documentation/dev-manual/figures/git-workflow.png b/documentation/dev-manual/figures/git-workflow.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4fdf42f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/dev-manual/figures/git-workflow.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/documentation/dev-manual/figures/index-downloads.png b/documentation/dev-manual/figures/index-downloads.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..41251d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/dev-manual/figures/index-downloads.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/documentation/dev-manual/figures/kernel-dev-flow.png b/documentation/dev-manual/figures/kernel-dev-flow.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..edd9e82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/dev-manual/figures/kernel-dev-flow.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/documentation/dev-manual/figures/kernel-overview-1.png b/documentation/dev-manual/figures/kernel-overview-1.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..116c0b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/dev-manual/figures/kernel-overview-1.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/documentation/dev-manual/figures/kernel-overview-2-generic.png b/documentation/dev-manual/figures/kernel-overview-2-generic.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..889ff1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/dev-manual/figures/kernel-overview-2-generic.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/documentation/dev-manual/figures/source-repos.png b/documentation/dev-manual/figures/source-repos.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..65c5f29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/dev-manual/figures/source-repos.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/documentation/dev-manual/figures/yp-download.png b/documentation/dev-manual/figures/yp-download.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7f1e5ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/dev-manual/figures/yp-download.png
Binary files differ
generated by cgit v1.2.3-54-g00ecf (git 2.39.0) at 2024-06-11 02:44:14 +0000